Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout939 Caroline St Technical Elevator Modernization - BuildingTECHNICAL Permit 10 -354 Address 93q Co Ii e S� Project description ale- vaJbr Mo.c,l,v,e R,eksvr,s 401 e, Date the permit was finaled 9 Jo Number of technical pages c`i ec,+- r foj 1 eve 4 r fn o06x-1n SCHERER Mir ASSOCIATES Fit PROJECT MANUAL 0-35`f ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION 939 CAROLINE ST, PORT ANGELES, WA 98362 A New Project for OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER PORT ANGELES, WASHINGTON Prepared by Scherer Associates Architecture and Planning Dated April 8, 2010 ARCHITECTURE AND PLANNING 209 WASHINGTON ST NE OLYMPIA, WA 98501 1142 TEL, 360.943 1995 FAX. 360.943.1357 l i 1 1 f 1 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization TABLE OF CONTENTS PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS 00 2113 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 4100 BID FORM CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 7200 GENERAL CONDITIONS 00 7300 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 SUMMARY INTERIM LIFE SEFETY ASSESSMENT FORM INTERIM LIFE SAFETY MEASURES DOCUMENTATION 01 2000 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 3000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 01 7000 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 7800 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 4100 DEMOLITION DIVISION 03 DIVISION 04 NOT USED DIVISION 05 METALS 05 5000 METAL FABRICATIONS DIVISION 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 9005 JOINT SEALERS 07 8400 FIRE STOPPING DIVISION 08 OPENINGS 08 1113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 3100 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 08 7100 DOOR HARDWARE DIVISION 09 FINISHES 09 2116 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 6500 RESILIENT FLOORING 09 6813 TILE CARPETING TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 09 9000 DIVISION 10 10 2601 DIVISION 13 13 0541 DIVISION 14 14 2100 14 2400 DIVISION 21 21 1313 DIVISION 22 DIVISION 23 23 0511 23 2300 23 8100 DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL 26 0010 26 0050 26 0520 26 0530 26 0800 26 2210 26 2416 26 2715 26 2726 26 2813 26 2815 26 2820 26 2910 26 5100 DIVISION 27 27 1501 DIVISION 28 28 1302 28 3101 PAINTING AND COATING SPECIALTIES NOT USED CONVEYING EQUIPMENT SEISMIC RESTRAINTS NON STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS CONVEYING EQUIPMENT GEARED TRACTION ELEVATORS HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS FIRE SUPPRESSION WET -PIPE SPRINKLERS PLUMBING NOT APPLICABLE HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) COMMON RESULTS HVAC REFRIGERANT PIPING UNITARY HVAC EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS WIRE AND CABLE (600 VOLT AND LESS) RACEWAY AND BOXES TESTING AND COMMISSIONING DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS PANELBOARDS CABINETS AND ENCLOSURE WIRING DEVICES FUSES SAFETY SWITCHES ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS MOTOR STARTERS INTERIOR LIGHTING COMMUNICATIONS COMMUNICATIONS CIRCUITS ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY SECURITY ACCESS SYSTEM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 2 r 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SECTION 002113 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SUMMARY 1 1 DOCUMENT INCLUDES A. Invitation B Intent C Work Identified in the Contract Documents D Contract Time E Definitions F Availability Examination G Inquiries Addenda H Product and System Substitutions I Prebid Conference J Bid Ineligibility K. Responsible Bidder L. Retainage M Prevailing Wage Requirements N Security Deposit O Performance Assurance P Insurance Q. Sales and Use Taxes R. Fees for Changes in the Work S Bid Form Signature T Bid Form Requirements Additional Bid Information Schedule of Values. U Selection and Award of Alternates Bid Form Supplements W Duration of Offer X. Acceptance of Offer 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00 4100 Bid Form B Section 00 7300 Supplementary Conditions Contractor will apply and pay for all permits. 1.3 INVITATION A. Signed and dated Bids will be received at the office of Eric Lewis, CEO Olympic Memorial Hospital located at 939 Caroline ST Port Angeles, WA 98362 before 2:00 p.m local daylight time on the 29th day of April 2010 1 The Owner's determination of the time of submission shall be final. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2113 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization B Submit bids on forms provided with Bid Documents Submit one copy of Bid Form, and all Bid Form supplements required to be submitted with the Bid Form in a sealed envelope. Clearly indicate on outside of envelope the Owner's name and addressee, the Bidder's name and the Project name 1 Bids sent by mail shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation 'SEALED BID ENCLOSED' on the face thereof 2 Oral telephoned telegram fax, or e-mail bids will not be accepted nor acknowledged C All bids not received prior to the date and time set forth above will not be accepted for consideration and may be returned to the bidder D Submit required Supplements to Bid Forms within 24 hours after closing time for receiving bids. E. Offers will be opened publicly at 2:30 pm in Linkletter Hall F Formal award of the Contract will be announced subsequent to the next scheduled Hospital Board meeting date to be determined 1 4 INTENT A. The intent of this Bid request is to obtain an offer for a Stipulated Sum contract, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B Work identified in the Specifications is divided into Divisions and Sections for reference purposes only Division of work among Contractor Subcontractors, Sub subcontractors and suppliers is Bidders' responsibility 1 5 WORK IDENTIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The project includes: 1 Architectural work including but not limited to demolition, new construction and new finishes. 2. Electrical work including but not limited to demolition and new low voltage, voice, data, power lighting and fire alarm 3 HVAC work including but not limited to demolition and new cooling equipment, air distribution and fire suppression 1 6 CONTRACT TIME A. Perform the Work in 180 calendar days. 17 DEFINITIONS A. Bid Documents. Contract Documents supplemented with Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form including any Addenda identified. B Contract Documents. Defined in AIA A201 Article 1 including issued Addenda. C Bid Offer or Bidding Act of submitting an offer D Bid Amount: Monetary sum identified by the Bidder in the Bid Form 18 AVAILABILITY A. Drawings and the Project Manuals may be obtained at Doo'ps Copy Tech 1 705 4th Avenue East Olympia, WA 98506 I Tel 360 956 -1020 I Fax: 360 956 -3117 I info @doopscopy corn http. /www doopscopy.com 1 Sets must be purchased at the cost of reproduction plus handling and delivery costs as applicable, with no refund B 'PDF' versions of the bid documents are available from Doo'ps Copy Tech.and can be emailed to contractors and subcontractors Contact Tel 360- 956 -1020 I Fax: 360 956 -3117 info @doopscopy.com http. /www doopscopy.com C Bid Documents are made available only for the purpose of obtaining offers for this project. Their use does not grant a license for other purposes. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2113 2 1 r 1 'I, t 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization D Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor the Architect assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bid Documents. 1.9 INQUIRIES INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS ADDENDA A. Bidders and Sub bidders shall promptly notify the Architect of any ambiguity inconsistency or error that they may discover upon examination of the Bidding Documents or of the site and local conditions B Direct questions in writing to the Architect's office, Attn. Jason Barry by email or fax. Fax: 360- 943 -1995, E -mail address ibarrveschererassociates.com C Addenda may be issued during the bidding period All Addenda become part of the Contract Documents. Include costs for all Addenda in the Bid Amount. D Verbal answers are not binding on any party E. Clarifications requested by bidders must be in writing not less than four (4) days before date set for receipt of bids F Addenda will not be issued later than two (2) days prior to the date for receipt of bids except an Addendum that postpones the date for receipt of Bids or withdraws the request for Bids G The Bidder shall ascertain that prior to submitting its Bid that it has received all Addenda issued and acknowledge their receipt of the Addenda in the space provided on the Bid Form H. Issues affecting contract cost or time will be addressed in the form of an Addendum The Architect will distribute addenda via fax or electronic copy to the Bidding General Contractors and Plan Center Distribution of Addenda to all Subcontractors shall be the responsibility of the Contractor 1 10 PRODUCT AND SYSTEM SUBSTITUTIONS A. Where the Bid Documents stipulate a particular product, substitutions will be considered up to four (4) days before receipt of bids. B All requests must be made using the Architects Substitution Request Form included in the Project Manual C When a request to substitute a product is made, Architect may approve the substitution and will issue an Addendum to known Bidding General Contractors. D The submission shall provide sufficient information to determine acceptability of such products. E. Provide complete information on required revisions to other work to accommodate each proposed substitution F Provide products as specified unless substitutions are submitted in this manner and accepted. G. See Section 01 6000 Product Requirements for additional requirements 1 11 MANDATORY PRE -BID CONFERENCE A. A mandatory pre -bid conference has been scheduled for all General Contractors and Sub contractors at OMC at 11:00 a.m on the 20th day of April, 2010 All bidders interested in submitting a bid on this project shall meet in the hospitals main lobby (South entry) and shall be escorted to the meeting area at that time. No Bid submitted by a General Contractor or Sub contractor (and /or their representative) that did not attend the pre -bid conference will be considered as a Responsive Bid B Each Bidder shall be held to have visited the site of the proposed work before submitting their proposal and to have familiarized themselves with all existing conditions affecting the execution of the work in this project. No allowance or extra consideration on behalf of the Contractor or Subcontractor will subsequently be made by reason of failure to observe the site conditions. C Representatives of the Architect and Owner will be in attendance. 1 Summarized minutes of this meeting will be released electronically to attendees. (Attendees to provide a valid current e-mail address at sign -in). These minutes will not form part of the Contract INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2113 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1 14 RETAINAGE Documents. 2. Information relevant to the Bid Documents will be recorded in an Addendum and issued to the General Contractors and plan center 1 12 BID INELIGIBILITY A. Bids that are unsigned, improperly signed or sealed conditional, illegible obscure, contain arithmetical errors, erasures, alterations or irregularities of any kind, may at the discretion of the Owner be declared unacceptable B Failure to provide security deposit, bonding or insurance requirements will at the discretion of Owner invalidate the bid 1 13 RESPONSIBLE BIDDER A. It is the intent of the Owner to award a contract to the Low Responsible Bidder Bidders must comply with requirements identified in RCW 39.04.350 B RCW 39 04.350 includes. 1 At the time of bid submittal, have a certificate of registration in compliance with Chapter 18.27 RCW 2. Have a current state unified business identifier (UBI) number 3 Have Industrial Insurance (worker's compensation) coverage for the bidder's employees working in Washington as required in Title 51 RCW 4 Have a Washington Employment Security Department number as required in Title 50 RCW 5. Have a Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number as required in Title 82 RCW 6 Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39 06 010 or 39 12.065(3). A. The Owner will withhold five percent (5 of the total cost for construction of the project to assure correction of failure or defects. The withheld funds shall be held in Escrow and shall be paid to the Contractor once the Owner has received approval from the Washington State Department of Revenue and Washington State Department of Labor and Industries (L &I). 1 15 PREVAILING WAGE REQUIREMENTS A. Prevailing Wages. 1 Pursuant to Chapter 39 12 RCW 'Prevailing wages on public works' no worker laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of any part of the contract shall be paid less than the 'prevailing rate of wage' (in effect as of the date that Bids are due) as determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries Copies of the prevailing rate wage schedule are available at the Department of L &I 2. The hourly minimum rate of wage not less than the prevailing rate of wage, which may be paid to laborers, workers, or mechanics in each trade or occupation required for such public work employed in the performance of the contract either by the contractor subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do the whole or any part of the work contemplated by the contract, and the contract shall contain a stipulation that such laborers, workers, or mechanics shall be paid not less than such specified hourly minimum rate of wage. 1 16 SECURITY DEPOSIT A. Bid shall be accompanied by a bid proposal security deposit as follows 1 A certified check or bank cashier's check or surety bond executed by a State licensed surety company made payable to Olympic Medical Center is required with each Bid in an amount equal to five percent (5 of the Base Bid 2. No bid shall be considered unless accompanied by such bid proposal security B The security deposit will be returned after delivery to the Owner of the required Performance and Payment Bond(s) by the accepted bidder INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2113 4 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 I 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization C Include the cost of bid security in the Bid Amount. D If no contract is awarded, all security deposits will be returned E. Bid Security for unsuccessful bidders will be returned within 14 calendar days after the Contract is awarded. 1 17 PERFORMANCE ASSURANCE A. Accepted Bidder Provide a Performance and Payment bond as described in Document 00 7300 Supplementary Conditions 1 18 INSURANCE A. Once selected, General Contractor will provide an executed 'Undertaking of Insurance' on a standard form provided by the insurance company stating the company's intention to provide insurance to the bidder in accordance with the insurance requirements of the Contract Documents 1 19 BID FORM REQUIREMENTS A. Complete all requested information in the Bid Form 1.20 SALES AND USE TAXES A. State of Washington Port Angeles and Clallam County use taxes. B No taxes shall be included in the Bid Form 1.21 FEES FOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. For Changes in the Work (Additions or Deductions) The Contractor shall include the mark -up percentage for overhead and profit for their own Work and the mark -up percentage for overhead and profit for Work provided by Subcontractors. 1 Lines for this information have been provided on the Bid Form 1.22 BID FORM SIGNATURE A. The Bid Form shall be signed by the bidder as follows. 1 Signature of a duly authorized signing officer(s) in their normal signatures. Insert the officer's capacity in which the signing officer acts, under each signature. 1.23 BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS A. Prepare and submit each required supplement to the Bid Form as specified below B Enclose the following Bid Form supplement[s] together with the Bid Form and submit before the bid closing time: 1 Bid security 2. Names and contact information for the selected HVAC and Electrical Subcontractors. C Submit the following within 24 hours after submission of bids. 1 Provide a Schedule of Values including a brief description of the work and the cost for each division This schedule shall be emailed (or faxed) to the Architect. Note The Schedule of Values is a requirement for all Responsible Bidders. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2113 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1.24 DURATION OF OFFER A. Bids shall remain open to acceptance and shall be irrevocable for a period of sixty (60) calendar days after the bid closing date. B The 60 day acceptance period referred to above may be extended at the Owner's request and subject to the Bidder's written agreement to the extension 1.25 ACCEPTANCE OF OFFER A. Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all offers. B The Owner shall have the right to accept the Bid or Bids which in its judgment, is in its own best interest. C After acceptance by Owner Architect on behalf of Owner will issue to the successful bidder a written Notice To Proceed INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS END OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 1 1 1 I 1 f 1 00 2113 6 i 1 1 1 i 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization THE PROJECT AND THE PARTIES 11 TO 1 1 7 CONTRACT TIME SECTION 004100 BID FORM A. Owner Public Hospital District No 2, Clallam County Washington, A municipal corporation, d /b /a Olympic Medical Center 1.2 FOR A. Elevator Modernization B Project Site Address. Olympic Memorial Hospital 939 Caroline ST Port Angeles, WA 98362 1.3 DATE (Bidder to enter date) 1 4 SUBMITTED BY (Bidder to enter name and address) A. Bidder's Full Name B Address C City State, Zip B Legal Name of Firm E. WA State Registration Number F WA State Unified Business Identifier (UBI) number 1.5 OFFER A. Having examined the Place of The Work and all matters referred to in the Instruction to Bidders, Drawings, the Project Manual, and all Addenda, prepared by Scherer Associates Architecture and Planning, Inc. PS for the above mentioned project, we, the undersigned, state that we have the personnel and means to complete the work hereby offer to enter into a Contract to perform the Work for the Sum of dollars, in lawful money of the United States of America. B The 'base bid construction costs' shall include the cost of all Construction Permits for all Trades. C All applicable State of Washington taxes are excluded from the Bid Sum 1.6 ACCEPTANCE A. This offer shall be open to acceptance and is irrevocable for sixty days from the bid closing date. B If this bid is accepted by Owner within the time period stated above, we will 1 Execute the Agreement within five days of receipt of Notice of Award 2. Commence work within five days after written Notice to Proceed A. If this Bid is accepted, we will. 1 Complete the Work within 180 calendar days from Notice to Proceed BID FORM 00 4100 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1.8 CHANGES TO THE WORK A. The Contractor's cost for Changes in the Work will include: 1 percent overhead and profit on the net cost of the Contractor's own Work. 2. percent on the cost of work done by any Subcontractor B On work deleted from the Contract, the Contractor's credit to the Owner shall be 100% minus 1 percent for Contractor's overhead and profit. 1.9 ADDENDA A. The following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bid Documents noted below have been considered and all costs are included in the Bid 1 Addendum Dated Addendum Dated 2. Addendum Dated Addendum Dated 1 10 BID FORM SUPPLEMENTS A. The following information is included with Bid submission 1 Bid Security Deposit. B Submit the names and contact information of the following selected subcontractors with the Bid 1 HVAC Subcontractor 2. Electrical Subcontractor C We agree to submit the following Supplements to the Bid Form within 24 hours after submission of this bid: 1 Proposed Schedule of Values. Identify the Bid Sum segmented into portions as requested 1 11 BID FORM SIGNATURES) A. (Bidder print the full name of your firm) B C (Authorized signing officer Title) D END OF BID FORM BID FORM 00 4100 2 1 1 t 1 1 I 1 r OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SECTION 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 1 FORM OF GENERAL CONDITIONS A. AIA Document A201 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction 2007 Edition represent General Conditions between the Owner and Contractor B THE TERMS of the Agreement, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction (AIA Document A201) and General Requirements apply to each Division of these Specifications as fully as if repeated within that Division 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00 7300 Supplementary Conditions Refer to this section for amendments to these General Conditions END OF SECTION GENERAL CONDITIONS 00 7200 1 1 i 1 i 1 r 1 t A r t OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 1 GENERAL 11 SUMMARY 2.1 ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 2.4 ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION SECTION 007300 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A. These Supplementary Conditions amend and supplement the General Conditions defined in Document 00 7200 and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below All provisions that are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. B The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions that are defined in the General Conditions have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 6000 Products Substitution requirements. PART 2 MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS A. Add the following sentence to the end of Subparagraph 1 1 1 1 The Contract Documents executed or identified in accordance with Subparagraph 1.5 1 shall prevail in case of an inconsistency with subsequent versions made through manipulatable electronic operations involving computers. B Add new subparagraph 1 6.2 1 1 6.2 Contractor's Use of Instruments of Service in Electronic Form 2. 1 6.2 1 The Contract Documents executed or identified in accordance with Subparagraph 1.5 1 shall prevail in case of an inconsistency with subsequent versions made through manipulatable electronic operations involving computers 3 1 6.2.2 The Contractor shall not transfer or reuse Instruments of Service in electronic or machine readable form without the prior written consent of the Architect. 2.2 ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR A. Add the following subparagraph 3 1 4 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor prior to submitting bids to notify the Architect in writing of conflicting information in the plans and specifications so an addendum may be issued to all bidders In the event of failure to submit such notice the Contractor for a complete project shall include the more expensive material or process. The Architect will rule as to the material or process to be furnished 2.3 ARTICLE 8 TIME A. Replace 8 1 4 with the following 1 The term 'day' as used in the Contract Documents shall mean working day unless otherwise specifically defined A. Add the following to subparagraph 9 10.2 1 9 10.2 1 Release of liens shall be furnished by the Contractor on AIA Document G706A or a form approved by the Architect. Subcontractors and materials suppliers' lien releases shall be provided by the Contractor and submitted at the conclusion of the work at Project Close -out. 2.5 ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS A. Add new subparagraph 11 1.2 1 Liability Insurance shall include all major divisions of coverage and be on a comprehensive basis including 1 Premises Operations (including X -C -U); 2 Independent Contractor's Protective; 3 Products and completed Operations' 4 Personal Injury Liability 5 Owned non -owned and hired motor vehicles; 6 Broad Form Property Damage including Complete Operations' SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 7300 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 7 Umbrella Excess Liability B Add to subparagraph 11 1.2 1 the following clause 11 1.2.2 The insurance required by subparagraph 11 1 1 shall be written for not less than the following, or greater if required by law 1 Worker's Compensation a. State Statutory Limit b Applicable Federal Statutory Limit c Employer's Liability $1 000 000 00 without restriction as to whether covered by workmen's compensation law d Comprehensive General Liability (including Premises Operations Independent Contractor's Protective Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage). e. Bodily Injury 1) $1 000 000 00 Each Occurrence 2) $2 000 000 00 Annual Aggregate f Property Damage 1) $1 000 000 00 Each Occurrence 2) $2 000 000 00 Annual Aggregate 3) Maintain Products and Completed Operations Insurance for period of two years after final payment. 4) Property Damage Liability Insurance will include X, C and U (explosion collapse and underground) coverage 2 Contractual Liability (Hold Harmless Coverage) a. Bodily Injury 1) $1 000 000 00 Each Occurrence b Property Damage 1) $1 000,000 00 Each Occurrence c. Annual Aggregate 1) $2,000 000 00 d Personal Injury 1) $1 000 000 00 Annual Aggregate e. Comprehensive Automobile Liability (including owned hired, and non -owned automobiles): 1) Bodily Injury (a) $1 000 000 00 Each Person (b) $1 000 000 00 Each Occurrence 2) Property Damage (a) $1 000 000 00 Each Occurrence C Add the following to subparagraph 11 1.2.2: 1 11 1.2.3 Each policy shall provide either in the body of the policy or by appropriate endorsement (rider) to the policy that such policy cannot be altered or canceled in less than ten days after the mailing of written registered notice to the Owner of such alterations or cancellation or not less than five days after actual receipt by the Owner of such written notice. D Add the following to subparagraph 11 1 3 1 11 1 3 1 Furnish one copy of each Certificate of Insurance herein required for each copy of the agreement which shall specifically set forth evidence of all coverage required by 11 1 1 11 1.2, and 11 1 3 The form of the certificate shall be AIA document G715 -1991 or a form approved by the Owner's representative Furnish to the Owner copies of endorsements that are subsequently issued amending coverage or limits E. Add the following subparagraph 11.3 1.3 1 If by the terms of this insurance any mandatory deductibles are required or if the Owner should elect to increase the mandatory deductible amounts or purchase this insurance with voluntary deductible amounts the Owner shall be responsible for payment of the amount of the deductible in the event of a paid claim SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 7300 2 E 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization F Add the following subparagraph 11 4 3 1 The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a performance bond and a labor and material payment bond each in an amount equal to one hundred (100) percent of the Contract Sum plus all applicable sales and use taxes for Washington State and applicable local jurisdictions as security for all obligations arising under the construction agreement. Such bonds shall a Be issued by a surety company or companies licensed in the State of Washington and holding valid certificates of authority under Sections 9304 and 9308 Title 31 of the United States Code as acceptable sureties or reinsurance companies on federal bonds 2 The Owner reserves the right to reject any surety company performance bond or labor and material payment bond without or without cause. 3 The cost of such bonds as required above shall be the obligation of the Contractor 2 6 ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES A. Add the following to subparagraph 15 4 1 1 Any arbitration hearings necessary shall be conducted and held in Olympia, Washington PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF DOCUMENT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 7300 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SECTION 011000 SUMMARY PART 1 GENERAL 11 PROJECT A. Project Identification Elevator Modernization B Project Site Address. 939 Caroline ST Port Angeles, WA 98362 C Owner Olympic Medical Center (hereinafter referred to as Owner). D Architect's Name Scherer Associates Architecture Planning Inc. PS, (Architect). 1.2 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. The Project will be constructed under a general construction Contract. B Contract Type A single prime contract based on a Stipulated Sum as described in AIA Document A101 2007 1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The project includes architectural mechanical and electrical revisions and upgrades to support the modernization of hospital elevators #1 #2, #3 and #5. Note: Modernization of the elevators is provided by the Otis Elevator Co. and is NIC 1 Architectural work includes non structural demolition and construction in two elevator rooms including rated partitions, finish upgrades, access stair rail and platform and new door assemblies, etc. 2. Mechanical work includes cooling (and /or ventilation) requirements for the new elevator equipment and fire protection for the elevator machine rooms. 3 Electrical work includes improved lighting at the ground floor elevator lobby the integration of various hospital security systems, new elevator shunt trip disconnects, new power and fire alarm revisions, etc. B Scope of work is shown on Drawings Refer to Section 00 2113 Instructions to Bidders. C If any part of the contract requires work that does not include a description for how the work is to be performed the work shall be performed in accordance with standard trade practice(s) For purposes of the contract, a standard trade practice is one having such regularity of observance in the trade as to justify an expectation that it will be observed by the Contractor in doing the work. D Infection control requirements (ICRA) are stipulated in the Drawings The Contractor is responsible to meet or exceed Olympic Medical Center's ICRA requirements. Refer to Interim Life Safety Assessment Forms (ILSM) following this section. E. Renovate the areas indicated in the Drawings. Include mechanical work, electrical work and patching, replacing, and repairing existing areas disturbed by associated mechanical and electrical work in adjacent hospital areas 1 Maintain systems function in adjacent hospital areas during construction and temporary relocations such that Owner's business operations are not compromised. 1 4 FOIC FOIO FOIV WORK BY OWNER WORK BY OTHERS EXISTING N I C A. Any questions concerning the scope of work for any of these items shall be referred to the Architect prior to bid. No allowances will be allowed for missed scope of work. B. Cooperate fully with Owner's vendors and equipment suppliers so work on those contracts may be carried out smoothly without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract. C Owner will award a Separate Contract for cabling requirements at Data, Voice and Nurse Call 1 The Contractor shall provide backing, power and low voltage 'path' for all low voltage cabling (refer to Electrical Plans) SUMMARY 01 1000 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization D Separate Contracts. Owner may award separate contracts for performance of certain construction operations at Project site. Operations will be conducted simultaneously with work under this Contract. E. If hazardous materials are discovered the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner's representative. 1 Abatement shall be conducted under a separate contract by the Owner F Owner will award a Separate Contract for Special Testing as required by the Authority having Jurisdiction (AHJ). 1 The Contractor shall confirm Special Testing requirements with the Owner's representative and provide the Owner with no less than three (3) days notice of requirement for Testing G Elevators Owner shall award a separate contract for elevator work associated with this Contract. Refer to applicable Specification Sections and associated exhibits for descriptions of the elevator vendor's scope of services. H Items noted FOIC shall be Furnished by Owner Installed by Contractor with scheduling coordination provided by the Contractor 1 FOIC items shall be coordinated with the Owner's Representative and the vendors and subcontractors that provide services under Separate Contract with the Owner a. Refer to the Drawings and Specifications associated with the appropriate trade for infrastructure and systems requirements including but not limited to conduit, boxes, hangers, and backing, etc. b The Contractor shall field verify the final locations of these items in a 'back box' review with the Owner prior to 'cover' (see below) I Items noted FOIO or FOIV shall be Furnished and Installed by Owner (or the Owner's Vendor) before Substantial Completion Refer to the Drawings. 1 FOIO FOIV items scheduling shall be coordinated with the Owner's Representative and the vendors and subcontractors that provide services under Separate Contract with the Owner 2. Refer to the Drawings and Specifications associated with the appropriate trade for infrastructure and systems requirements. 3 The Contractor shall field verify the final locations of these items in a 'back box' review with the Owner prior to 'cover' (see below) 1.5 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Owner intends to continue to occupy adjacent portions of the existing building during the entire construction period B Owner intends to occupy the Project upon Substantial Completion C Contractor shall coordinate and schedule the work with Owner's staff to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner's operations D Corridors shall be kept clean daily and all items removed during normal business hours. 1 6 PROJECT COORDINATION AND CONSTRUCTION LIMITS A. Owner's Representative: Scott Bower Plant Operations Manager 1 Tel (360) 417 7170 Pager (360) 582 -8899 E -mail: sboweraolvmoicmedical.ora B Cooperate with the Owner's Representative in allocation of mobilization areas of site for field offices and sheds, for access, traffic, and parking facilities. 1 Comply with instructions from the Owner's Representative for use of temporary utilities and construction facilities. 2. Contractor shall arrange for construction parking and delivery areas with the Owner's representative and shall limit use of site to designated areas. C Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings and as designated by Owner SUMMARY 011000 2 1 I 1 1 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization D Arrange use of site and premises to allow 1 Owner occupancy 2. Work by Others. 3 Work by Owner 4 Use of site and premises by the public. E. Provide access to and from site as required by law and by Owner 1 Emergency Building Exits During Construction Keep all exits required by code open during construction period; provide temporary exit signs if exit routes are temporarily altered 2. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit. F Time Restrictions. 1 Limit conduct of especially noisy work to hours designated by Owner's Representative. G Utility Outages and Shutdown 1 Do not disrupt or shut down life safety systems, including but not limited to fire sprinklers and fire alarm system without 72 hours notice to Owner and authorities having jurisdiction 2. Critical utility disruption (medical gas, heating, cooling) may require longer advance notification H. The Contractor will provide Fire Watch in the vicinity of Construction during construction hours during those periods when the fire alarm or suppression systems are impaired The Contractor will provide documentation of such fire watches to the Owner 1 The Owner will be responsible for fire watch after construction hours I 'Back Box' review The Contractor shall provide a back box review on site in coordination with representatives from the Design team and the Owner 1 Contractor to provide Owner a minimum of two (2) working days notice prior to review to coordinate the scheduling. 2. Contractor shall field confirm rough -in locations for power lighting, low voltage, equipment and furnishings locations during rough -in and prior to cover Rough -in re- locations shall be provided at no charge. 3 Field confirm backing locations for equipment and furnishings with Owner during rough -in and prior to cover 1 7 WORK SEQUENCE A. Construct Work in Phases as required by the schedule for elevator modernization and in coordination with the Owner's representative. B Coordinate construction schedule and operations with Owner 1 Submit the preliminary construction schedule at the Pre Construction Conference for the Owner's review record and approval 1.8 CODES A. Perform work in accordance with the requirements of the local jurisdictional code authorities. Applicable codes are listed on the Drawings, and in the individual Specifications Sections. B Where differences exist between codes affecting this work, the code affording the greatest protection to the Owner shall govern. C If the Contractor observes that these drawings and specifications are at variance with the codes, the Contractor shall notify the Architect in writing at once. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION SUMMARY 011000 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization Deficiency /Project Title Estimated Project Start Date. Estimated Project Completion Date: A. Will any exits become blocked or obstructed as a result of the deficiencies or construction boundary? (Do not forget internal, horizontal exits) Ifyes;' 1, 2 3 Will access to any building access point (including ED) or hydrant or FDC become blocked or obstructed? If yes, do 9 Will part of any fire alarm, detection, and /or suppression system be impaired or shut down for more than four hours? If yes, do:6,.7, 8, 10 Will a temporary fire alarm system be required? If yes, do 3 &,4 m E. Will smoke or fire walls be breached where a temporary seal cannot maintain barrier integrity? If yes do'.6 8 F Will it be necessary to erect any temporary construction partitions? If yes, do 5 G. Will the project result in the unacceptable accumulation of debris or construction materials? if yes, do 2, 6 H. Will deficiencies or construction effect exterior ground's safety (pits, storage, equipment, etc.)? If yes, dot &9 I. I Will deficiencies or construction present other safety hazards? 1 If yes ;do 8 Plant Operations Manager Date INTERIM LIFE SAFETY ASSESSMENT FORM Safety Officer YES 'I NO Date 1 Document personnel training for alternative means of egress. 2. Adopt and document daily inspections of construction areas either by the job foreman, Security or Plant Operations. 3 Conduct and document 2 fire drills per shift per quarter 4 Test and document temporary systems monthly 5 Document fire resistive rating of partition material /structure. 6. Access storage, housekeeping and debris removal so it's maintained at its lowest level. 7 Provide and document firefighting equipment and use training 8 Provide training related to other safety hazards 9 Meet with ED staff EMS and /or Fire Department as appropriate to develop plans; document. 10 The municipal Fire Department is notified and the fire watch is notified whenever an approved fire alarm or automatic sprinkler system is out of service of 4 hours in 24 hour time -frame in an occupied building. This is a planning guide only For each item from the 'DO' list a separate action plan may need to be developed to assign responsibility and schedule. This hospital is smoke free and additional policies related to smoking are not required 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization Project: Elevator Modernization INTERIM LIFE SAFETY MEASURES DOCUMENTATION Measure 1) Exits are free and unobstructed. No construction materials, equipment, or debris blocks free use of all exits adjacent to the construction site or impacted by the project. Temporary exit signs are in place. 2) Exterior access to the building is not blocked Access to emergency departments, entrances, and exit discharges are maintained free of obstruction, storage, or other impediments 3) Fire alarm systems are operational A temporary system is acceptable. Temporary systems are tested monthly A fire watch is implemented when fire systems are compromised for more than 4 hours in a 24 -hour period 4) Construction partitions are smoke tight, fire resistant, non combustible, slab to slab and wall to wall. 5) Additional fire extinguishers and equipment are provided on site Equipment is functional and tests and inspections are up to date 6) Smoking prohibition is enforced. 7) Storage in minimized. Housekeeping and debris removal policies are followed 8) Fire drills are conducted at least twice each quarter per shift per affected building. 9) Hazard surveillance is done monthly in affected areas 10) Area staff are trained and can explain modified fire plans. 11) Organization wide training and staff knowledge are in place. 12) Appropriate infection control plan is in place in construction areas Comments and findings on back Completed by Date Completed by Date. Completed by Date Completed by Date: Month Date W Th F T• \12 OLYMPIC \09 -12 51 Elevators \General \Project Manual \Bid\Architectural \ILSM Documentation Form.docxILSM Documentation Form.docx OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 012000 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments B Documentation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time. C Change procedures D Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00 7200 General Conditions and Section 00 7300 Supplementary Conditions Additional requirements for progress payments, final payment, changes in the Work. B Section 00 4100 Bid Form Percentage allowances for Contractors overhead and profit. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions of the Work. This schedule, when approved shall be used as a basis for the Contractor's Application for Payment. The schedule shall reflect a breakdown of labor and material for each section therein The value of Contractor's overhead and profit shall be included as a separate line item The sum of all scheduled values shall equal the Contract Sum 1 Submit the schedule on Contractor's standard form A copy via electronic media is required. B Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of the Project Manual(s). Identify each line item with number and title of the specification Section Identify site mobilization 1 4 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Payment Period Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement. B Form to be used AIA G702 Application and Certificate for Payment and AIA G703 Continuation Sheet or Contractor's form (approved format acceptable to the Architect including a Schedule of Values) shall be submitted to the Architect for formal approval C Electronic media printout including equivalent information is acceptable for 'draft' review D Provide a line item on the application for payment listing each of the following: 1 Original Contract Sum 2 Authorized Change Orders 3 Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application 4 Retainage 5 Total earned less retainage 6 Less previous applications 7 Sales tax 8 Current payment due 9 Signature and date lines for authorized officer and Architect's representative E. Use data from approved Schedule of Values Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed F List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. G Once draft version has been accepted submit signed and dated Application 1 Execute certification by signature of authorized officer H Submit three copies of each Application for Payment if signed form cannot be released electronically I Submit updated construction schedule with each Application for Payment if schedule changes. PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1.5 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents and who will be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or subcontractors of changes to the Contract Documents. B For minor changes not involving an adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, Architect will issue supplemental instructions directly to Contractor on the Architect's own form (Architect's Supplemental Instructions ASI) C Construction Change Directive (CCD)• For other required changes, Architect will issue a document signed by Owner instructing Contractor to proceed with the change in the work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order 1 The document will describe the required changes and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. 2. Promptly execute the change. D Proposal Request (PR) For changes for which advance pricing is desired Architect will issue a document which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings and specifications a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within ten (10) working days. E. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Architect, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other contractors. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01 6000 F Computation of Change in Contract Amount: As specified in the Agreement and Conditions of the Contract. 1 For change requested by Contractor the amount will be based on the Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Architect. 2. For change ordered by Architect without a quotation from Contractor the amount will be determined by Architect based on the Contractor's substantiation of costs as specified for Time and Material work. G Substantiation of Costs Provide full information required for evaluation 1 On request, provide following data. a. Quantities of products labor and equipment. b Taxes insurance and bonds c Overhead and profit. d Justification for any change in Contract Time. e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented 2. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information if requested by Architect or Owner 3 For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. H Execution of Change Orders (CO)' Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. I After execution of Change Order promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum J Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. K. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents 1 6 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments identifying total adjusted Contract Sum previous payments and sum remaining due. B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished: 1 All closeout procedures specified in Section 01 7800 PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SECTION 013000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preconstruction meeting B Progress meetings C Construction progress schedule D Submittals procedures for review information and project closeout. E. Number of copies of submittals F Submittal procedures 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 1000 Summary Work covered by each contract, occupancy B Section 01 2000 Price and Payment Procedures. Payment, schedule of values and modification procedures C Section 01 7000 Execution and Closeout Requirements: Additional coordination requirements. D Section 01 7800 Closeout Submittals: Project record documents PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Architect will schedule a meeting after Notice of Award B Attendance Required Owner's Representatives, Architect, General Contractor Elevator Representatives, and major Subcontractors C Agenda. 1 Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract, Owner's Representatives, and Architect including fax and telephone numbers street delivery and email addresses. 2. Execution of Owner- Contractor Agreement. 3 Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates as applicable 4 Submission of list of Subcontractors schedule of values, and preliminary progress schedule. 5 Construction Administration Communication including procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions applications for payments proposal request, Change Orders, Construction Change Directives, and Contract closeout procedures. a. Note all communications will pass through the General Contractor via e-copy and be dated 6 Infection Control Policies a. Progress cleaning 7 Scheduling a Construction schedule, Phasing, Critical work sequencing b Owner Provided Equipment (FOIC items) scheduling and coordination 8 Use of the Premises a Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. b Parking availability c Office, work, and storage areas d Equipment deliveries and priorities e Working hours 1) Noise control f Security g First aid 9 Systems Review ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization D Architect shall record minutes and distribute electronic copies within five days after meeting to attendees General Contractor shall forward to subcontractors, suppliers etc ie. those affected by decisions made 3.2 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Periodic on site meetings under the leadership of the contractor will be held on a weekly/ bi- monthly or an As Needed' basis to coordinate the project. The Contractor's representative at these meetings shall be thoroughly familiar with the project. B Attendance Required Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Owner Architect, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting C Agenda. 1 Review minutes of previous meetings 2 Review of Work progress a. Construction schedule review for job progress and project milestones b Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination 3 Field observations problems and decisions 4 Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals 5 Maintenance of quality and work standards. 6 Contractor shall bring Submittals Log, RFP's, Contractor Proposals, and RFI's to each meeting to be reviewed to confirm the status of outstanding items, late responses, etc. 7 Life Safety and Infection Control 8 Other business relating to Work. D The Contractor shall also have coordination meetings with his subcontractors as required to expedite the work. E. The Contractor shall record minutes and distribute copies within five days after meeting to participants, with electronic copies to Architect, Owner participants and those affected by decisions made. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Within 10 days after date established in Notice to Proceed submit project schedule. B. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment if schedule changes 3 4 SHOP SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Prior to commencing construction submit a completed Submittal Log listing each type of submittal B. When the following are specified in individual sections submit them for review 1 Product data. 2 Shop drawings 3 Samples for selection 4 Samples for verification C Make submittals to the Architect as required to cause no delay in the work. 1 Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities and material lead times. 2 Preferred method of release to the Architect is one electronic copy refer to the following information D Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate 1 Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements E. The Architect Engineer will review each submittal, mark up to indicate corrections or modifications required and stamp each submittal with one of the following 1 Approved' or No Exceptions Taken' or 'Confirms to Design Concept' Architect /Engineer has approved the submittal with no corrections. Construction fabrication and /or manufacture may proceed ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2. Approved as Noted' Architect/Engineer has approved the submittal but requires corrections as noted on the submittal Construction fabrication and /or manufacture may proceed with revisions as noted 3 'Not Approved' 'Non Conforming' 'Resubmit' or 'Revise and Resubmit' Not approved by Architect/Engineer Revise the submittal or prepare a new submittal complying with the comments made the Contractor shall make a new submission and construction fabrication and /or manufacture may not proceed F The Architect Engineers will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings Product Data and Samples but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents G Review and approval of a submittal by the Architect shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for providing work not indicated on the submittal but otherwise required for the completion of the work, including the proper fitting, finishing, quantities and erection of the work 3.5 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information 1 Design data. 2. LEED submittals and reports 3 Certificates 4 Test reports. 5 Inspection reports 6 Manufacturer's instructions 7 Manufacturer's field reports. 8 Other types indicated B Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner No action will be taken 3 6 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. When the following are specified in individual sections submit them at project closeout: 1 Project record documents 2. Operation and maintenance data 3 Warranties 4 Bonds 5. Other types as indicated B Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion 3 7 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A. Documents for Review Submit one electronic copy 1 Refer to General Electrical Provisions and General Mechanical Provisions for specific electrical and mechanical requirements 2. Submit the number specified in individual specification sections or submit the number of copies that the construction team requires plus (1) copy that will be retained by Architect and one (1) copy for the Architect's consultant (if applicable). B Documents for Information Submit (1) one electronic copy C Documents for Project Closeout: Submit (1) one electronic copy D Samples Submit the number specified in individual specification sections 1 Minimum requirements One copy (each) for the Architect, Engineer (as applicable), General Contractor and Subcontractor (as applicable) 2. Retained samples will not be returned to Contractor unless specifically so stated END OF SECTION ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE SECTION 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A. References and standards B Quality assurance submittals C Control of installation D Tolerances E. Special Testing services F Manufacturers field services 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 3000 Administrative Requirements Submittal procedures. B Section 01 6000 Product Requirements Requirements for material and product quality 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E 329 Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged Construction Inspection and /or Testing; 2009 B ASTM E 543 Standard Specification for Agencies Performing Nondestructive Testing 2009 14 SUBMITTALS A. None Required 1.5 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. For products and workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not included in the Project Manual also referred to as reference standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes B Conform to reference standard of date of issue current on date of Contract Documents except where a specific date is established by applicable code. C Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding D Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of Architect shall be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. A. Fabricator Qualifications A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units B Factory- Authorized Service Representative Qualifications An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material design and extent to those indicated for this Project. C Installer Qualifications A firm or individual experienced in installing erecting, or assembling work similar in material design and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. D Manufacturer Qualifications A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1 7 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform specified testing and inspection B Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship to produce Work of specified quality B Comply with manufacturers instructions, including each step in sequence C Should manufacturers instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding D Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances codes or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship E. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality F Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer G Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion and disfigurement. 3.2 TOLERANCES A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate B Comply with manufacturers' tolerances Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding C Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. 3.3 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation quality of workmanship start -up of equipment, test, adjust and balance of equipment and certification as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. 3 4 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not conforming to specified requirements B If in the opinion of Architect, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, Architect will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment. END OF SECTION QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS A. This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including the following: 1 Use Charges for utilities 2. Equipment 3 Fire Protection and Joint Commission requirements 4 Security and Safety 5 Protection of Existing Facilities 6 Protection of Installed Work 7 Parking, Access Field Offices and Sheds 8 Removal of Temporary Facilities 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00 7000 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction B Section 01 3000 Administrative Requirements C Section 01 7700 Execution and Closeout Requirements D Section 09 2116 Gypsum Board Assemblies 1.3 USE CHARGES A. General Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner or Architect and shall be included in the Contract Sum Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to Owner's construction forces, occupants of Project, Architect, testing and inspecting agencies and personnel of authorities having jurisdiction B Water Service Use water from Owner's existing water system without metering and without payment of use charges C Electric Power Service Use electric power from Owner's existing system without metering and without payment of use charges Exercise measures to conserve energy 1 4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conditions of Use The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and facilities by all parties engaged in the Work. 1 Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat. 2. Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the Work. 1.5 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or the public and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition B. Protect non -owned vehicular traffic stored materials, site, and structures from damage. PART 2 PRODUCTS 21 MATERIALS A. General Provide new materials Undamaged previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used if approved by Architect. Provide materials suitable for use intended. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers Hand carried portable UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent as indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA- recommended classes for exposures TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1 Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure B Heating Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent heating system provide vented self- contained, liquid propane -gas or fuel -oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control 1 Temporary heaters shall be smokeless, portable unit heaters listed and labeled by Underwriter's Laboratories Factory Mutual, and Fire Marshall approved C Electrical Outlets Properly configured NEMA polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to 120 -V plugs into higher voltage outlets, equipped with ground -fault circuit interrupters, reset button and pilot light. D Power Distribution System Circuits Where permitted and overhead and exposed for surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 125 -V ac, 20 -A rating and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 TEMPORARY HEAT A. Coordinate use of existing facilities with Owner's Representative, extend and supplement with temporary units as required to maintain specified conditions for construction operations, to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity Owner will pay costs of energy used, except for costs associated with use of temporary units B Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F in areas where construction is in progress, unless indicated otherwise in specifications. 3.2 TEMPORARY VENTILATION A. Provide a negatively pressurized construction area. Extend and supplement equipment with temporary fan units as required to maintain clean air for construction operations. Provide ducted exhaust fans as required to remove welding and other generated fumes directly to the outside B Seal or filter all duct openings to assure that dust and fumes from construction operations are not brought into the building HVAC systems or adjacent spaces 3 3 FIRE PROTECTION AND JOINT COMMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Joint Commission jobsite safety activities must be implemented 1 Lighted exit signs will be installed at each exit. Lights may be on temporary power 2 Fire Extinguishers Provide a minimum of (4) fire extinguishers for each jobsite mounted on walls or stands with a Fire Extinguisher sign affixed to each stand or placed perpendicular to each wall mounted unit. Fire extinguishers will be placed within 75 feet of each other and a minimum of 1 unit must be visible from any location on site Fire extinguishers will be inspected monthly and tested annually for proper operation B Provide and maintain fire extinguishers fire hoses, and other equipment for fire protection. Such equipment shall be designated for use for fire protection only C It shall be the duty and responsibility of the General Contractor or any subcontractor performing any cutting or welding, to comply with the safety provisions of the national Fire Protection Association's 'National Fire Codes' pertaining to such work and the respective contractor shall be responsible for all damages resulting from a failure to do so comply D When building materials with combustible contents are stored in the building during construction, they shall be located within easy reach of fire protection equipment. E. Maintain the integrity of fire rated corridors throughout construction F Permanent fire suppression system shall be installed for operation as soon as feasible within the construction schedule TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3 4 SECURITY AND SAFETY A. Provide security program and facilities to protect Work, existing facilities, and Owner operations from unauthorized entry vandalism or theft. B Coordinate with Owner's security program Contact Mike Hall, Tel. 360 -417 7224 C Owner will issue a temporary identification badge to each Contractor employee. Badges shall be worn at all times 1 Employees assigned to the project for more than 2 weeks may be issued badges for the duration of their assignment. 2. Employees assigned to the project for less than 2 weeks will be issued badges daily 3 All badges shall be returned at the completion of assignments Final payment will not be made until all badges have been returned D Provide a safety program and facilities to protect the safety of workers, patients and hospital staff The contractor shall be responsible to protect building occupants from any hazards created by work performed under this contract as determined by the Project Coordinator 1 Contractor shall be responsible for notifying all of its employees and employees of subcontractors of their right to know about hazardous materials at the project site and related areas E. Do not block or close fire exits without an alternate exiting plan The contractor shall provide and maintain full safe access at existing entrances and exits at all times 3 5 INTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry into construction areas B Provide temporary partitions and ceilings to separate work areas from Owner occupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner occupied areas and to prevent damage to existing materials and equipment. 3 6 ACCESS CONTROL A. Existing Elevator Usage. Contractors materials may be moved up and down in the Owner's service elevator 1 Approved elevators must be cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner At Substantial Completion restore elevators to condition existing before initial use, including replacing worn cables, guide shoes and similar items of limited life 2. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect elevator car and entrance doors and frame If despite such protection, elevators become damaged, engage elevator installer to restore damaged work so no evidence remains of correction work. 3 7 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES A. The contractor shall be held responsible for all damages and /or claims resulting from the performance of work under the contract. B The contractor shall be responsible for the repair of any damages to the existing facility as a result of this contract. All existing damage must be identified in writing to the Construction Coordinator before work begins in that area All proposed the Construction Coordinator should approve demolition before work begins C Protect all existing equipment from damage and /or dust accumulation from construction activities. D Protect against overloading the building structure with equipment or materials used to perform the work in the contract. 3.8 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification Sections B Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products Remove any protective coverings when no longer required Control activity in immediate work area to minimize damage TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization C Provide protective coverings at walls projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings D Protect finished floors stairs and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear damage, or movement of heavy objects by protecting with durable sheet materials 3.9 PARKING AND ACCESS ROADS A. Arrange for temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel with Owner's Representative B Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, access by emergency vehicles, and Owner's operations C Provide unimpeded access for emergency vehicles D Maintain 20 -foot width driveways with turning space between and around combustible materials E. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants free of obstructions. F Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment in parking areas 3 10 HAUL ROUTES A. Consult with authority having jurisdiction, establish public thoroughfares to be used for haul routes and site access B Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes C Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic, to minimize interference with public traffic. 3 11 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. Field Offices Prefabricated mobile units, or job -built construction with lockable entrances, operable windows and serviceable finishes; heated and air conditioned on foundations adequate for normal loading B Contractor may erect an office or storage shed as required for his use in an area designated by Owner if available only Office or storage facilities shall be clean and painted and shall be above existing paving or ground surface so as not to divert natural drainage. 3 12 OPERATION REPAIR AND REMOVAL A. Remove equipment and devices when no longer required B Temporary Facilities Termination and Removal Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility or no later than Substantial Completion Complete or if necessary restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1 Restore permanent facilities use during construction to specified or original condition 2. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor C At Substantial Completion clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction period END OF SECTION TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SECTION 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A. General product requirements B. Re -use of existing products C Transportation handling storage and protection. D Product option requirements E. Substitution limitations and procedures F Procedures for Owner supplied products G Maintenance materials including extra materials, spare parts, tools and software 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00 2113 Instructions to Bidders Product options and substitution procedures prior to bid date B Section 01 4000 Quality Requirements Product quality monitoring 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association 2008 B. NFPA 99 Standard for Health Care Facilities, 1999 Edition 14 DEFINITIONS A. Product: Material machinery components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the work result. Not materials or equipment used for preparation fabrication conveying, or erection and not incorporated into the work result. Products may be new never before used, or re -used materials or equipment. The term 'product' includes the terms 'material 'equipment, 'system and terms of similar intent. 1 Named Products Items identified by manufacturer's product name including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents 2. New Products Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility except those products consisting of recycled- content materials are allowed unless explicitly stated otherwise. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products 3 Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension in- service performance, physical properties appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B Substitutions Changes in products materials equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor C Basis -of- Design Product Specification Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words 'basis of design including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type function dimension in- service performance, physical properties appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers D Manufacturer's Warranty Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner E. Special Warranty Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for Owner PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 15 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data Submittals Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products models options and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project. B Shop Drawing Submittals Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electrical characteristics utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances C Sample Submittals Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. 1 For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors textures and patterns PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 EXISTING PRODUCTS A. Existing materials and equipment indicated to be removed but not to be re -used relocated reinstalled delivered to the Owner or otherwise indicated as to remain the property of the Owner become the property of the Contractor remove from site. B Reused Products Reused products include materials and equipment previously used in this or other construction, salvaged and refurbished as specified C Specific Products to be Reused The reuse of certain materials and equipment already existing on the project site is encouraged 2.2 NEW PRODUCTS A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents. B Do not use products having any of the following characteristics 1 Made using or containing CFC's or HCFC's 2 Made of wood from newly cut old growth timber C Where all other criteria are met, Contractor shall give preference to products that: 1 Are extracted harvested, and /or manufactured closer to the location of the project. 2 Have longer documented life span under normal use 3 Result in less construction waste 4 Are made of vegetable materials that are rapidly renewable 5 Products with Recycled Content D Urea Formaldehyde Prohibition 1 Overall Project Requirement: Provide composite wood and agrifiber products having no added urea formaldehyde resins a Require each installer to certify compliance and submit product data showing product content. 2 Specific Product. Categories Comply with limitations specified elsewhere E Adhesives and Joint Sealants 1 Definition This provision applies to gunnable, trowelable, and liquid applied adhesives, sealants and sealant primers used anywhere on the interior of the building inside the weather barrier including duct sealers 2 Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than required by South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No 1168 a. Require each installer to certify compliance and submit product data showing product content. 3 Specific Product Categories Comply with limitations specified elsewhere. F Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacture for components being replaced. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization G Wiring Terminations Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated Size terminal lugs to NFPA 70 include lugs for terminal box. H Cord and Plug Provide minimum 6 foot cord and plug including grounding connector for connection to electric wiring system Cord of longer length is specified in individual specification sections 2 3 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to select products which comply the Contract Documents and which are compatible with one another with existing work, and with products selected by other contractors B Components to be supplied in quantity within a specification section shall be identical interchangeable and made by the same manufacturer C Provide products complete with accessories, trim finish fasteners and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. D Standard Products If available and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations in other projects E. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents F Where products are accompanied by the term 'as selected Architect will make selection G Where products are accompanied by the term 'match sample sample to be matched is Architect's. H Descriptive performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish 'salient characteristics' of products I Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only Use any product meeting those standards or description J Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers. Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed K. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions. Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named 2.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials spare parts tools and software of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections B Deliver to project site and place in location as directed obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. The Architect will consider written request(s) for substitutions, received at least five days prior to bid date or finalizing of the Contract. B After Date of Contract, the Architect may consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of those specified when submitted in accordance with the requirements of this Section One or more of the following conditions must be documented at the time of submittal 1 The substitution must comply with code requirements or insurance regulations. 2 The substitution must be due to the unavailability of the specified product, through no fault of the Contractor 3 The substitution may be requested due to the manufacturer's or fabricator's refusal to certify or guarantee performance of the specified product as required C Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization D A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter 1 Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2 Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3 Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner 4 Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent. E. Substitution Submittal Procedure. 1 Submit one copy of request for substitution for consideration on the Scherer Associates Substitution Request form Limit each request to one proposed substitution 2 Submit shop drawings product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence Burden of proof is on proposer 3 The Architect will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. F No substitution of products may be made without the Architect's written authorization 3.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name submit the following, in addition to other required submittals to obtain approval of an unnamed product: 1 Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2 Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated 3 Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty 4 List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested 5 Samples, if requested 3 3 OWNER- SUPPLIED PRODUCTS A. Refer to the Drawings for identification of Owner supplied products B Items that are Furnished by Owner and Installed by Contractor (FOIC) and items that are Furnished by Owner and Installed by Owner (FOIO) may require support systems and backing provided by the Contractor Refer to the Drawings and relevant sections of these Specifications for additional requirements C Owner's Responsibilities 1 Arrange for and deliver Owner reviewed shop drawings product data, and samples, to Contractor 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site 3 On delivery inspect products jointly with Contractor 4 Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective or deficient items 5 Arrange for manufacturers warranties inspections and service D Contractor's Responsibilities 1 Review Owner reviewed shop drawings product data, and samples 2. Receive and unload products at site, inspect for completeness or damage jointly with Owner 3 Handle store install and finish.products 4 Repair or replace items damaged after receipt. 5 Contractor shall provide blocking and electrical service for owner furnished equipment. 3 4 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials B. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization C Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas D Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged E. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling disfigurement, or damage F Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible 3 5 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Designate receiving /storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication B Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions C Store with seals and labels intact and legible D Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground F Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. G Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion discoloration or staining H Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage I Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition END OF SECTION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Submitted To Scherer Associates, Architecture and Planning, 209 Washington ST NE, Olympia, WA 98501 SCHERER MOW ASSOCIATES Project Elevator Modernization We hereby submit for consideration the following product in lieu of the item specified for the above project: Section Specified Item Proposed Substitution Documentation Attach complete technical data, including laboratory tests and samples, as applicable. Provide a detailed comparison of including specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and test data as needed for a complete evaluation. Provide a complete list of changes that will be required for installation as a result of this proposal Certification The Undersigned certifies the accuracy of the following items: 1) The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on the Drawings 2) The proposed substitution is equivalent or superior to the specified item 3) The undersigned will pay for all changes to building design, including engineering design, detailing and construction costs caused by the proposed substitution. 4) The proposed substitution will have no adverse affect on other trades, construction schedule or specified warranty requirements. 5) Maintenance and service parts will be locally available for the proposed substitution 6) Provide the project name, contact name and contact telephone number for two similar projects on which the substitution being requested was used including the date of installation Undersigned attests function and quality equivalent or superior to specified item and waives his right to additional payment and time that may subsequently be necessitated by failure of the substitution to perform adequately and for the required work to make corrections thereof Submitted By Signature Firm Address Date Telephone For Use by Architect: Accepted Accepted as Noted Not Accepted Received too late By Date Remarks ARCHITECTURE AND PLANNING 209 WASHINGTON ST NE OLYMPIA, WA 98501 1142 TEL. 360.943.1995 FAX 360.943.1887 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A. B C D E. F Section 02 4100 F 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. None Required 14 COORDINATION 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 1000 Summary Limitations on working in existing building; continued occupancy work sequence, contractor use of site and premises, hazardous materials B Section 01 3000 Administrative Requirements Submittals procedures C Section 01 4000 Quality Requirements. Testing and inspection procedures D Section 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls Temporary interior partitions, heating, cooling and ventilating facilities E. Section 01 7800 Closeout Submittals Project record documents, operation and maintenance data, warranties and bonds Coordination Examination preparation and general installation procedures Cutting and patching Starting of systems and equipment. Final Cleaning Closeout procedures 2.1 PATCHING MATERIALS SECTION 017000 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Demolition A. See Section 01 1000 for occupancy related requirements B Coordinate scheduling, submittals and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later C Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements D Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with building utilities Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to and placing in service, such equipment. E. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings Follow routing shown for pipes ducts and conduit, as closely as practicable place runs parallel with lines of building Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations for maintenance and for repairs F In finished areas conceal pipes ducts and wiring within the construction Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. G Coordinate completion and clean -up of work of separate sections H After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents to minimize disruption of Owner's activities PART 2 PRODUCTS EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 7000 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization A. New Materials As specified in product sections match existing products and work for patching and extending work. B Type and Quality of Existing Products Determine by inspecting and testing products where necessary referring to existing work as a standard C Product Substitution For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Section 01 6000 2.2 CLEANING MATERIALS A. Use only the cleaning materials and equipment which are compatible, with the surface being cleaned as recommended by the manufacturer or fabricator of the materials to be cleaned B Use cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property or cause damage to products or Work. PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions B Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached C Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections B Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication to minimize waste due to over ordering or misfabrication E. Verify that utility services are available of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations F Prior to Cutting Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance B Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance C Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer sealer or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with Hospital Epidemiology requirements and State Authorities requirements regarding the spread of construction dust and contaminants to other Hospital areas 1 All elevator doors will need to be sealed at each level 2. The shafts will be kept in negative pressure 3 Visqueen will be used to screen the actual work area. 4 Refer to Drawings B Provide temporary partitions and ceilings to separate work areas from Owner occupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner occupied areas, and to prevent damage to existing materials and equipment. 1 Provide temporary barriers that are constructed with fire resistance rating equivalent to the rating of the wall that it is enclosing; a minimum 1 hour rated separation between the construction Limits and adjacent and /or occupied spaces as identified on the Contract Documents EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 7000 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2. Joint Commission EC 5 50 EP 2 states that temporary construction partitions [should be] smoke tight and built of noncombustible or limited combustible materials (sheet rock, gypsum board) that will not contribute to the development or spread of fire. 3 Temporary barriers shall run continuously from floor to the underside of structural deck above, and be sealed against the passage of air borne dust or contaminants C Install products as specified in individual sections in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement. D Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level unless otherwise indicated E. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines unless otherwise indicated F Make consistent texture on surfaces with seamless transitions unless otherwise indicated G Make neat transitions between different surfaces maintaining texture and appearance 3 4 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching. B Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to 1 Complete the work. 2. Fit products together to integrate with other work. 3 Provide openings for penetration of mechanical electrical and other services 4 Match work that has been cut to adjacent work. 5 Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition. 6 Repair new work damaged by subsequent work. 7 Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested 8 Remove and replace defective and non conforming work. C Execute cutting and patching to complete the work, to uncover work in order to install improperly sequenced work, to remove and replace defective or non conforming work, to remove samples of installed work for testing when requested, to provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work, to execute patching to complement adjacent work, and to fit products together to integrate with other work. D Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition. E. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval F Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. G Fit work air tight to pipes sleeves ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. H. At penetrations of fire rated walls partitions ceiling or floor construction completely seal voids with fire rated material in accordance with Section 07 8400 to full thickness of the penetrated element. I Patching 1 Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching On continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly refinish entire unit. 2 Match color texture and appearance 3 Repair patched surfaces that are damaged lifted discolored or showing other imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of substrate repair substrate prior to repairing finish J Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish For continuous surfaces refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly refinish entire unit. K. Make neat transitions Patch work to match adjacent work in texture and appearance Where new work abuts or aligns with existing perform a smooth and even transition EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 7000 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization L. Patch or replace surfaces that are damaged lifted discolored or showing other imperfections due to patching work. Repair substrate prior to patching finish Finish patches to produce uniform finish and texture over entire area. When finish cannot be matched refinish entire surface to nearest intersections 3 5 CONSTRUCTION AREA PROGRESS CLEANING A. Broom clean all floors daily using a dust control compound B Install dust control mats at all entries to the construction area to help control dust tracks in occupied areas 1 Provide Protect Tacky Mats (or equal) at all openings connecting the construction area with occupied spaces C Clean up any dust tracked outside of the designated construction area without delay D Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. E. If the Contractor fails to clean project site in accordance with project documents, upon 24 hours notice, the Owner may do so at the Contractor's expense 3 6 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations B Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections C Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage D Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills and soffits of openings. E. Protect finished floors, stairs and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear damage, or movement of heavy objects by protecting with durable sheet materials. F Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces If traffic or activity is necessary obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer G Remove protective coverings when no longer needed reuse or recycle plastic coverings if possible 3 7 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Coordinate schedule for start -up of various equipment and systems B Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation belt tension control sequence and for conditions that may cause damage C Verify tests meter readings and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer D Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested E. Execute start -up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel and manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions F When specified in individual specification Sections require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start -up and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation G Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 7000 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3.9 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning Coordinate with Owner requirements for cleaning. B Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. C Perform the following cleaning operations, as applicable, to the Work of this Contract. 1 Remove tools construction equipment, machinery and surplus material from Project site 2 Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches equipment vaults, manholes, attics and similar spaces. 3 Remove dust, dirt, grease stains fingerprints labels (except where prohibited), spilled and spattered and other foreign materials from interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view 4 Touch up otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes and surfaces a. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration b Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar equipment. 5 Ventilating Systems a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters of units operated during construction b Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during construction c. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills 6 Vacuum -clean interior spaces. 7 Clean exposed interior hard surfaced finishes to a dirt -free condition 8 Remove labels that are not permanent 9 Clean transparent materials including mirrors and glass in doors and windows Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision obscuring materials Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials Polish mirrors and glass taking care not to scratch surfaces 10 Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition free of stains including stains resulting from water exposure 11 Clean light fixtures lamps globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency Replace burned -out bulbs and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. 12 Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions D Reclean if so directed during substantial inspection Reclean areas in which work is performed subsequent to the final cleaning, including work performed as a result of the punch list. E. If Contractor fails to clean up at completion of Work, Owner may do so as provided in Construction Contract and cost shall be charged to Contractor 3 10 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities 1 Provide copies to Architect. B Accompany Owner's Representative on preliminary inspection to determine items to be listed for completion or correction in Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion. C Notify Architect when work is considered ready for Substantial Completion D Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed work has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect's review E. Complete items of work determined by Architect's and Engineer's final inspections F Correct items of work listed in executed Certificates of Substantial Completion and comply with requirements for access to Owner occupied areas G Notify Architect when work is considered finally complete. H. Refer to Section 01 7800 Closeout Submittals for required submittals for closeout including project record documents operation and maintenance data, warranties and bonds. END OF SECTION EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 7000 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 017800 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Project Record Documents B Warranties and bonds C Substantial Completion D Final Completion 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 2000 Price and Payment Procedures Requirements for Applications for Payment for Substantial and Final Completion B Section 01 3000 Administrative Requirements* Submittals procedures shop drawings product data, and samples C Section 01 7000 Execution and Closeout Requirements. D Individual Product Sections Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. E. Individual Product Sections Warranties required for specific products or Work. F Mechanical and Electrical Divisions 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. All items indicated under Substantial Completion and Final Completion below 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Prior to requesting inspection by the Architect, use adequate means to assure that the Work is completed in accordance with the specified requirements and is ready for the requested inspection PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. The purpose of the final Project Record Documents is to provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and visible to enable future modification of the work to proceed without lengthy and expensive site measurement, investigation and examination B Throughout progress of the Work, maintain an accurate record of changes in the Contract Documents C Maintain on site one set of the following record documents 1 Drawings 2. Addenda. 3 Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. D Ensure entries are complete and accurate enabling future reference by Owner Accuracy of records shall be such that future searches for items shown in the Contract Documents may reasonably rely on information obtained from the approved Project Record Documents. E. Record new information concurrent with construction progress F Record Drawings Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including 1 Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 2. Field changes of dimension and detail 3 Details not on original Contract drawings CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 01 7800 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization G Upon completion of the Work, transfer the recorded changes to a set of As -Built Documents and submit to the Architect. 1 Submit one set of as- built' record documents of Contract Drawings for all Disciplines and Trades. a. Requirement includes Architectural HVAC Plumbing, Electrical, Nurse Call, Fire Alarm, and Fire Sprinkler as applicable to the scope of the project. 2. Note Hardcopy will not be accepted Provide Architect with electronic files in an Adobe (.pdf) or AutoCAD (dwg) format on compact disc (CD) a. Contractor shall clearly illustrate the final 'as- built' configuration of the Work. b Identify and date each CD with the designation 'PROJECT RECORD DRAWING (DISCIPLINE)' in a prominent location 3.2 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Contractor Warranty The General Contractor warrants that all work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and shall be free from faults and defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year 1 The General Contractor's shall provide materials and labor to replace and /or repair all defects within this period at no cost to the Owner B Obtain warranties and bonds executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within 10 days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with Owner's permission leave date of beginning of time of warranty until the Date of Substantial completion is determined C All warranty periods shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion or Owner acceptance of that portion of the work, whichever is earliest. D Separate each warranty or bond with index tab sheets keyed to the Table of Contents listing. Provide full information using separate typed sheets as necessary List Subcontractor supplier and manufacturer with name address, and telephone number of responsible principal 3.3 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Replacement materials for maintenance purposes Provide extra materials as indicated in individual sections of Division 09 Finishes B Protect material with clearly marked packaging and store where directed buy Owner's Representative. 3 4 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Prior to requesting inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, for entire Work or portions thereof complete the following and list known exceptions 1 Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list) the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete The Architect will not review the Project for Substantial Completion until the Contractor's list of items to be completed corrected has been released 2. The Contractor's certification shall be submitted to the Architect no less than 24 hours prior to the Architect's review for Substantial Completion B Upon receipt of Contractor's certification the Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise contractor of prerequisites not fulfilled C Following initial inspection the Architect will either prepare Certificate of Substantial Completion or advise Contractor of work to be performed prior to issuance of certificate, repeat inspection will be certified by Contractor that Work has been substantially completed D Additional substantial completion inspections shall be at Contractor's expense and shall be deducted from the Contract Amount. 1 A 'Change Order' will be used to adjust the Contract Sum E. Results of completed inspection(s) will form initial 'Punch List' for final completion CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 01 7800 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization F Coordinate with Owner and appropriate building authorities to obtain releases enabling Owner's full and unrestricted use of Work and access to services and utilities including occupancy permits, operating certificates and similar release as required G Submit record documents, material and equipment data manuals and similar final record information, as specified H Discontinue and remove temporary facilities, construction tools and services from project site as specified in Section 01 5000 I Complete final cleanup requirements including touch -up of marred surfaces in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents J In addition to submittals required by the conditions of the Contract, provide submittals required by governing authorities 3 5 FINAL COMPLETION A. At completion of project, and prior to the Request for Final Payment confirm that all items required under Substantial Completion have been submitted In addition deliver the following items to the Architect or Owner as applicable Receipt of these items will constitute the final submittals required to establish final completion 1 Prepare and submit Project Record Documents warranties and similar final record information 2 Deliver tools spare parts extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable 3 Complete final cleaning requirements, including touch up painting 4 A signed and dated copy of the Punchlist certifying that all items have been completed 5 Evidence of compliance with requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction including, but not necessarily limited to a. Certificates of Inspection, turn over all approved building electrical and mechanical permits. b Certificates of Occupancy 6 Evidence of payment and release of liens from General Contractor and from each subcontractor 7 A notarized Warranty of Work, providing a one -year warranty on all work, materials or equipment provided under this contract. 8 Submit an affidavit confirming that prevailing wages have been paid to all subcontractors for the Work. a. 'Following the final acceptance of a public works project, it shall be the duty of the officer charged with the disbursement of public funds to require the contractor and each and every subcontractor from the contractor or a subcontractor to submit to such officer an Affidavit of Wages Paid' before the funds retained according to the provisions of RCW 60.28 010 are released to the contractor Each affidavit of wages paid must be certified by the industrial statistician of the department of labor and industries before it is submitted to said officer 9 Submit final Application for Payment. a. If so required the Architect, General Contractor and Owner's Representative will coordinate a final Change Order showing adjustments to the Contract Sum which were not made previously by Change orders B Note Retainage will be released after Architect's approval and receipt of all items required for Final Completion and approval from the two Washington State departments that all insurance and taxes have been paid by the General Contractor END OF SECTION CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 01 7800 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 024100 DEMOLITION 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Selective demolition of built site elements B Selective demolition of building elements for alterations purposes 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 1000 Summary Limitations on Contractor's use of site and premises. B Section 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls Security protective barriers, and waste removal C Section 01 7000 Execution Requirements Project conditions, existing construction to remain; reinstallation of removed products 1 3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI /ASSE Al 0 6 -2006 Safety Requirements for Demolition Operations B 29 CFR 1926 U S Occupational Safety and Health Standards current edition C NFPA 241 Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration and Demolition Operations; 2004 D The Olympic Region Clean Air Agency (ORCAA) Regulations, May 2007 http. /www.orcaa.ora/ sections /asbestos- and demolition/ 14 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures B Project Record Documents Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities and subsurface construction. 1 5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Standards Comply with ANSI A10 6 and NFPA 241 B Conform to local code for demolition work, dust control products requiring electrical disconnection and re- connection C Obtain required permits from authorities including ORCAA. D Do not close or obstruct egress from any building exit or site exit. E. Do not disable or disrupt building fire or life safety systems without 3 days prior written notice to Owner F In the event hazardous or contaminated materials are discovered, necessary abatement procedures, air monitoring results and post- abatement test results shall conform to appropriate local and state regulations 1 6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes vapors or gases B Dust Control Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air -borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and over adjacent property C Keep pressure of spaces under demolition negative with respect to surrounding spaces. Provide HEPA filter for installation on return system intake where exhaust is not sufficient to keep space negative Provide 30% efficient filters on exhaust side to keep construction dust out of exhaust ductwork. DEMOLITION 02 4100 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization D Noise Control Provide methods, means and facilities to minimize noise produced by demolition operations E. Comply with other requirements specified in Section 01 7000 PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 31 PREPARATION A. Establish existing airflows of all branches from main supply and exhaust systems before beginning demolition B Protect existing materials and equipment that are not to be demolished 1 Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition 2 When permitted by Owner items may be removed to a suitable protected storage location during selective demolition cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. C Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 1 Prevent movement of structure, provide bracing and shoring. D Provide appropriate temporary signage for exit or building egress E. Provide dust walk off mats at exit of demolition areas 3.2 GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply with Facility's Infection Control Procedures (refer to Drawings) B Comply with applicable codes and regulations for demolition operations and safety of adjacent structures and the public 1 Obtain required permits 2 Take precautions to prevent catastrophic or uncontrolled collapse of structures to be removed; do not allow worker or public access within range of potential collapse of unstable structures. 3 Provide erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices 4 Conduct operations to minimize effects on and interference with adjacent structures and occupants 5 Do not close or obstruct roadways or sidewalks without permit. 6 Conduct operations to minimize obstruction of public and private entrances and exits; do not obstruct required exits at any time, protect persons using entrances and exits from removal operations 7 Obtain written permission from owners of adjacent properties when demolition equipment will traverse infringe upon or limit access to their property C Do not begin removal until receipt of notification to proceed from Owner D Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed 1 Provide bracing and shoring 2 Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures 3 Stop work immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger E. Perform demolition in a manner that maximizes salvage and recycling of materials 1 Dismantle existing construction and separate materials 2. Set aside reusable recyclable, and salvageable materials store and deliver to collection point or point of reuse 3.3 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALTERATIONS A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only 1 Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as shown DEMOLITION 02 4100 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3 4 2 Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation 3 Beginning of demolition work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions that would be apparent upon examination prior to starting demolition B Separate areas in which demolition is being conducted from other areas that are still occupied C Maintain weatherproof exterior building enclosure except for interruptions required for replacement or modifications take care to prevent water and humidity damage D Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work. 1 Remove items indicated on drawings. E. Services (Including but not limited to HVAC Plumbing, Fire Protection Electrical and Telecommunications) Remove existing systems and equipment as indicated 1 Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation, maintain access to equipment and operational components 2. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for service. 3 Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities before removal 4 Remove abandoned pipe ducts conduits, and equipment, including those above accessible ceilings• remove back to source of supply where possible, otherwise cap stub and tag with identification F Protect existing work to remain 1 Prevent movement of structure, provide shoring and bracing if necessary 2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work. 3 Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work. 4 Patch as specified for patching new work. DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL A. Remove debris junk, and trash from site. B Remove from site all materials not to be reused on site. C Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work. END OF SECTION DEMOLITION 02 4100 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SECTION 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated steel items. B Provide metal fabrications, and related accessory items galvanized and prime painted complete, as indicated on the Drawings and not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. The work may include the following 1 Metal floor plates and supports Steel members required to support equipment, including load distribution plates and anchors 2. Electrical supports such as cable ladder cable tray and basket tray 3 Steel members steel angles as required for seismic upgrades and seismic support. C Custom Fabricated Products 1 Stainless steel covers for jambs and headers at elevator doors 2. Galvanized steel 'ships' ladder hand rail and platform 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 2116 Gypsum Board Assemblies B Section 09 9000 Painting and Coating Paint finish C Division 14 Elevator Sections 'Pit systems' 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI A14.3 American National Standard for Ladders Fixed Safety Requirements, 2002. B ASTM A 36/A 36M Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2005 C ASTM A 153/A 153M Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware, 2005 D ASTM A 283/A 283M Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates 2003 (Reapproved 2007) E. ASTM A 307 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength, 2007b F ASTM A 500 /A 500M Standard Specification for Cold- Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes, 2007 G ASTM A 780 Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot -Dip Galvanized Coatings 2001 H AWS D1 1/D1 1M Structural Welding Code Steel American Welding Society 2008. I SSPC -Paint 15 Steel Joist Shop Primer Society for Protective Coatings; 1999 (Ed 2004). 14 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures B Shop Drawings Indicate profiles sizes connection attachments reinforcing anchorage, size and type of fasteners and accessories Include erection drawings, elevations and details where applicable 1 Prepare shop drawings from field measurements where possible 2. Allow for field trimming where taking field measurements will delay work. 1 5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements Verify actual locations of construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1 6 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Transport and handle products with special custom wrapping to protect shop primers and finishes B Storage and Protection Store products in manufacturer's protective packaging until installation PART 2 PRODUCTS 21 MATERIALS A. Steel Sections ASTM A 36/A 36M B Steel Tubing ASTM A 500 Grade B cold- formed structural tubing (Fy 46 KSI) C Structural Steel Pipe ASTM A53 Type E at concealed locations and Type S at exposed locations Grade B Schedule 40 FY 35 KSI D Plates ASTM A 283 E. Bolts, Nuts and Washers ASTM A307 galvanized to ASTM A 153/A 153M where connecting galvanized components F Welding Materials AWS D1 1/D1 1M, type required for materials being welded G Fastener Materials 1 Standard Bolts ASTM A 307 Grade A. 2. High Strength Bolts ASTM A 325 N 3 Electrodes AWS A5 1 E70XX. 4 Concrete Anchors Kwik -Bolt TZ by Hilti, or pre- approved equal 5 Masonry Anchors Sleeve Anchor by Hilti, Red Head Sleeve Anchor by Phillips 6 Machine Screws Steel FS FF -S -92 7 Plain Washers Round steel FS FF -W -92 8 Masonry Expansion Shields FS FF -S -325 9 Lock Washers Helical spring, FS FF W -84 H Shop and Touch -Up Primer SSPC -Paint 15 complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction 2.2 ACCESSORIES AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory packaged nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107 Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications 1 Products Master Builders 'Embeco Sonneborn 'Ferrolith G Redi -Mixed Grout, or equal B Dissimilar Metal Isolation Coating Basis of Design Tnemec Series N69 Hi -Build Epoxoline II applied at 4 0 6 0 mils DFT In accordance to NFPA Class 1 #101 or approved equal 2 3 Shop and Touch -Up Primer SSPC -Paint 15 complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction A. Universal Shop Primer Fast curing lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with MPI #79 Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc -rich primer 1 Product: Tnemec Series 394 PerimePrime single component, 2 5 to 3 mil Film dry thickness. a. Corrosion Resistance 10 500 hours tested by ASTM B 117 (Salt spray (Fog) b Adhesion 850 psi c. Substitution as may be approved by Addendum Note the Architect is not aware of any similar product that can be approved B Touch -Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces Tnemec Series 394 PerimePrime, single component, applied at 2 5 to 3 0 mil DFT or approved equal 2 4 FABRICATION METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization A. Comply with AISC Specifications for the Design Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings and AISC Specifications for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel B Fabricate items to dimensions required by field measurements C Comply with approved shop drawings and referenced standards D Use welds for shop connections and use bolts for field connections, except where indicated otherwise on Drawings E. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site F Mark assembled components for field assembly and coordinated installation G Use materials of size and thickness indicated or if not indicated as required to produce strength and durability in finished product for use intended H Work to dimensions shown or accepted on approved shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. I Use type of materials indicated or specified for various components of work. J Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured K. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline Locate joints where least conspicuous. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius L. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap metal fabrications to receive finish hardware screws, and similar items. M Provide for anchorage of type indicated coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support loads N Welded Connections 1 Comply with AWS Structural Welding Code D1 1 2 Fabricate assemblies with welded joints using shielded metal -arc process (SMAW). 3 Provide 1/4 inch minimum fillet welds and full penetration butt welds 4 Grind exposed welds smooth O Bolted Connections Provide anchor bolts for connecting to other work. 1 Drill and tap steel as required to receive bolted connections 2. Make bolt holes 1/16 inch larger than nominal bolt diameter 3 Do not furnish bolts with threads within sheer plane of the bolt 2.5 FABRICATED ITEMS A. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports 1 Fabricate units from steel shapes plates and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated Fabricate to sizes shapes and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction retained by framing and supports Cut, drill and tap units to receive hardware hangers and similar items B Ladders Steel in compliance with ANSI A14.3 with mounting brackets and attachments; galvanized finish 1 For ladders platforms and rails comply with ASME A17 1 a Refer to Drawings for Manufacturer and detailing requirements Approval per Shop Submittal C Stainless Steel Trim 1 Refer to Drawings for detailing requirements Approval per Shop Submittal a Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from 14 gauge steel Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible b Prepare existing frames to receive stainless steel trim Attach trim with approved construction adhesive METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization D Equipment Support System All connections bolted and clamped; factory finish (touch up not required) E. Fabricate steel shapes plates, and bars to provide structural support for metal wall and soffit framing members, steel blocking for wall hung items fire sprinkler equipment frames and etc. as indicated on the Drawings 2.6 FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM's 'Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products' for recommendations for applying and designating finishes B STEEL PRIMERS AND FINISHES 1 Primers Compatible with topcoat Specified in Section 09 9000 Paints and Coatings. 2. Clean surfaces of rust, scale grease and foreign matter prior to finishing. 3 Prime Painting One coat. 4 Preparation for Shop Priming Prepare uncoated ferrous -metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications a. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A) SSPC -SP 7 'Brush Off Blast Cleaning b Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with galvanized finishes and those to be field welded embedded in concrete or masonry unless otherwise indicated Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches c. Interior components shall be prepared in shop immediately after assembly with a 'field' surface preparation of SSPC -SP 1 Solvent Cleaning, with weld and abrasions treated in accordance with SSPC -SP6 Commercial Blast Clean d Comply with SSPC -PA 1 'Paint Application Specification No 1 Shop Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel for shop painting e Comply with SSPC -PA 2 'Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gages 5 Hot -Dip Galvanizing and Factory Applied Primer for Steel Provide hot -dip galvanizing and factory applied prime coat, certified OTCNOC compliant less than 2.8 lbs /gal and conforming to EPA and local requirements Apply primer within 12 hours after galvanizing at the galvanizer's plant in a controlled environment meeting applicable environmental regulations and as recommended by the primer coating manufacturer Blast cleaning of the surface is unacceptable for surface preparation Primer shall have a minimum two year re -coat window for application of finish coat. Coatings must meet or exceed the following performance criteria. a. Abrasion ASTM D 4060 CS17 Wheel 1 000 gram load b Adhesion ASTM D 3359 Method B 5 mm crosshatch c. Humidity Resistance ASTM D 4585 d Salt Spray (Fog) ASTM B 117 6 Stainless Steel Provide 'brushed' stainless steel finish Approval per Shop Submittal 2.7 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A. Squareness 1/8 inch maximum difference in diagonal measurements B Maximum Offset Between Faces 1/16 inch C Maximum Misalignment of Adjacent Members 1/16 inch D Maximum Bow 1/8 inch in 48 inches E. Maximum Deviation From Plane 1/16 inch in 48 inches PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. B Prior to all work of this section carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where fabrication and installation of the work of this section may properly commence METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization C Make all required measurements in the field to ensure proper and adequate fit for miscellaneous metal items 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal and aluminum where site welding is required B Supply setting templates to the appropriate entities for steel items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry C Coordinate all metalwork with adjoining work. Do all cutting shearing, drilling punching, threading tapping etc. required for metal work and for attachment of adjacent work. Drill or punch holes, do not use cutting torch Shearing and punching shall leave true lines and surfaces 3.3 INSTALLATION GENERAL A. Cutting Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications Set metal fabrications accurately in location alignment, and elevation, with edges and surfaces level plumb true and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. B Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations Do not weld cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections C Fastening to In -Place Construction Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in -place construction Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts toggle bolts, through bolts lag bolts wood screws and other connectors D Provide for erection loads and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments E. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1 1/D1 1M 1 Obtain Owner approval for scheduling of all 'hot' work prior to implementation. F Obtain Architect approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not indicated on approved shop drawings G After erection prime welds abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed or galvanized, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete 3 4 TOUCH -UP PAINTING AND GALVANIZATION REPAIR A. Touchup Painting Immediately after erection clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop finishing B Galvanized Surfaces Clean field welds bolted connections and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780 C All factory primed and /or unfinished materials exposed to view shall be painted 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests as specified in Section 01 4000 B Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents 3 6 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb 1/8 inch 8' 0' B Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/8 inch C Maximum Out -of- Position 1/8 inch 8' 0' END OF SECTION METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1 7 FIELD CONDITIONS SECTION 079005 JOINT SEALERS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparation of sealant substrate surfaces B Sealants and joint backing C Provide elastomeric joint sealants joint backer materials and accessories needed to ensure a complete and durable weather tight seal at all locations 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 2116 Gypsum Board Assemblies. Acoustic sealant associated with gypsum assemblies. Other acoustical sealant applications are specific herein 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C 834 Standard Specification for Latex Sealants 2005 B ASTM C 920 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2005 C ASTM C 1193 Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2009 14 SUBMITTALS A. None required 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience. B Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealer Materials Obtain joint sealer materials from a single manufacturer for each different product required. 1 6 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide joint sealers that have been produced and installed to establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. B Compatibility 1 Provide joint sealants joint fillers and accessory joint materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under project conditions. 2. Install joint sealants, joint fillers and related joint materials that are non staining to visible joint surfaces and surrounding substrate surfaces. C Interior and exterior vertical and horizontal joints to maintain weather tight conditions and sound building practices 1 Use for structural and general purpose glazing on glass, most paints some metal and many plastics 2. Use for sealing around air conditioning, vents or other wall penetrations both indoors and outdoors 3 Use for weatherproofing junctions of building materials and resealing failed joints 4 Do NOT apply silicone sealants to concrete, marble, limestone, lead surfaces, zinc coated (galvanized) metal copper impregnated wood, rubber gaskets tapes failed sealants and caulking compounds, continuous water immersion applications or in applications where sealant is to be painted 5 Verify proper use and application with manufacturer A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation JOINT SEALERS 07 9005 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization B Provide low VOC and nontoxic sealants as appropriate to conditions to be sealed C Disposal of sealant and sealant containers to be made in accordance with federal state and local regulations 18 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with all sections referencing this section PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Silicone Sealants 1 Momentive Performance Materials, Inc (formerly GE Silicones)* www.momentive.com 2 Dow Corning Corp www dowcorning corn 3 GE Plastics www geplastics corn 4 Pecora Corporation www pecora.com 5 Tremco Inc; www tremcosealants corn 6 Substitutions See Section 01 6000 Product Requirements. B Polyurethane Silicone Hybrid Sealants. 1 Pecora Corporation Product Pro -Sil www pecora.com 2. BASF Construction Chemicals Building Systems, Product Sonalastic 150* www.chemrex.com 3 Tremco Inc* www tremcosealants corn 4 Substitutions. See Section 01 6000 Product Requirements. C Polyurethane Low Modulus 1 Sikaflex 15LM www.sikaindustry corn 2. Vulkem 93 www tremcosealants corn D Polysulfide Sealants 1 Pecora Corporation www pecora corn 2. BASF Construction Chemicals Building Systems www.chemrex.com 3 Substitutions See Section 01 6000 Product Requirements. E. Butyl Sealants 1 Pecora Corporation www pecora.com 2. Tremco Inc* www tremcosealants corn 3 Substitutions See Section 01 6000 Product Requirements. F Acrylic Latex Sealants 1 Pecora Corporation www pecora.com 2. Tremco Inc www tremcosealants corn 3 Substitutions See Section 01 6000 Product Requirements G Preformed Compressible Foam Sealers 1 Dayton Superior Corporation www daytonsuperior corn 2. Substitutions See Section 01 6000 Product Requirements 2.2 SEALANTS A. General Purpose Interior Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex; ASTM C 834 Type OP Grade NF single component, paintable 1 Color Match adjacent finished surfaces 2 Applications a Interior wall and ceiling control joints b Other interior joints for which no other type of sealant is indicated B Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 920 Grade NS Class 12 1/2 Uses NT M A, G O single component, solvent release non skinning non sagging 1 Color* Standard colors matching finished surfaces 2 Movement Capability Plus and minus 12 1/2 percent. JOINT SEALERS 07 9005 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3 Service Temperature Range: 13 to 180 degrees F 4 Shore A Hardness Range: 10 to 30 5 Applications. Use for a. Interior acoustical joints hidden from view C One -Part Fire Stopping Sealant: Use in a through penetration fire stop system for sealing openings around cables, conduit, pipes and similar penetrations through walls and floors. 1 Products. Subject to compliance provide one of the following a. Dow Corning Corporation Dow Corning® 790 Silicone Building Sealant b 3MTM Fire Barrier Sealants www.3m.com 1) 3MTM Fire Barrier IC 15WB Sealant is a latex sealant designed for use as a one -part fire, smoke, noxious gas and water sealant. In addition the unique intumescent property of this material (expands when heated) means that as the noncombustible pipe, cable or pipe insulation is consumed by fire, sealant expands to maintain the penetration seal 2) 3MTM Fire Barrier CP 25WB+ Caulk is a premium elastomeric latex caulk designed for use as a one -part fire, smoke, noxious gas and water sealant. In addition, the unique intumescent property of this material (expands when heated) means that as cable or pipe insulation is consumed by fire, CP 25WB+ Caulk expands to maintain the penetration seal 3) 3MTM FireDam 150+ is the economical alternative to costly firestopping applications. It is used to firestop metal pipes or cables through concrete or gypsum and for use in dynamic head -of -wall systems. A single -part, non -sag, water -based acrylic latex sealant. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Joint Cleaner Non corrosive and non staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer compatible with joint forming materials. B Masking Tape Nonstaining non absorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. C Provide accessories as necessary for a complete working installation, including but not limited to backup material joint filler setting blocks, spacer shims and tapes PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. B Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant. B Thoroughly clean joint surfaces using cleaners approved by sealant manufacturer whether primers are required or not. 1 Remove all traces of previous sealant and joint backer by mechanical methods, such as by cutting, grinding and wire brushing, in manner not damaging to surrounding surfaces. 2 Remove paints from joint surfaces except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer 3. Remove wax, oil grease, dirt film residues, temporary protective coatings and other residues by wiping with cleaner recommended for that purpose. Use clean, white, lint -free cloths and change cloths frequently 4 Remove dust by blowing clean with oil -free, compressed air C Prime joint substrates where required. 1 Use and apply primer according to sealant manufacturers recommendations. JOINT SEALERS 07 9005 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2 Confine primers to sealant bond surfaces; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces D Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C 1193 E. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfigurement. F Taping: 1 Use masking tape where required to prevent sealant or primer contact with adjoining surfaces that would be permanently stained or otherwise damaged by such contact or the cleaning methods required for removal 2. Apply tape so as not to shift readily and remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B. Install sealants immediately after joint preparation C Mix and apply multi- component sealants in accord with manufacturer's printed instructions. D Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C 1193 E. Elastomeric Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C962 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications and conditions indicated. F Latex Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with requirements of ASTM C790 for use of latex sealants. G Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width -to -depth ratio neck dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer 1 Provide joint backer material uniformly to depth required by sealant manufacturer for proper joint design using a blunt instrument. a. Fit securely by compressing backer material 25 percent to 50 percent so no displacement occurs during tooling. b Avoid stretching or twisting joint backer H Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used I Apply sealant depth of 1/8 inch minimum to 3/8 inch maximum over crown of backer rod J Install backup material or joint filler setting blocks, spacer shims, and tapes as required K. Apply sealants in a uniform continuous operation horizontally in 1 direction and vertically from bottom to top of joint opening. Apply positive pressure adequate to properly fill and seal joint width to depths recommended by sealant manufacturer Install sealants to fill joints completely from the back, without voids or entrapped air using proven techniques, proper nozzles and sufficient force that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint surfaces. L. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter ridges, and sags M. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. N Tool sealants in manner that forces sealant against back of joint, ensures firm, full contact at joint interfaces and leaves a finish that is smooth, uniform and free of ridges, wrinkles, sags, air pockets and embedded impurities. 1 Dry tooling is preferred; tooling liquids that are non staining, non damaging to adjacent surfaces and approved by sealant manufacturer may be used if necessary when care is taken to ensure that the liquid does not contact joint surfaces before the sealant. 2 Tool joints concave unless shown otherwise Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and a vertical surface, fill joint to form slight cove so that joint will not trap moisture and foreign matter JOINT SEALERS 07 9005 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3 Provide recessed tooled joints where the outer face of substrate is irregular O Tool and /or strike sealants with appropriate tool applying light pressure to spread sealants against backup material and joint surfaces to ensure void -free application P All penetrations must be fire caulked Install fire stopping sealant, including forming, packing and other accessory materials to fill openings around mechanical and electrical services penetrating floors and walls to provide fire -stops with fire resistance ratings indicated for floor or wall assembly in which penetration occurs. Comply with installation requirements established by testing and inspecting agency Q. Cure sealants in compliance with manufacturer's published instructions 3 4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealers and of products in which joints occur B Remove excess sealants from glass, metal and plastic surfaces while still uncured C Remove excess sealants from porous surfaces after initial cure or set -up 3 5 PROTECTION A. Protect sealants in joints from damage until fully cured B Protect joint sealers during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of substantial completion If despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealers immediately and reseal joints with new materials to produce joint sealer installations with repaired areas indistinguishable from original work. END OF SECTION JOINT SEALERS 07 9005 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SECTION 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 DESCRIPTION A. Closures of openings in walls, floors, and roof decks against penetration of flame, heat, and smoke or gases in fire resistant rated construction. B Closure of openings in walls against penetration of gases or smoke in smoke partitions. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Sealants and application Section 07 92 00 JOINT SEALERS 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Division 01 Requirements. B Manufacturers literature, data, and installation instructions for types of firestopping and smoke stopping used. C List of FM UL, or WH classification number of systems installed. D Certified laboratory test reports for ASTM E814 tests for systems not listed by FM UL, or WH proposed for use. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials in their original unopened containers with manufacturer's name and product identification. B. Store in a location providing protection from damage and exposure to the elements. 1.5 WARRANTY Firestopping work subject to the terms of the Article 'Warranty of Construction' except extend the warranty period to five years. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE FM, UL, or WH or other approved laboratory tested products will be acceptable. 1 7 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS A. Publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): E84 -07 Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials E814 -06 Fire Tests of Through- Penetration Fire Stops C Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation (FM): Annual Issue Approval Guide Building Materials D Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Annual Issue Building Materials Directory Annual Issue Fire Resistance Directory 1479 -03 Fire Tests of Through- Penetration Firestops FIRESTOPPING 078400 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization E. Warnock Hersey (WH): Annual Issue Certification Listings PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRESTOP SYSTEMS A. Use either factory built (Firestop Devices) or field erected (through- Penetration Firestop Systems) to form a specific building system maintaining required integrity of the fire barrier and stop the passage of gases or smoke. B Through penetration firestop systems and firestop devices tested in accordance with ASTM E814 or UL 1479 using the 'F' or 'T' rating to maintain the same rating and integrity as the fire barrier being sealed. 'T' ratings are not required for penetrations smaller than or equal to 100 mm (4 in) nominal pipe or 0 01 m (16 sq. in.) in overall cross sectional area. C Products requiring heat activation to seal an opening by its intumescence shall exhibit a demonstrated ability to function as designed to maintain the fire barrier D Firestop sealants used for firestopping or smoke sealing shall have following properties. 1 Contain no flammable or toxic solvents. 2. Have no dangerous or flammable out gassing during the drying or curing of products. 3. Water- resistant after drying or curing and unaffected by high humidity condensation or transient water exposure. 4 When used in exposed areas, shall be capable of being sanded and finished with similar surface treatments as used on the surrounding wall or floor surface. E. Firestopping system or devices used for penetrations by glass pipe, plastic pipe or conduits, unenclosed cables, or other non metallic materials shall have following properties: 1 Classified for use with the particular type of penetrating material used. 2. Penetrations containing loose electrical cables, computer data cables, and communications cables protected using firestopping systems that allow unrestricted cable changes without damage to the seal. 3. Intumescent products which would expand to seal the opening and act as fire, smoke, toxic fumes, and, water sealant. F Maximum flame spread of 25 and smoke development of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 G FM, UL, or WH rated or tested by an approved laboratory in accordance with ASTM E814 H Materials to be asbestos free 2.2 SMOKE STOPPING IN SMOKE PARTITIONS A. Use silicone sealant in smoke partitions as specified in Section 07 92 00 JOINT SEALERS B Use mineral fiber filler and bond breaker behind sealant. C Sealants shall have a maximum flame spread of 25 and smoke developed of 50 when tested in accordance with E84 FIRESTOPPING 078400 2 D When used in exposed areas capable of being sanded and finished with similar surface treatments as used on the surrounding wall or floor surface. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION Submit product data and installation instructions, as required by article, submittals, after an on site examination of areas to receive firestopping. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove dirt, grease, oil, loose materials, or other substances that prevent adherence and bonding or application of the firestopping or smoke stopping materials. B. Remove insulation on insulated pipe for a distance of 150 mm (six inches) on either side of the fire rated assembly prior to applying the firestopping materials unless the firestopping materials are tested and approved for use on insulated pipes. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Do not begin work until the specified material data and installation instructions of the proposed firestopping systems have been submitted and approved. B. Install firestopping systems with smoke stopping in accordance with FM, UL, WH, or other approved system details and installation instructions. C. Install smoke stopping seals in smoke partitions. 3.4 CLEAN -UP AND ACCEPTANCE OF WORK A. As work on each floor is completed, remove materials, litter and debris. B. Do not move materials and equipment to the next scheduled work area until completed work is inspected and accepted by the Owner's Representative. C Clean up spills of liquid type materials. E N D 1 1 I 1 1 e r 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization FIRESTOPPING 078400 3 1 D Maintain at the project site a copy of all reference standards dealing with installation. 1.6 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SECTION 081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire -rated steel doors and frames 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 08 7100 Door Hardware. B Section 09 9000 Painting and Coating Field painting. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI /ICC A117 1 American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; International Code Council; 2003 B ANSI A250.8 SDI -100 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames; 2003 C ANSI A250 10 Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames; 1998 (R2004). D BHMA A156 115 Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Steel Frames; 2006 E. DHI A115 Series Specifications for Steel Doors and Frame Preparation for Hardware; Door and Hardware Institute; 2000 (ANSI /DHI A115 Series) F ITS (DIR) Directory of Listed Products; Intertek Testing Services NA, Inc. current edition. G NAAMM HMMA 840 Guide Specifications for Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; The National Association ofArchitectural Metal Manufacturers; 2007 H NFPA 80 Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows, National Fire Protection Association, 2007 I NFPA 252 Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; National Fire Protection Association; 2008 J UBC Std 7 2, Part II Test Standard for Smoke- and Draft control Assemblies, International Conference of Building Officials; 1997 14 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B Shop Drawings. Indicate frame configuration, anchor types and spacings, location of cutouts for hardware reinforcement and finish 1 Include a schedule identifying each unit, with door marks or numbers referencing the numbering in the Contract Documents. C Manufacturer's Certificate: Certification that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience B Steel Door and Frame Standard Comply with ANSI A 250 8 unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C Fire -Rated Door Frame Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire protection ratings indicated. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization A. Store in accordance with NAAMM HMMA 840 B Protect with resilient packaging, avoid humidity build -up under coverings; prevent corrosion 17 SEQUENCING A. Coordinate the work with frame opening construction door and hardware installation B. Furnish templates and printed instructions of manufacturers of door hardware specified in Section 08710 to manufacturer of products of this section in time for fabrication. 1.8 OPENING SIZES A. Method of measuring width of openings shall be measured from inside to inside of frame jamb rabbets. Height of openings shall be measured from the finished floor to the head rabbet of the frame. B Provide clearance for doors, unless otherwise shown as follows. 1/8 inch at each jamb and head 1/8 inch at meeting stiles of pairs of doors, and 1/2 inch at bottom where no threshold or carpet is required C Where a threshold is indicated, provide 1/8 inch clearance above the threshold unless noted otherwise in the drawings. D Where carpet is indicated provide 1 /4 inch clearance above the carpet. 19 WARRANTY A. Materials and workmanship shall be warranted by manufacturer for the life of the original installation PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Steel Doors and Frames: 1 Assa Abloy Ceco or Curries. www.assaabloydss.com 2. Windsor Republic Doors. www.republicdoor com 3 Steelcraft: www.steelcraft.com 4 Kewanee Corporation 5. Substitutions. See Section 01 6000 Product Requirements. 2.2 DOORS AND FRAMES A. Requirements for All Doors and Frames. 1 Accessibility Comply with ANSI /ICC A117 1 2. Door Top Closures. Flush with top of faces and edges. 3. Door Edge Profile: Beveled on both edges. 4 Door Texture Smooth faces. 5 Hardware Preparation In accordance with BHMA A156 115, with reinforcement welded in place, in addition to other requirements specified in door grade standard 6 Finish Per Door Schedule, (Drawings) and Finish Legend B Combined Requirements: If a particular door and frame unit is indicated to comply with more than one type of requirement, comply with all the specified requirements for each type; for instance, an exterior door that is also indicated as being sound -rated must comply with the requirements specified for exterior doors and for sound -rated doors, where two requirements conflict, comply with the most stringent. 2.3 STEEL DOORS A. Interior Doors, Fire -Rated 1 Grade. ANSI A250.8 Level 2, physical performance Level B, Model 2, seamless. 2. Fire Rating: As indicated on Door and Frame Schedule, with temperature rise ratings as required by code, tested in accordance with NFPA 252 a. Provide units listed and labeled by UL or WH b Attach fire rating label to each fire rated unit. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 2 1 w 1 1 1 R: 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 2.5 FINISH MATERIALS A. Primer Rust inhibiting, complying with ANSI A250 10 door manufacturer's standard PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with the requirements of the specified door grade standard and NAAMM HMMA 840 B In addition, install fire rated units in accordance with NFPA 80 C Coordinate frame anchor placement with wall construction. D Coordinate installation of hardware. 3.3 TOLERANCES A. Clearances Between Door and Frame: As specified in ANSI A250.8 B Maximum Diagonal Distortion. 1/16 in measured with straight edge, corner to corner 3 4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operable parts for correct clearances and function, making final corrections as required assuring that work of this section is complete and undamaged r 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3 Smoke and Draft Control Doors. In addition to required fire rating, comply with air leakage requirements of UBC Std 7 2, Part II with 'S' label, if necessary provide additional gasketing or edge sealing. 4 Core. Mineral fiberboard 5 Finish: Factory primed for field finishing 2 4 STEEL FRAMES A. Interior Door Frames, Fire -Rated Face welded type. 1 Fire Rating Same as door labeled. 2. Finish. Factory primed for field finishing END OF SECTION HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 3 1 w r r r 1 t 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2.2 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS SECTION 083100 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Access door and frame units, fire rated, in ceiling locations. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 9000 Painting and Coating Field paint finish 1 3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ITS (DIR) Directory of Listed Products, Intertek Testing Services NA, Inc. current edition. B UL (FRD) Fire Resistance Directory Underwriters Laboratories Inc. current edition. 1 4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Fabricate floor access assemblies to support live load of 100 lb/sq ft with deflection not to exceed 1/180 of span 15 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures B Product Data. Provide sizes, types, finishes, hardware, scheduled locations and details of adjoining work. C Shop Drawings. Indicate exact position of all access door units. D Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of all access units 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for fire rated access doors. 1 Provide access doors of fire rating equivalent to the fire rated assembly in which they are to be installed B Provide products listed and labeled by UL or ITS (Warnock Hersey) as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated 1 7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate the work with other work requiring access doors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Access Doors. 1 Acudor Products Inc: www.acudor.com 2. Karp Associates, Inc: www.karpinc.com 3 Milcor by Commercial Products Group of Hart Cooley Inc: www milcorinc.com 4 Substitutions. See Section 01 6000 Product Requirements. A. All Units: Factory fabricated, fully assembled units with corner joints welded, filled, and ground flush; square and without rack or warp coordinate requirements with assemblies units are to be installed in 2.3 ACCESS DOOR UNITS A. Door and Frame Units. Formed steel 1 Frames and flanges: 0 058 inch steel. 2. Door panels: 0 070 inch double sheet with integral non combustible insulation filler 3 Size As indicated. ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 08 3100 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Verify that rough openings are correctly sized and located. 3.2 MODIFICATION OF FRAMING A. Modify framing as required for correct fit of access doors 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions B Install frames plumb and level in openings. Secure rigidly in place. C Position units to provide convenient access to the concealed work requiring access Avoid conflicts with existing building systems field confirm prior to implementation END OF SECTION ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 08 3100 2 4 Hardware. a. Hinge: Concealed constant force closure spring type b Lock: Screw driver slot for quarter turn cam lock. 5 Prime coat with alkyd primer 6 Refer to Drawings for Fire Rating requirements. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Weld, fill and grind joints to ensure flush and square unit. 2 5 FINISHES A. Base Metal Protection Prime coat units with alkyd primer to match door frame color (refer to Finish Schedule). 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 087100 DOOR HARDWARE A. Hardware for hollow steel doors. 1 Match hospital standards. B Work includes the furnishing and installation of all mechanical and electrical finish hardware necessary for all doors, as required by actual conditions at the building. The hardware shall include the furnishing of all necessary screws, bolts, expansion shields, drop plates, and all other devices necessary for the proper application of the hardware Installation shall also include field modification and preparation of existing doors and /or frames (where applicable) for new hardware being installed 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 08 1113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI /ICC A117 1 American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; International Code Council; 2003 B DHI (LOGS) Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames; Door and Hardware Institute, 2004 C NFPA 101 Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures; National Fire Protection Association; 2009 1 4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate the manufacture, fabrication, and installation of products onto which door hardware will be installed. B. Furnish templates for door and frame preparation to manufacturers and fabricators of products requiring internal reinforcement for door hardware. C Convey Owner's keying requirements to manufacturers. D Sequence installation to ensure utility connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious manner 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings. 1 Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware, schedules, catalog cuts, electrical characteristics and connection requirements. 2 Submit manufacturer's parts lists and templates C Keys. Deliver with identifying tags to Owner by security shipment direct from hardware supplier D Operations and Maintenance Data /Project Record Documents. Manuals shall contain final copy of the following 1 Warranty Submit manufacturer's warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer as applicable. 2. Finish hardware submittal key schedule and wiring diagrams. 3 Maintenance Data: Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance as applicable E. Warranty Submit manufacturer's warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization A. Hardware Supplier Qualifications. Company specializing in supplying commercial door hardware with five years of experience. 1 Supplier Finish hardware shall be supplied by a recognized builders' hardware supplier who has been furnishing hardware in the same area as the project for a period of not less than five (5) years. They shall be a factory direct, authorized distributor of the Locksets and Door Closers. 2 Hardware Supplier Personnel. The supplier's organization shall include an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) certified by the Door and Hardware Institute who is available at all reasonable times during the course of the work to meet with the Owner Architect or Contractor for project hardware consultation B Source: Obtain each kind of Hardware (Butts, Locksets, Door Closers, etc.) from only one manufacturer C Installer Finish hardware shall be installed only by experienced tradesmen in compliance with trade union jurisdictions, either at the door and frame fabrication plant or at the project site 1 7 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package hardware items individually label and identify each package with door opening code to match hardware schedule 18 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with other directly affected sections involving manufacture or fabrication of internal reinforcement for door hardware. B Furnish templates for door and frame preparation C Sequence installation to ensure utility connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious manner 1.9 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B Coverage Finish hardware shall be guaranteed against defects in workmanship and operation for a period of one (1) year from substantial completion, backed by a factory guarantee of the hardware manufacturer The following products shall be guaranteed for periods beyond One (1) Year 1 Door Closers. 10 years, except electronic closers, 2 years. 2. Exit Devices: 3 years, except electrified devices, 1 year 3 Locksets. 3 years, except electrified locksets, 1 year PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPLIERS A. Benson Industries, LLC Tel 253 474 -5356 B Builder's Hardware and Supply Inc. Tel 1 -800- 999 -5158 C Substitutions. See Section 01 6000 Product Requirements. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Door Hardware Supplier to match existing Owner's door hardware standards. 1 Refer to the Drawings for performance requirements B. Substitutions See Section 01 6000 Product Requirements 2.3 HARDWARE MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A. Compatibility Provide fasteners which are compatible with both unit fastened and substrate, and which will not cause corrosion or deterioration of hardware, base material or fastener 2 4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DOOR HARDWARE PRODUCTS A. Provide products that comply with the following: 1 Applicable provisions of Federal State, and local codes. DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2. ANSI /ICC A117 1 American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 3. Applicable provisions of NFPA 101 Life Safety Code. B Finishes. Match existing finishes and confirm final selections with Architect. 1 Finish in general shall be: US26D Satin Chrome plated (BHMA 626) except: a. Locksets, Exit Devices, Push Plates, Door Pulls, Overhead Stops, Continuous and Exterior Hinges. US32D Satin Stainless Steel (BHMA 630) b Interior Hinges. US26D Satin Chrome Plates over Steel (BHMA 652) c. Door Closers. Sprayed Aluminum (BHMA 689) d Kick Plates. US32D Satin Stainless Steel (BHMA 630). e Smoke Gasketing As Selected 2.5 KEYING A. Door Locks Grand master keyed 1 Key to existing keying system PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. B Verify that electric power is available to power operated devices and of the correct characteristics. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and applicable codes B Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer C Mounting heights for hardware from finished floor to center line of hardware item 1 For steel doors and frames Comply with DHI 'Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Cutting and Fitting Wherever cutting and fitting are required to install hardware surfaces which will be painted or finished at a later time, install each item completely and then remove and store in a secure place. After completion of the finishes, re- install each item 3 Door and Frame Finishes: Do not install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate 4 Door shall swing to the maximum degree that project conditions will allow The swings indicated on the floor plan are intended to depict direction and do not indicate full degree of opening. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide an Architectural Hardware Consultant to inspect installation and certify that hardware and installation has been furnished and installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as specified 3 4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust hardware for smooth operation 3.5 PROTECTION A. Do not permit adjacent work to damage hardware or finish. 3.6 SCHEDULE SEE DRAWINGS END OF SECTION DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SECTION 092116 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal stud wall framing. B Shaft wall system C Gypsum wallboard D Temporary walls for dust control E. Joint treatment and accessories. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 7000 Execution Requirements B Section 07 9005 Joint Sealers C Section 09 9000 Painting for gypsum board prime and finish coats 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C 475/C 475M Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board, 2002 (Reapproved 2007) B ASTM C 645 Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members; 2007 C ASTM C 754 Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw Attached Gypsum Panel Products; 2007 D ASTM C 840 Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2007 E. ASTM C 1047 Standard Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base; 2005 F ASTM C 1396/C 1396M Standard Specification for Gypsum Board 2006a. G ASTM E 72 Standard Test Methods of Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building Construction, 2005. H. GA -214 Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish, Gypsum Association 2007 I Northwest Wall and Ceiling Bureau Standards for Gypsum Wall Board Current Edition 14 SUBMITTALS A. None Required 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform in accordance with ASTM C 840 Comply with requirements of GA -600 for fire -rated assemblies B Installer Qualifications. Company specializing in performing gypsum board application and finishing, with minimum 5 years of documented experience 1 6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for fire rated assemblies and as indicated on drawings. 1 7 SITE CONDITIONS A. Infection Control Requirements. Contractor to coordinate directly with facilities infection control (ICP) and safety and security personnel Refer to Drawings and Section 013000 Administrative Requirements. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 2116 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C 840 and GA -216 B Shaft Walls. Provide completed assemblies with the following characteristics (refer to Drawings) 1 Air Pressure Within Shaft: Intermittent loads of 5 lbf/sq ft with maximum mid -span deflection of L/240 2. Fire Rated Assemblies. Provide completed assemblies refer to Drawings 2.2 METAL FRAMING MATERIALS A. Manufacturers Metal Framing, Connectors, and Accessories: 1 Clark Western Building Systems www clarkwestern corn 2. Dale /Incor www daleincor.com 3 Dietrich Metal Framing: www.dietrichindustries.com 4 Marino \Ware. www.marinoware.com 5 Substitutions. See Section 01 6000 Product Requirements B Metal Framing Connectors and Accessories. 1 Same manufacturer as framing. 2. Simpson Strong -Tie Company Inc. wwwstrongtie.com C Non Loadbearing Framing System Components: ASTM C 645, galvanized sheet steel, of size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C 754 for the spacing indicated, with maximum deflection of wall framing of L/240 at 5 psf 1 Exception The minimum metal thickness and section properties requirements of ASTM C 645 are waived provided steel of 40 ksi minimum yield strength is used the metal is continuously dimpled, the effective thickness is at least twice the base metal thickness, and maximum stud heights are determined by testing in accordance with ASTM E 72 using assemblies specified by ASTM C 754 2. Studs. 'C' shaped with flat or formed webs with knurled faces. 3 Runners. U shaped sized to match studs. D Metal Backing and Reinforcement: Provide 16 gauge steel backing for all items being attached to drywall surfaces indicated in equipment schedule and on drawings 1 Field confirm backing locations with Owner during rough -in and prior to cover E. Shaft Wall Studs and Accessories: ASTM C 645, galvanized sheet steel of size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C 754 and specified performance requirements 1 Manufacturers Shaft Wall Studs and Accessories: a. Same manufacturer as other framing materials. F Ceiling Hangers Type and size as specified in ASTM C 754 for spacing required G Partition Head to Structure Connections. Provide track fastened to structure with legs of sufficient length to accommodate deflection, for friction fit of studs cut short and fastened as indicated on drawings. H Tracks and Runners. Same material and thickness as studs, bent leg retainer notched to receive studs with provision for crimp locking to stud I Furring and Bracing Members. Of same material as studs; thickness to suit purpose; complying with applicable requirements of ASTM C 754 J Sheet Metal Backing: 0 036 inch thick, galvanized K. Anchorage Devices. Power actuated 2.3 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS A. Manufacturers Gypsum -Based Board 1 CertainTeed Corporation www.certainteed corn GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 2116 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2. Georgia- Pacific Gypsum LLC• www.gp com /gypsum 3 National Gypsum Company* www.nationalgypsum corn 4 USG Corporation. www.usg.com 5 Single Source Responsibility Obtain gypsum board products, joint treatment products, and textured coatings from a single manufacturer B Gypsum Wallboard Paper -faced gypsum wallboard as defined in ASTM C 1396/C 1396M sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1 Fire Resistant Type: Complying with Type X requirements; UL or WH rated a. At Assemblies Indicated with Fire Rating: Use type required by indicated tested assembly if no tested assembly is indicated use Type X. b Application. Use at all locations, unless otherwise indicated. c. Thickness: 5/8 inch unless otherwise indicated C Shaftwall and Coreboard: Type X, 1 inch thick by 24 inches wide, beveled long edges, ends square cut. 1 Paper Faced Type. Gypsum shaftliner board or gypsum coreboard as defined ASTM C 1396/C 1396M water resistant faces. 2 4 ACCESSORIES A. General Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. B Metal Trim and Framing Accessories. 1 Square Corner Trim Galvanized steel 1 1/4 inch wide. 2. Edge Trim Galvanized steel 7/8 inch exposed face. 3 Crack Control Joint Trim One piece zinc, 1 -3/4 inch total width with 1/4 inch open slot covered with plastic tape for removal after finishing. 4 As indicated on the Drawings. 5 Shaft Wall Framing Angles 24 gage corrosion resistant steel and 0 063 inch thick aluminum framing angles furnished or recommended by shaft wall stud manufacturer C Electrical Box Sealer Use to seal back and sides of all junction boxes recessed in acoustically rated partitions. D Finishing Accessories ASTM C 1047 galvanized steel, unless otherwise indicated. 1 Types. As detailed or required for finished appearance. 2. Special Shapes: In addition to conventional cornerbead and control joints, provide U -bead at exposed panel edges 3 Crack Control Joint Trim One piece zinc, 1 -3/4 inch total width, with 1/4 inch open slot covered with plastic tape for removal after finishing E. Joint Materials ASTM C 475 and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for project conditions. 1 Tape: 2 inch wide, creased paper tape for joints and corners, except as otherwise indicated 2. Ready -mixed vinyl -based joint compound F Screws for Attachment to Steel Members Less Than 0 03 inch In Thickness, to Wood Members, and to Gypsum Board: ASTM C 1002; self piercing tapping type; cadmium plated for exterior locations G Screws for Attachment to Steel Members From 0 033 to 0 112 inch in Thickness. ASTM C 954 steel drill screws for application of gypsum board to loadbearing steel studs. H. Anchorage to Substrate: Tie wire, nails, screws, and other metal supports, of type and size to suit application, to rigidly secure materials in place. I Panel Adhesives 1 Panel Adhesives: ASTM C 557 2 Joint Cement: Liquid Nail, or equivalent. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 2116 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2.5 FABRICATION FRAMING A. Fabricate assemblies of framed sections to sizes and profiles required. B Fit, reinforce, and brace framing members to suit design requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. 1 Examine structural framing and conditions under which wall and ceiling systems are to be installed 2. Start of wall and ceiling system Work will indicate acceptance of surfaces and conditions within each area. B Verify that rough -in utilities are in proper location C Protection. Provide temporary covering to eliminate splattering of joint compound and spray texture on adjacent finished surfaces. 3.2 SHAFT WALL INSTALLATION A. Shaft Wall Framing. Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. B Shaft Wall Liner Cut panels to accurate dimension and install sequentially between special friction studs 3 3 INSTALLATION OF STUD FRAMING A. Metal Framing: Install in accordance with ASTM C 754 and manufacturer's instructions. B Studs. Space studs as permitted by standard. 1 Extend partition framing to structure where indicated and to ceiling in other locations. 2. Partitions Terminating at Ceiling. Attach ceiling runner securely to to ceiling framing in accordance with details C Partitions Terminating at Structure. Per structural details (See Drawings) D Openings. Reinforce openings as required for weight of doors or operable panels, using not less than double studs at jambs. E. Double stud at wall openings, door and window jambs, not more than 2 inches from each side of openings F Coordinate installation of bucks, anchors, and blocking with electrical and mechanical work to be placed within or behind stud framing. G Furring for Fire Ratings: Install as required for fire resistance ratings indicated and to GA -600 requirements. H Backer plates and blocking: Provide for attachment and support of electrical outlets, plumbing, heating fixtures, recessed type plumbing fixture accessories, access panel frames, wall bumpers, chalkboards, tackboards, wall -hung casework, handrail brackets, recessed fire extinguisher cabinets and other items supported by stud construction as indicated at equipment schedule and on drawings. 1 Provide additional studs where required Install metal backing plates, or special metal shapes as required, securely fastened to metal studs 2. Install backing and anchors for door frames and wall- mounted fixtures and equipment. 3 Where handrails, grab bars, cabinets, wall- mounted door stops, or other wall -hung items are attached to partitions, install backer plates accurately positioned and firmly secured to metal studs, whether or not such backer plates are indicated on Drawings. 4 Install blocking for support of plumbing fixtures Bolt or screw steel channels to studs 3 4 CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING A. Comply with requirements of ASTM C 754 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 2116 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization B Suspended Ceilings and Soffits. Space framing and furring members as indicated C Install furring after work above ceiling or soffit is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. D Install furring independent of walls, columns, and above ceiling work. E. Securely anchor hangers to structural members or embed in structural slab Space hangers as required to limit deflection to criteria indicated. Use rigid hangers at exterior soffits. F Space main carrying channels at maximum 72 inch on center and not more than 6 inches from wall surfaces. Lap splice. securely G Securely fix carrying channels to hangers to prevent turning or twisting and to transmit full load to hangers. H Place furring channels perpendicular to carrying channels, not more than 2 inches from perimeter walls, and rigidly secure. Lap splices securely 3.5 BOARD INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations. B Single -Layer Non Rated. Install gypsum board in most economical direction, with both ends or edges occurring over firm bearing. 1 Exception: Tapered edges to receive joint treatment at right angles to framing. C Fire -Rated Construction Install gypsum board in strict compliance with requirements of UL assembly listing D Installation on Metal Framing Use screws for attachment of all gypsum board 3 6 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Dust Containment Refer to Drawings for details and locations. B Install trim and reglets per manufacturers installation instructions. C Corner Beads. Install at visually- exposed external corners, using longest practical lengths. D Install trim flush using longest practical length; miter corners and intersections. 1 Fasten flanges by screws, stapling, or clinching in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Edge Trim Bead Install where edge of board would be exposed or semi exposed and where board abuts dissimilar materials F Caulking Apply sealant to partition perimeters and around penetrations to minimize whistling and dirt accumulation due to air movement. 3 7 JOINT TREATMENT A. Paper Faced Gypsum Board Use paper joint tape, bedded with ready -mixed vinyl -based joint compound and finished with ready -mixed vinyl -based joint compound B Finish gypsum board in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C 840 and as defined in the Northwest Wall and Ceiling Bureau Document #304 1 Level 4 Walls and ceilings to receive semi -gloss or gloss paint finish and other areas specifically indicated 2. Level 1 Used above finished ceilings concealed from view 3 Level 0• Temporary partitions and surfaces indicated to be finished in later stage of project. C For fire -rated assemblies control joint must be properly backed -up to maintain the fire integrity D Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. 1 Feather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 2116 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2 Taping, filling and sanding is not required at base layer of double layer applications 3.8 FIRE PROTECTION A. Recessed Items 1 Provide continuous gypsum board fire protection around all items recessed into fire -rated partitions, except for items that have a fire rating listing equal or greater than the partition B Comply with track manufacturer's instructions for installation of drywall, insulation cover board and fire rated compound at top track at fire rated partitions to meet UL assembly requirements 3.9 TOLERANCES AND PROTECTION A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. B Correct damage and defects that may telegraph through finish Work. C Leave Work smooth and uniform D Protect work from damage and deterioration until date of Substantial Completion END OF SECTION GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 2116 6 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SECTION 096500 RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installer to review existing conditions and prepare bid according to suspected state of demolished substrate B Installation requirements for rubber floor tile and accessories C Manufacturer's Field Services visit if requested by Owner or Architect. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 9005 Joint Sealers B Division 14 Elevators Install and furnish finished flooring in elevator cabs 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E 84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, 1997a. B ASTM E 648 Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor- Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source; 2008b C ASTM F 710 Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring 2008 D ASTM F 1344 Standard Specification for Rubber Floor Tile, 2004 E. NFPA 253 Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source, National Fire Protection Association, 2006 F RFCI Recommended Work Practices for Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings; Resilient Floor Covering Institute, 1998 14 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures B Product Data Provide data on specified products, describing installation instructions C Verification Samples Submit two of the manufacturer's standard samples showing the required colors and materials for flooring, and applicable accessories. 1 Refer to Drawings for Manufacturer 2 Selection by Architect per Shop Submittal D Manufacturer's Installation Instructions Indicate special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention E. Close Out Submittals 1 Maintenance Data Include maintenance procedures recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning stripping, and re- waxing 2 Manufacturers warranty 3 Installer's warranty F Maintenance Materials Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1 See Section 01 6000 Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Flooring Material 10 square feet of each type and color 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications Installer experienced in performing work of this section who has specialized in installation of work similar to that required for this project. B Performance Requirements Provide flooring products and accessories that has been manufactured fabricated and installed to performance criteria certified by manufacturer without defects, damage or failure RESILIENT FLOORING 09 6500 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1 6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Store materials for not less than 48 hours prior to installation in area of installation at a temperature of 70 degrees F to achieve temperature stability Thereafter maintain conditions above 55 degrees F B Install flooring and accessories after the other finishing operations, including painting have been completed Close spaces to traffic during the installation of the flooring 17 WARRANTY A. Installer to provide a written guarantee that work will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year B Submit flooring manufacturer's standard commercial limited written warranty to become effective on date of Substantial Completion 1 Nora Products One (1) year limited warranty and 10 year Excessive Wear Warranty 1 8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND COORDINATION A. Field Measurements. Verify actual measurements /openings by field measurements before installation B Coordinate field measurements and installation schedule with construction progress to avoid construction delays 1 9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. See Section 01 6000 Product Requirements for additional provisions. B Provide 100 sq ft of flooring 50 lineal feet of base, of each type and color specified C Packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds Formulation as approved by floor covering manufacturer for applications indicated. B Portland cement based and shall provide a minimum 3,500 PSI comprehensive strength (ASTM C 109) and sufficiently bond to existing subfloor surface (i e. Ardex, Laticrete, Duralox, Mapei, Plaincrete 20 or equivalent) Do not use GYPSUM based leveling compounds C Water Potable and not detrimental to underlayment mix materials D Primer Manufacturer's recommended type. E. Joint and Crack Filler Latex based filler as recommended by manufacturer 2.2 MATERIALS SHEET AND BASE FLOORING A. Proprietary Manufacturers and Products as indicated the Drawings B Color By Architect per Shop Submittal C Substitutions See Section 01 6000 Product Requirements. 2 3 ACCESSORIES A. Subfloor Filler Type recommended by manufacturer and as required to maintain product warranty B Subfloor Joint Sealer Flexible epoxy or equivalent. C Concrete Primer /Sealer As recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer D Adhesives Solvent -free waterproof types as required by flooring manufacturer to receive their warranty to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated 1 Toxicity /IEQ: Comply with applicable regulations regarding toxic and hazardous materials, GS -36 for Commercial Adhesive RESILIENT FLOORING 09 6500 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2 Solvent -free waterproof types as required by flooring manufacturer to receive their warranty E. Provide transition /reducing strips tapered to meet abutting materials Style and size vary with material 'TP' products By Roppe Johnsonite or approved F All other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of resilient flooring shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the material to which it applied and shall be subject to approval by the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Compliance Comply with manufacturer's product data, including product technical bulletins, product catalog installation instructions and product carton instructions for installation B Install products as required to obtain Manufacturers warranty 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are flat to tolerances acceptable to flooring manufacturer free of cracks that might telegraph through flooring clean dry and free of curing compounds surface hardeners, and other chemicals that might interfere with bonding of flooring to substrate B Verify that sub -floor surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work and are ready to receive resilient flooring. C Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust -free and are ready to receive resilient base. D Verify that sub -floor surfaces are dust -free and free of substances which would impair bonding of adhesive materials to sub -floor surfaces E Verify that concrete sub -floor surfaces are ready for resilient flooring installation by testing for moisture emission rate and alkalinity obtain instructions if test results are not within the following limits. 1 Moisture emission rate Not greater than 3 lb per 1000 sq ft per 24 hours when tested using calcium chloride moisture test kit for 72 hours 2 Alkalinity pH range of 5 -9 F Verify that required floor- mounted utilities are in correct location 3 3 PREPARATION A. Remove existing flooring and flooring adhesives; follow the recommendations of RFC! Recommended Work Practices for Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings. B Prepare sub -floor surfaces as recommended by flooring and adhesive manufacturers C Remove sub -floor ridges and bumps Fill minor low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with sub -floor filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface 1 Pump or pour underlayment material onto substrate Do not retemper or add water a. Pump move, and screed while the material is still highly flowable. b Be careful not to create cold joints c. Wear spiked shoes while working in the wet material to avoid leaving marks. d Apply underlayment to produce uniform level surface. 2 Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations. a A fine feathered edge is desired steel trowel the edge after initial set, but before it is completely hard 3 Remove and replace underlayment areas that evidence lack of bond with substrate, including areas that emit a 'hollow' sound when tapped D Prohibit traffic until filler is cured Do not install finish flooring over underlayment until after time period recommended by underlayment manufacturer 1 Prior to the installation of the finish topping, the surface of the underlayment should be protected from abuses by other trades Do not permit traffic over unprotected floor underlayment surfaces RESILIENT FLOORING 09 6500 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization E. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation After cleaning examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts carbonation, and dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected F Apply primer as required to prevent 'bleed- through or interference with adhesion by substances that cannot be removed G Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation 3 4 INSTALLATION GENERAL A. Starting installation constitutes acceptance of sub -floor conditions B Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions C Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. D Fit joints tightly E. Set flooring in place press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion F Where type of floor finish pattern or color are different on opposite sides of door terminate flooring under centerline of door G Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, where flooring terminates, and where indicated 1 Metal Strips Attach to substrate before installation of flooring using stainless steel screws. 2 Resilient Strips Attach to substrate using adhesive H Scribe flooring to walls columns cabinets floor outlets, and other appurtenances to produce tight joints I Install feature strips where indicated J Ensure that all recommendations for subfloor and jobsite conditions are met prior to beginning installation Beginning installation is an implied acceptance of site conditions by the parties involved 3 5 RUBBER TILE A. Install rubber tile in strict accordance with the latest edition of manufacturer's instructions, using manufacturer's recommended adhesives, open times and trowel notch selections B Comply with the following 1 Do not mix manufacturing batches of a color within the same area. 2 Do not install defective or damaged rubber flooring. 3 Layout flooring to provide equal size at perimeter Adjust layout as necessary to eliminate resilient flooring which is cut to less than half full width 4 Lay flooring with arrows in the same direction (excluding borders and some flash coving methods) 5 Install flooring without cracks or voids at seams Lay seams together without stress 6 Scribe flooring neatly at perimeter and obstructions 7 Remove excess adhesive immediately 8 Install reducer strips at exposed edges C Follow manufacturer's instructions for initial maintenance including cleaning of silicone mold release product prior to release for use 3 6 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Resilient Molding Accessories. Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece Install reducer strips at edges of floor coverings that would otherwise be exposed B Leveler strips shall be securely adhered to the floor utilizing recommended adhesive. Leveler Strips shall be rolled with a 100 pound 3- section roller after installation to ensure proper bonding to substrate. RESILIENT FLOORING 09 6500 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization C Protect all exposed edges of floor covering with trim or restrictive moldings 3 7 FIELD QUALITY REQUIREMENTS A. Manufacturer's Field Services Upon Owner's or Architect's request and with at least 72 hours notice, provide manufacturer's field service consisting of product use recommendations and periodic site visit for inspection of product installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions 1 Site Visits A minimum of one visit per installation B Provide owner or owner's representative with in- service training seminar on manufacturer recommended application and maintenance of new resilient flooring surfaces at or prior to Substantial Completion 3 8 CLEANING A. Perform initial maintenance according to the latest edition of Manufacturer's Installation and Maintenance instructions. B Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient product installation 1 Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces 2 Damp -mop surfaces to remove marks and soil a. Do not wash surfaces until after time period recommended by manufacturer 3 9 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic on resilient flooring and base for 48 hours after installation B Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over surfaces Place hardboard or plywood panels over flooring and under objects while they are being moved Slide or roll objects over panels without moving panels C Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from rolling loads, other trades construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period Use protection methods recommended in writing by manufacturer END OF SECTION RESILIENT FLOORING 09 6500 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 096813 TILE CARPETING 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Carpet tile, fully adhered B. Removal of existing carpet and carpet tile. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Division 14 Elevators. Install and furnish finished flooring in elevator cabs. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D 2859 Standard Test Method for Ignition Characteristics of Finished Textile Floor Covering Materials; 2006 B ASTM E 648 Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor- Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source; 2008b C CRI (CIS) Carpet Installation Standard' Carpet and Rug Institute; 2009 D NFPA 253 Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source; National Fire Protection Association, 2006. 14 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures B Verification Samples Submit two samples 12 x 12 inch in size illustrating color and pattern for each carpet material specified. 1 Label each Sample with manufacturer's name, material description, color pattern, and designation indicated on Drawings and in schedules. C Maintenance Data. Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning D Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1 See Section 01 6000 Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Carpet Tiles. Quantity equal to 5 percent of total installed of each color and pattern installed 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications' Company specializing in installing carpet with minimum five years experience. 16 WARRANTY A. Written warranty signed by carpet manufacturer agreeing to replace carpet that does not comply with requirements or that fails within specified warranty period Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet due to unusual traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse. Failures include, but are not limited to more than 10 percent loss of face fiber edge raveling, snags, runs and delamination. 1 Warranty Period' Lifetime commercial limited (high performance) B Flooring installer to provide a written guarantee that work will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Carpet Tile: Pattern Loop, manufactured in one color dye lot. Manufacturer and Product selections as indicated on the Drawings TILE CARPETING 09 6813 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1 Critical Radiant Flux: Minimum of 0.22 watts /sq cm when tested in accordance with ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 Class 1 2. NBS Smoke. Less than 450 3. Surface Flammability Ignition Pass ASTM D 2859 (the 'pill test 4 Max. Electrostatic Charge. Less than 3.5 Kv at 20 percent relative humidity 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Sub -Floor Filler Type recommended by flooring material manufacturer B Adhesives General Compatible with materials being adhered maximum VOC content of 50 g /L, CRI Green Label certified Water- resistant, mildew- resistant, nonstaining type to suit products and subfloor conditions indicated. Comply with flammability requirements for installed carpet tile 1 Acceptable to carpet tile manufacturer compatible with materials being adhered, and as required by flooring manufacturers to obtain tile warranty C All other materials not specifically described, but required for a complete and proper installation of flooring and base shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the material to which it applied and shall be subject to approval by the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Verify that sub -floor surfaces are smooth and flat within tolerances specified for that type of work and are ready to receive carpet tile B Verify that sub -floor surfaces are dust -free and free of substances that could impair bonding of adhesive materials to sub -floor surfaces. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove existing carpet tile. Remove and dispose of existing glued -down carpet where shown on Drawings, after first vacuuming thoroughly B Remove sub -floor ridges and bumps. Fill minor or local low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with sub -floor filler C Apply trowel, and float filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. D Where level adjustment is required to raise substrate elevation for proper alignment with different finish surfaces, feather substrate filler to proper 'crush line. 1 Slope at these transitions not to exceed 1/8 inch per foot. E. Vacuum clean substrate. F Examine all threshold conditions and conditions at adjoining floor finishes and ensure that provisions have been made for the neat termination of the carpet. 3.3 INSTALLATION CARPET A. Starting installation constitutes acceptance of sub -floor conditions B Install carpet tile in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and CRI Carpet Installation Standard C Blend carpet from different cartons to ensure minimal variation in color match D Cut carpet tile clean Fit carpet tight to intersection with vertical surfaces without gaps E. Lay carpet to match existing pattern in adjacent areas. F Fully adhere carpet tile to substrate G Trim carpet tile neatly at walls and around interruptions. TILE CARPETING 09 6813 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3 4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove excess adhesive without damage, from floor base, and wall surfaces. B Clean and vacuum carpet surfaces C Protect carpet from soiling and wear during construction by covering with protection boards or other manufacturer approved protection films. Remove only upon Owner's permission END OF SECTION TILE CARPETING 09 6813 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 099000 PAINTING AND COATING A. Field application of paints and other coatings. B Work under this Contract shall also include, but not necessarily be limited to 1 Surface preparation of substrates as required for acceptance of paint, including cleaning, small crack repair patching, caulking, and making good surfaces and areas to the limits defined under MPI Repainting Manual Preparation requirements. 2. Specific pre- treatments noted herein or specified in the MPI Repainting Manual. 3 Sealing priming surfaces for repainting in accordance with MPI Repainting Manual requirements. 4 Provision of safe and adequate ventilation as required over and above temporary ventilation supplied by others, where toxic and /or volatile flammable materials are being used. 5. All labor materials, tools and other equipment, services and supervision required to complete all painting as indicated on Finish Schedules and to the full extent of the drawings and specifications. C Manufacturers and colors as indicated on the Drawings. Refer to drawings and schedules for type, location and extent of painting required, and include all touch -ups necessary to complete work shown, scheduled or specified. D Mechanical and Electrical 1 In all areas, paint shop primed items. 2. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles, to match face panels E. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: 1 Items fully factory- finished unless specifically so indicated materials and products having factory applied primers are not considered factory finished. 2. Items indicated to receive other finishes 3 Items indicated to remain unfinished 4 Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, and operating parts of equipment. 5 Stainless steel, anodized aluminum bronze, terne, and lead items. 6 Floors, unless specifically so indicated 7 Acoustical materials, unless specifically so indicated. 8. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 05 5000 Metal Fabrications: Shop primed items. B Section 08 1113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Shop primed doors and frames C Section 09 2116 Gypsum Board Assemblies Surface preparation of gypsum board D Division 14 Elevator Sections. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Conform to ASTM D 16 for interpretation of terms used in this section. 1 Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85- degree meter 2. Eggshell refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 when measured at a 60- degree meter 3 Semigloss refers to medium -sheen finish with a gloss range between 35 and 70 when measured at a 60- degree meter 4 Full gloss refers to high -sheen finish with a gloss range more than 70 when measured at a 60- degree meter PAINTING AND COATING 09 9000 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 5 Dry Film Thickness (DFT): Thickness of a coat of paint in fully cured state measured in mils (1/1000 inch). 1 4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D 16 Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications, 2008 B SSPC (PM1) Good Painting Practice. SSPC Painting Manual Vol. 1 Society for Protective Coatings; Fourth Edition C MPI (APL) Master Painters Institute Approved Products List; Master Painters and Decorators Association current edition www.paintinfo corn D MPI (APSM) Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual; Master Painters and Decorators Association current edition 15 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B Paint Colors will be selected after bid refer to Drawings for locations and acceptable manufacturers. 1 Verification Samples Submit three paper chip samples (draw- downs), 8 5 x 11 inches in size illustrating color for approval by Architect and Owner prior to beginning work of this section C Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1 Extra Paint and Coatings 1 gallon (4 L) of each color and store where directed 2. Label each container with color in addition to the manufacturer's label 1 6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: A firm experienced in applying paints and coatings similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in- service performance. 1 Contractor shall have a minimum of five (5) years proven satisfactory experience and shall show proof before commencement of work that he will maintain a qualified crew of painters throughout the duration of the work. When requested, Contractor shall provide a list of the last three comparable painting jobs including, name, location, specifying authority project manager start completion dates and value of the work. 1 7 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability B Container Label Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number brand code, coverage, surface preparation drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C Paint Materials Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer B Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations C Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer D Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints. 45 degrees F for interiors; 50 degrees F for exterior unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. E. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid height at substrate surface. PAINTING AND COATING 09 9000 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1.9 WARRANTY A. The color of surfaces finished under this Section shall at the end of one year (five years for elastomeric coatings and exterior acrylic coatings) remain free from serious fading and the variation if any shall be uniform The original adherence of materials shall be maintained for one (1) year (five years for elastomeric coatings and twenty years for exterior acrylic coatings) and during this period there shall be no evidence of any blisters, running peeling, scaling, chalking, streaks or stains. Washing with alkali -free soap and water shall remove surface dirt without producing the above or other deteriorating effects. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide all paint and coating products used in any individual system from the same manufacturer no exceptions. B Refer to Drawings for Basis of Design Paint Manufacturer(s) and Finishes C Proprietary Names" Materials specified herein shall not preclude consideration of equivalent or superior materials. Suggested equivalent materials or other substitutions shall be submitted to owner for consideration in compliance with substitution procedures in Section 016000 of this Project Manual 1 Requests for substitution shall include evidence of past performance in similar environment. 2. Substitutions will not be considered that change the number of coats generic type, specified dry film thicknesses, Volatile Organic Compounds, Hazardous Air Pollutants or performance requirements. 3 Substitution of MPI- approved products by a different manufacturer is preferred over substitution of unapproved products by the same manufacturer D Where required paints and coatings shall meet flame spread and smoke developed ratings designated by local Code requirements and /or authorities having jurisdiction 2.2 PAINTS AND COATINGS GENERAL A. Paints and Coatings. Ready mixed, unless intended to be a field catalyzed coating 1 Provide paints and coatings of a soft paste consistency capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags 2. Provide materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience 3 Supply each coating material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a single production run 4 Do not reduce, thin, or dilute coatings or add materials to coatings unless such procedure is specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions. B Primers Where the manufacturer offers options on primers for a particular substrate, use primer categorized as 'best" by the manufacturer C Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: Provide Low or No -VOC products whenever possible D Flammability" Comply with applicable code for surface burning characteristics Where required, paints and coatings shall meet flame spread and smoke developed ratings designated by local Code requirements and /or authorities having jurisdiction E. Colors. To be selected from manufacturer's full range of available colors 1 Selection to be made by Architect after award of contract. 2.3 PAINT SYSTEMS A. Provide Premium Grade systems (2 top coats) as defined in MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual, except as otherwise indicated. B. Where a specified paint system does not have a Premium Grade, provide Custom Grade system PAINTING AND COATING 09 9000 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2.4 PAINT SYSTEMS INTERIOR A. Concrete Floor Opaque, 1 Coat, MPI 97 1 Parker Paint: Acrylic Latex Traffic Marking Paint, 2690 Series or equal B Ferrous Metals, and Galvanized Metals, Primed, (or previously painted HM doors and door frames), Acrylic, 2 3 Coat: 1 Touch -up shop primer with rust inhibitor acrylic primer MPI #107 2. Semi gloss: Two coats of alkyd enamel; sprayed application or touch up rolled and brush back. C Ferrous Metals, Unprimed, Acrylic, 3 Coat: 1 One coat of acrylic primer MPI #107 2. Semi gloss. Two coats of acrylic enamel. MPI #163 D Interior Metals (exposed grilles, louvers, panels, uninsulated HVAC sheet metal), 3 Coat: 1 One coat of acrylic primer if pre primed touch up only 2. Finish. Two coats to match adjacent wall surfaces. E. Gypsum Board /Plaster Latex Acrylic, 3 Coat, Sprayed application. 1 One coat of latex primer sealer MPI #50 a. (4 mils wet, 1.2 mils dry) 2. Two coats of latex- acrylic enamel; low luster finish MPI #52 a. (4 mils wet, 1.6 mils dry per coat) 2.5 ACCESSORY MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Accessory Materials. Provide all primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding materials, and clean -up materials required to achieve the finishes specified whether specifically indicated or not; commercial quality B Patching Material Latex filler C Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler D Painting Equipment: To best trade standards for type of product and application E. Spray- Painting Equipment: Of ample capacity suited to the type and consistency of paint or coating being applied and kept clean and in good working order at all times. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin application of coatings until substrates have been properly prepared B Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer C Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. D If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. E. Test shop applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials F Test suspect surfaces (concrete, masonry plaster and wood surfaces) for moisture and alkalinity as required. Conduct all moisture tests using a properly calibrated electronic Moisture Meter except test concrete floors for moisture using a simple 'cover patch test' The maximum moisture shall not exceed Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums. 1 Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to coating application PAINTING AND COATING 09 9000 4 1 1 e 1 1 1 s 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. C General Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item provide surface- applied protection before surface preparation and painting. D Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat. E. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of tetra sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry F Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces to be Painted Remove dirt, loose mortar scale, salt or alkali powder and other foreign matter Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri- sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water Allow to dry G Gypsum Board Surfaces to be Painted Fill minor defects with filler compound Spot prime defects after repair H Concrete Floors and Traffic Surfaces to be Painted Remove contamination, acid etch and rinse floors with clear water Verify required acid alkali balance is achieved Allow to dry I Galvanized Surfaces to be Painted Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer J Corroded Steel and Iron Surfaces to be Painted Prepare using at least SSPC -PC 2 (hand tool cleaning) or SSPC -SP 3 (power tool cleaning) followed by SSPC -SP 1 (solvent cleaning). K. Un- corroded Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces to be Painted Abrasive blast cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP -6 Commercial Blast Cleaning If conditions won't permit this SSPC SP -2 or SSPC SP -3 Hand or Power Tool Clean surfaces to remove grease, mill scale, weld splatter dirt, and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by hand or power tool wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned Prime paint entire surface; spot prime after repairs. L. Shop- Primed Steel Surfaces to be Finish Painted Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch -up patches inconspicuous Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. Re -prime entire shop primed item M Metal Doors to be Painted Prime metal door top and bottom edge surfaces N Primers on concrete masonry units, wood plaster and gypsum board, stucco, cementitious composition board and clay masonry units If sprayed must be backrolled brushed to ensure good penetration of primer (or paint) into the substrate. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately B Apply products according to manufacturer's written instructions Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied C Apply primer paint or stain in a workmanlike manner using skilled and trade qualified applicators as noted under Quality Assurance. D Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by manufacturer to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. E. Where adjacent sealant is to be painted do not apply finish coats until sealant is applied PAINTING AND COATING 09 9000 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization F Application Procedures Apply paints and coatings by brush roller spray or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1 Brushes. Use brushes best suited for type of material applied Use brush of appropriate size for surface or item being painted 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet -back, or high -pile sheep's wool as recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required 3 Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required G Minimum Coating Thickness Apply paint materials to provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer H Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied I Apply each coat to uniform appearance. J Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes. Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. K Dark Colors and Deep Clear Colors. Regardless of number of coats specified apply as many coats as necessary for complete hide L. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat. 3 4 WORKMANSHIP A. The finished work shall show no cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, curtains, sags, ropiness, roller stipple (semigloss and gloss finishes) or other surface deviations or imperfections not consistent with first class workmanship B If the paint is discolored at the heads of the nails at the exterior recaulk, prime and repaint as needed C Work which shows carelessness, lack of skill in the execution or which is defective due to any other cause shall be removed and refinished or repainted as directed at the subcontractors expense D Brush strokes or roller marks on final painting of surfaces shall be uniform in direction 3 5 FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Use existing hospital standards/ schedules for color coding of duct work, piping, and conduit as needed B Unless otherwise noted, painting shall also include exposed to view previously painted and shop primed mechanical and electrical equipment and components (panels, conduits, piping, hangers, ductwork, etc.). 1 Paint all insulated and exposed pipes occurring in finished areas to match background surfaces, unless otherwise indicated 2. Paint all equipment, including that which is factory- finished, exposed to weather or to view on the roof and outdoors C Touch up scratches and marks and repaint or paint such mechanical and electrical equipment and components with color and sheen finish to match existing unless otherwise noted or scheduled D Do not paint over name plates or instruction labels. E. Leave unfinished exposed conduits, piping, hangers, ductwork and other mechanical and electrical equipment in original finish F Keep repainted sprinkler heads free of paint. G Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately PAINTING AND COATING 09 9000 6 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization H Paint interior surfaces of air ducts that are visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint to visible surfaces I Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles, to match face panels. 3 6 RE- INSTALLATION A. Re- install hardware, electrical equipment and cover plates, mechanical grilles and louvers, lighting fixture trim and other items that have been removed to protect from contact with coatings. B Reconnect equipment adjacent to surfaces indicated to receive coatings. C Relocate to original position equipment and fixtures that have been moved to allow application of coatings. 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. B Protect all newly painted exterior surfaces from elements condensation and contamination until paint coatings are completely dry Curing periods shall exceed the manufacturer's recommended minimum time requirements. Erect barriers or screens and post signs to warn off or limit or direct traffic C Remove all spilled splashed, splattered or over sprayed paint as work progresses, remove waste materials and keep area free from an unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials and debris. D Clean equipment and dispose of wash water solvents as well as all other cleaning and protective materials (e.g. rags, drop cloths, masking papers, etc.), paints, thinners, paint removers /strippers in accordance with the safety requirements of authorities having jurisdiction E. Protect finished coatings until completion of project. F Touch -up damaged coatings after Substantial Completion END OF SECTION PAINTING AND COATING 09 9000 7 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SECTION 13 05 41 SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON -STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide seismic restraint in accordance with the requirements of this section in order to maintain the integrity of nonstructural components of the building so that they remain safe and functional in case of seismic event. B Definitions: Non structural building components are components or systems that are not part of the building's structural system whether inside or outside, above or below grade. Non structural components of buildings include. 1 Architectural Elements: Suspended ceilings; stairs isolated from the basic structure; cabinets; bookshelves; medical equipment; and storage racks. 2. Electrical Elements: Power and lighting systems; substations, switchgear and switchboards; auxiliary engine generator sets; transfer switches; motor control centers; motor generators; selector and controller panels; fire protection and alarm systems, special life support systems; and telephone and communication systems. 3 Mechanical Elements: Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems; medical gas systems; plumbing systems; sprinkler systems; 4 Transportation Elements: Mechanical, electrical and structural elements for transport systems, i.e. elevators and dumbwaiters, including hoisting equipment and counterweights. 1.2 RELATED WORK. A. Section No. 230511 1.3 QUALITY CONTROL. A. Shop- Drawing Preparation: 1 Have seismic force restraint shop drawings and calculations prepared by a professional structural engineer experienced in the area of seismic force restraints. The professional structural engineer shall be registered in the state where the project is located 2. Submit design tables and information used for the design -force levels, stamped and signed by a professional structural engineer registered in the State where project is located. B Coordination: 1 Do not install seismic restraints until seismic restraint submittals are approved by the Resident Engineer 2. Coordinate and install trapezes or other multi -pipe hanger systems prior to pipe installation. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a coordinated set of equipment anchorage drawings prior to installation including: SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS 130541 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1 Description layout, and location of items to be anchored or braced with anchorage or brace points noted and dimensioned. 2. Details of anchorage or bracing at large scale with all members, parts brackets shown, together with all connections, bolts, welds etc. clearly identified and specified. 3 Numerical value of design seismic brace loads. 4 For expansion bolts, include design load and capacity if different from those specified B Submit prior to installation a coordinated set of bracing drawings for seismic protection of piping, with data identifying the various support-to- structure connections and seismic bracing structural connections, include: 1 Single -line piping diagrams on a floor -by -floor basis. Show all suspended piping for a given floor on the same plain. 2. Type of pipe (Copper steel, cast iron insulated, non- insulated, etc.). 3. Pipe contents. 4 Structural framing. 5. Location of all gravity load pipe supports and spacing requirements. 6 Numerical value of gravity load reactions. 7 Location of all seismic bracing. 8 Numerical value of applied seismic brace loads. 9 Type of connection (Vertical support, vertical support with seismic brace etc.). 10 Seismic brace reaction type (tension or compression). Details illustrating all support and bracing components, methods of connections, and specific anchors to be used. C Submit prior to installation bracing drawings for seismic protection of suspended ductwork and suspended electrical and communication cables, include: 1 Details illustrating all support and bracing components, methods of connection, and specific anchors to be used. 2. Numerical value of applied gravity and seismic loads and seismic loads acting on support and bracing components. 3. Maximum spacing of hangers and bracing. 4 Seal of registered structural engineer responsible for design. D Submit design calculations prepared and sealed by the registered structural engineer specified above in paragraph 1.3A. E. Submit for concrete anchors, the appropriate ICBC evaluation reports, OSHPD pre approvals, or lab test reports verifying compliance with OSHPD Interpretation of Regulations 28 -6. 1.5 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: A. The Publications listed below (including amendments, addenda revisions, supplements and errata) form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in text by basic designation only SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS 130541 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization B American Concrete Institute (ACI): 355.2 -07 Qualification for Post Installed Mechanical Anchors in Concrete and Commentary C. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): Load and Resistance Factor Design, Volume 1 Second Edition. D American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A36/A36M -05 Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. A53/A53M -07 Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless. A307 (REV A -07) Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs; 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength. A325 -07 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. A325M -05 Standard Specification for High- Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints [Metric]. A490 -06 Standard Specification for Heat Treated Steel Structural Bolts, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. A490M (REV A -04) Standard Specification for High- Strength Steel Bolts, Classes 10.9 and 10.9.3 for Structural Steel Joints [Metric]. A500 /A500M -07 Standard Specification for Cold- Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. A501 -07 Specification for Hot Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. A615/A615M -07 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. A992/A992M (REV A -06) Standard Specification for Steel for Structural Shapes for Use in Building Framing. A996/A996M (REV A -06) Standard Specification for Rail -Steel and Axel -Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. E488- 96(R2003) Standard Test Method for Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry Elements. E. International Building Code (IBC) 2007 Edition. F National Uniform Seismic Installation Guidelines (NUSIG). G. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA): Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems, 1998 Edition and Addendum. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENT A. IBC 2007 SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS 130541 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization B Exceptions: The seismic restraint of the following items may be omitted 1 Equipment weighing less than 400 pounds, which is supported directly on the floor or roof 2. Equipment weighing less than 20 pounds, which is suspended from the roof or floor or hung from a wall. 3. Gas and medical piping less than 2 %2 inches inside diameter 4 Piping in boiler plants and equipment rooms less than 1 inches inside diameter 5. All other piping less than 2 1/2 inches inside diameter except for automatic fire suppression systems. 6 All piping suspended by individual hangers, 12 inches or less in length from the top of pipe to the bottom of the support for the hanger 7 All electrical conduits, less than 2 1 /2 inches inside diameter 8. All rectangular air handling ducts less than six square feet in cross sectional area. 9 All round air handling ducts less than 28 inches in diameter 10 All ducts suspended by hangers 12 inches or less in length from the top of the duct to the bottom of support for the hanger PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL. A. Structural Steel ASTM A36. B. Structural Tubing: ASTM A500 Grade B. C Structural Tubing: ASTM A501 D Steel Pipe. ASTM A53/A53M Grade B E. Bolts Nuts: ASTM A307 2.2 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE. A. Concrete: 28 day strength, fc 30 MPa (4 000 psi) B Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/615M or ASTM A996/A996M deformed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL. A. Provide equipment supports and anchoring devices to withstand the seismic design forces, so that when seismic design forces are applied, the equipment cannot displace, overturn, or become inoperable. B Provide anchorages in conformance with recommendations of the equipment manufacturer and as shown on approved shop drawings and calculations. C Construct seismic restraints and anchorage to allow for thermal expansion. D Testing Before Final Inspection. 1 Test 10- percent of anchors in masonry and concrete per ASTM E488, and ACI 355.2 to determine that they meet the required load capacity If any anchor fails to meet the required SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS 130541 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization load test the next 20 consecutive anchors, which are required to have zero failure, before resuming the 10- percent testing frequency 2. Before scheduling Final Inspection, submit a report on this testing indicating the number and location of testing, and what anchor -loads were obtained. 3.2 EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT AND BRACING. A. See drawings for equipment to be restrained or braced. 3.3 MECHANICAL DUCTWORK AND PIPING, BOILER PLANT STACKS AND BREACHING; ELECTRICAL BUSWAYS, CONDUITS, AND CABLE TRAYS, AND TELECOMMUNICATION WIRES AND CABLE TRAYS A. Support and brace mechanical ductwork and piping; electrical busways, conduits and cable trays; and telecommunication wires and cable trays including boiler plant stacks and breeching to resist directional forces (lateral longitudinal and vertical). B Brace duct and breeching branches with a minimum of 1 brace per branch. D Provide supports and anchoring so that, upon application of seismic forces, piping remains fully connected as operable systems which will not displace sufficiently to damage adjacent or connecting equipment, or building members. E. Seismic Restraint of Piping: 1 Design criteria: a. Piping resiliently supported: Restrain to support 120 percent of the weight of the systems and components and contents. b. Piping not resiliently supported: Restrain to support 60- percent of the weight of the system components and contents. F Piping Connections: Provide flexible connections where pipes connect to equipment. Make the connections capable of accommodating relative differential movements between the pipe and equipment under conditions of earthquake shaking. 3.4 PARTITIONS A. In buildings with flexible structural frames, anchor partitions to only structural element, such as a floor slab, and separate such partition by a physical gap from all other structural elements. B Properly anchor masonry walls to the structure for restraint, so as to carry lateral loads imposed due to earthquake along with their own weight and other lateral forces. 3.5 CEILINGS AND LIGHTING FIXTURES A. At regular intervals, laterally brace suspended ceilings against lateral and vertical movements, and provide with a physical separation at the walls. B Independently support and laterally brace all lighting fixtures. Refer to applicable portion of lighting specification Division 26. E N D SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS 130541 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 1 GENERAL 11 SCOPE SECTION 142100 GEARED TRACTION ELEVATORS A. This section includes work required to complete the Elevator Modernization of two (2) existing Otis Elevator passenger elevators. The work includes all requirements of Firefighters' Service, Seismic and The Americans with Disability Act (ADA) B Comply with applicable building codes and elevator codes at the project site, including but not limited to the following: 1 References a. ANSI A117 1 Buildings and Facilities, Providing Accessibility and Usability for Physically Handicapped People. b ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines. c. ANSI /NFPA 70 National Electrical Code d ANSI /NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Windows e ASME /ANSI All 1 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators. f ANSI /UL 10B, Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. g CAN /CSA C22.1 Canadian Electrical Code. h CAN /CSA -B44 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators. i All other local applicable codes. 2. Tests. a. Perform tests required by Elevator Consultant, AHJ and /or the ASME All 1 /CSA B44 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, with procedures described in ASME A17.2 Guide for the Inspection of Elevators in the presence of Elevator Inspector b Supply personnel and equipment for all tests and final inspections. All cost of such testing and inspections shall be included in the Base Bids. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. WORK BY OTHERS 1 Provide a smoke detector system, located as required with wiring from the sensing devices to each elevator controller Smoke detectors will be located at each elevator lobby and in the elevator machine room Interface the detectors with the elevator controller through the building fire alarm system 2. Provide all electrical wiring, including an electrical ground, from the existing main line disconnect switch to the new elevator controllers. 3. Provide a fused disconnect switch or circuit breaker for each elevator per the National Electrical Code with feeder or branch wiring to the transformer Size to suit elevator contractor 4 Provide a 120 volt AC 15 amp single -phase power supply with fused SPST disconnect switch for each elevator with feeder wiring to each controller for car lights. 5. Provide machine room illumination levels at not less than 200 Ix (19 FTC) or more distributed evenly around the machine room floor 6 Provide suitable ventilation and cooling equipment, if required, to maintain the machine room temperature between 45oF and 95oF The relative humidity should not exceed 85 percent non condensing 7 Provide pit illumination levels at not less than (10 FTC) or more distributed evenly around the pit floor 8 Provide a disconnecting means in the machine room for the circuit supplying the intercom 9 Provide a GFCI receptacle in the elevator machine room 10 Provide a GFCI receptacle in the pit under each car 11 All pit lights shall illuminate when either pit light switch is turned to the ON position TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 12 Provide one (1) outside telephone line to the elevator machine room that allows data calls to and from a toll -free number at a dispatching center The telephone line may be either a separate line dedicated to the remote monitoring maintenance equipment or may be an existing line that is shared between another telephone and the remote monitoring maintenance equipment. 13 Do any cutting, including cutouts to accommodate hall signal fixtures, patching and painting of walls, floors or partitions. 14 Provide electrical power for light, tools, hoists, etc. during installation as well as electric current for starting, testing and adjusting the elevator 15 Construction of legal machine rooms 16 Provide suitable on site storage close to the elevator hoistways and temporary weather tight storage facilities as may be required for materials that will be damaged by storage in the open B WORK INCLUDED 1 Furnish, provide and install car station, hall stations, controller new AC hoist motor electrical wiring in machine, car and hoistway counterweight derailment device, seismic requirements for drive sheave traveling cables, car roller guides and seismic restrictor plates, hoist machine brake rebuild, car door operator car top inspection station hoistway interlocks, intercoms, Firefighters' Service, Seismic requirements and all requirements of The Americans with Disability Act (ADA). 2. Retain existing car speeds, capacity and door size. C SUBMITTALS 1 Items for Submittals. a. Within 30 calendar days following notice to proceed with the Work, Elevator Contractor shall submit and have approved, calculations, layouts, shop drawings and material samples as noted hereafter At job conclusion provide wiring diagrams, instructions, keys and test sheets. D DRAWINGS DIAGRAMS OTHER INFORMATION 1 Layout Drawings a. Elevator Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of layout drawings, accessory and fixture drawings, details and finish samples to Elevator Consultant for review One (1) copy /sample shall be returned to Elevator Contractor within fifteen (15) calendar days of transmittal date. E. WIRING DIAGRAMS, MAINTENANCE MANUALS 1 Wiring Diagrams: a. Provide complete As Built and Installed' straight -line wiring diagrams. 2. Operations and Maintenance Manuals. a. Furnish three (3) complete Operation and Maintenance Manuals covering the stipulated mechanical systems and equipment. 1.3 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A. TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING 1 Materials, products and equipment shall be properly packaged and protected to prevent damage during transportation and handling. B STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1 Store and protect delivered materials from damage. Do not use damaged material in the Work. 14 ALTERATIONS A. Description 1 General Perform alterations and related Work in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents. TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization B. Scheduling 1 Before commencing any alteration Work, submit for review and approval by and Hospital Management, a schedule showing the material ship dates, time of material on- site, commencement of work, the order and the completion dates for the various parts of the elevator modernization. C Protection 1 Provide, erect, and maintain lights, barriers, weather protection warning signs, and other items as required for proper protection of building tenants, visitors and all workers engaged in Work, either directly or indirectly for the elevator modernization 2. Provide and maintain temporary protection of the existing structure designated to remain where removal and new work is being completed, connections made, materials handled or equipment moved 3 Do not close or obstruct walkways, passageways or stairways. Do not store or place materials in passageways, stairs or other means of egress. Conduct operations with minimum traffic interference. D Quality Of Work 1 Perform removal and alteration Work as shown, with due care. 2. Materials or items designated to be reinstalled as stated in Section 14210 shall be removed with care, under the supervision of the trade responsible for reinstallation and protected and stored until reinstalled. Replace any material or items damaged in its removal or reinstallation 3. Materials or items removed and not designated to become the property of Owner shall be removed to an on site location designated by the Owner Final disposal is to be by the Owner 4 Execute the Work in a careful and orderly manner with the least possible disturbance to the building occupants 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Elevator Contractor shall furnish all special tools, meters, diagnostic tools /devices, troubleshooting special hand -held tools /devices, printed information, adjusting information and all other special tools /devices to perform maintenance, troubleshooting repairing and adjusting, before starting the elevator project. No substitutions of proprietary circuit boards, EPROMS, hardware locks, software passwords or coding shall be allowed B Elevator Contractor that installs the equipment shall provide the availability of any Elevator Maintenance Contractor to purchase and receive all spare parts within seventy two (72) hours from date of parts order by Elevator Contractor or Owner Replacement and spare parts are defined as any and all items required to maintain, service, repair adjust and operate the elevator as designed and installed, in a safe and trouble free manner Elevator Contractor shall sell any and all spare parts including proprietary parts to Owner during the entire life cycle of the elevator equipment. C Acceptable Manufacturers 1 Elevator Controls. a. Otis Elevonic® RM Control System or approved equal 2 Rope Break: a. Hollister Whitney Elevator Corporation or approved equal 3 Fixtures a. Otis M3 Surface Mounted in the hall and applied in the car or approved equal. 4 Car Door Protective Device a. Otis Lambda® 3 -D or approved equal 5. Car Door Operator a. Otis AT -400 Closed Loop or approved equal 6 Hoistway Door Interlocks/Tracks /Hangers. a. Otis Elevator Company or approved equal. 7 Car /Hall Position Indicators /Signals a. Otis or approved equal. TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 2- PRODUCTS 8 Car Roller Guides. a. Otis or approved equal 9 Roller Guide Restrictor Plates 1.6 OUTLINE OF EQUIPMENT DUTY The present capacity and speed of the elevators will be (retained) as follows. Elevators numbered 1 Capacity (pounds) Speed (Feet per Minute) 1 2 3500 1 100 TRAVEL The present travel of the elevators will be (retained) as follows. Elevators numbered 1 From floor to floor 1 Rise (feet) 1 2 1 1 to 4 148 feet 2.1 SPECIAL EMERGENCY SERVICE A. Special Emergency Service operation shall be provided in compliance with the latest applicable revision of the ASME /ANSI Al 7 1 Code. B Special Emergency Service Phase I to return the elevator(s) non -stop to a designated floor shall be initiated by an elevator smoke detector system or a keyswitch provided in a lobby fixture. C. The smoke detector system if required, is to be furnished by others. The elevator contractor shall provide contacts on the elevator controller to receive signals from the smoke detector system. D A keyswitch in the car shall be provided for in -car control of each elevator when on Phase II of Special Emergency Service. 2.2 HOISTWAY EQUIPMENT A. Electrical Wiring and Wiring Connections 1 Electrical equipment and wiring shall conform to current NFPA 70- National Electrical Code requirements. 2. Provide required and adequate electrical wiring gauge sizing and number of electrical conductors to totally eliminate any voltage /amperage drop /variation for all the machine room, hoistway switches /interlocks, and car operating fixtures /positions indicators /exhaust fan /car lighting /inspection station /leveling devices; hall stations /position indicators and all other elevator electrical equipment. 3 Conductors and Connections. a. Provide all new wiring in machine room hoistway and car Copper throughout with individual wires coded and connections on identified studs or terminal blocks. Use no splices or similar connections in wiring except at terminal blocks, control cabinets, junction boxes. b Provide ten percent (10 spare wires in all wiring runs. Separate and mark all spare wires All spare wire ends shall be turned back or protected against accidental grounding. Tag all spare conductors indicating termination points at each end Record all spare conductors in Adjuster's book. TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 4 Conduit: a. Conduit size, 1/2' minimum Do not use flexible conduit exceeding 36' in length Flexible heavy -duty service cord may be used between fixed car wiring and car door switches for door protection devices. b Any existing electrical gutter and conduit may be retained if such equipment complies with current ASME A17 1 /CSA B44- Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators and current NEC Requirements. 5 Traveling Cables. a. Provide new Provide flame and moisture resistant outer cover b Prevent traveling cables from rubbing or chafing against hoistway or elevator equipment within hoistway c Provide ten percent (10 spare conductors in each traveling cable d. All spare wire ends shall be turned back or protected against accidental grounding to any live electrical circuit or electrical ground Tag all spare conductors indicating termination points at each end. Record all spare conductors in Adjuster's book. e. Provide all wiring for car lighting, fan and emergency communication intercom from elevator controller to car and main lobby B Hoistway Equipment: 1 Entrances. a. Existing entrances will be retained 2. Door Panels. a. Existing door panels will be retained. Clean foreign material from door panels. b Provide hoistway door Safety Plug Locks at each entrance. 3 Hoistway Door Interlocks. a. Provide new door interlocks for each hoistway door entrance. b Provide fire -rated wires from each interlock to hoistway electrical riser as required by NFPA 70 Conductors shall be flame- retardant and suitable for a temperature on not less than 392 degrees F Conductors shall be Type SF or equivalent. Splices are permitted in the hoistway EMT however all hoistway wiring shall be the Fire Rated electrical wires. c. Provide green colored electrical ground wire from each interlock to 'elevator controller' to a stud designated as electrical ground by NFPA 70 requirements. Grounding to electrical conduit (EMT) is not approved 4 Door Hangers a. Provide new door hangers Adjust for proper operation 5 Door Tracks a. Provide new replaceable type door tracks. 6 Door Closers. a. Provide new heavy duty spirator reel closers., 7 Headers, Struts, Fascia, Dust Covers: a. Retain existing Replace any missing or broken fastenings. Replace any fascia or dust cover that is missing, bent or damaged b Clean dust covers and fascia. 8 Sills. a. Retain existing sills Check all fastenings. Replace any damaged broken or missing component. 9 Car Counterweight Guide Rails Brackets: a. Retain existing guide rails and brackets. 10 Car Counterweight Buffers Pit Equipment: TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization a. Retain existing buffers Clean and paint with one coat of Tight gray enamel Install data plates as required by ASME Al 7 1 /CSA B44 b Retain all existing pit channels Clean and paint with one coat of light gray enamel c Replace any missing or broken fastenings. d. Provide bevel washers for any bolt/nut that is installed in a plane of five (5) degrees or greater 11 Pit Stop Switch a. Provide new emergency stop switches in the pit locate so as to be accessible from the hoistway access door b Pit switch shall be of the maintaining type and marked to indicate the RUN and STOP positions. 2.3 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS A. Rope Restraints 1 Provide hoist and governor rope sheaves with Rope Restraints as required by ASME A17 1 /CSA B44 /CSA B44 a. The retainer shall be continuous over not Tess than 2/3 of the arc of contact between the rope and its sheave and shall be located so that no more than 1/8 of the arc of contact is exposed at each end of the retainer b Rope restraints may be used in lieu of continuous guards provided they conform to the following Where the arc of contact is 30 deg or less and one rope restraint, located at the midpoint of the arc of contact is provided, ii. Where the arc of contact exceeds 30 deg and restraints are provided at intervals not exceeding 30 deg or arc along the arc of contact and a restraint is located at each end of the arc of contact. B Guarding of Snag Points 1 Provide guards to prevent the governor rope and electrical traveling cables from becoming snagged on guide rail brackets as required by ASME Al 7 1 /CSA B44 a. Governor ropes where located 508 mm (20 -in.) or Tess from a snag point. b Suspension ropes where located 300 mm (12 -in or Tess from a snag point. c Traveling cables where any portion of their loop below the mid -point of the elevator travel is located 900 mm (35 -in) or Tess horizontally from a snag point. C. Seismic Switch 1 Provide Seismic switch as required by ASME All 1 /CSA B44 Locate switch as per manufacturer's instruction 2. Switch shall activate upon excitation in a vertical direction of not more than 0 15 times gravity acceleration. The frequency response of the switch shall be 1 Hz to 10 Hz. 3 Upon activation all elevators which are in motion shall proceed to the nearest available floor open their doors, and shut down; except that where Phase II emergency in -car operation is in effect, door operation shall conform to the requirements of ASME A17 1 /CSA B44 D Counterweight Displacement Switch 1 Provide counterweight displacement device(s) as required by ASME A17 1 /CSA B44 E. Car and Counterweight Position Restraints TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 6 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2.4 CAR EQUIPMENT 1 Provide position restraints with the following: a. The clearance between each running face of the guide rail and the position restraint shall not exceed 3/16' and the depth of engagement with the rail shall be not less that the dimension of the side running face of the guide rail. Except as noted hereafter existing equipment may be refurbished and retained Provide any modification or addition necessary to meet current Code standards. A. Car Door Equipment: 1 Door Protective Devices. a. The car doors shall be provided with a new detector unit that detects an object in the path of the closing doors at such a distance that reversal of the doors can be provided without physical contact of the doors. 2. Nudging Action a. If door opening is obstructed for a predetermined adjustable time (20 30 seconds), sound buzzer and attempt to close doors with a maximum of 3.5 J (2 1/2 ft -Ibf) kinetic energy Stop and hold doors during closing if detector is obstructed Allow door to close after obstruction is removed as permitted by ASME A17 1 /CSA B44 3 Differential Door Time: Adjust timers to enable varying time that doors remain open. a. Car Call. Hold open time adjustable between 3 and 5 seconds b Landing Call Hold open time adjustable between 3 and 8 seconds Use landing call timing when responding to coincidental calls. c. Door Re -Open Same as for Car Call B. Roller Guides. 1 Rubber -tired roller guides shall be installed on the top and bottom of the car frame to engage the guide rails for a smooth riding car Code required restrictor plates will also be installed on car and counterweight to prohibit derailment in the event of an earthquake. C. Car Top Protective Rail 1 Provide as required by ASME A17 1 /CSA B44 D NEW APPLIED CAR OPERATING PANEL 1 An applied car operating panel shall be furnished The panel shall contain a bank of mechanical illuminated buttons marked to correspond with the landings served, an emergency call button, emergency stop button, door open and door close buttons, a code required hands free phone, and a light switch The emergency call button shall be connected to a bell that serves as an emergency signal A fan switch, if optional fan is provided shall also be located in the car operating panel All buttons, when applicable, to be long life LED illumination E. Car Top Inspection Station and Work Light: 1 Operating fixture shall be provided containing continuous pressure Up Down and Safe buttons, emergency stop switch inspection and run switch 2. Toggle switches shall not be provided for the Stop Run and Inspection switches unless the switches are guarded against accidental activation 3 Provide fixed style inspection operation station. 4 Provide 110 VAC outlet with a GFCI duplex receptacle 5 Work light shall be encased in a protective enclosure. Rating of lamp(s) to be at least that which will generate the amount of illumination required by ASME A17 1 /CSA B44 F Communication Systems TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 7 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1 Provide new ADA approved in -car emergency communication device. Provide all necessary wiring between the elevator car and the elevator machine room 2. Provide intercom system between elevator car and elevator lobby On -Off activation is required only at lobby station In car to lobby communication is voice activated Provide all necessary wiring between elevator car and lobby G Car Door Operator 1 A Closed Loop door operator shall be installed a. Doors on the car and at the hoistway entrances shall be power operated by means of a closed loop door operator mounted on top of the car The door operator is a fully closed loop system designed to give consistent door performance with changes in temperature, wind or minor debris in the door track. The system continually monitors door speed and position and adjusts it accordingly to match the pre- determined profile b. Door operation shall be automatic at each landing with door opening being initiated as the car arrives at the landing and closing taking place after expiration of an adjustable time interval An electric car door contact shall prevent the elevator from operating unless the car door is in the closed position c Door close shall be arranged to start after a minimum time, consistent with Handicap Requirements. d. Doors shall be arranged to remain open for an adjustable time period sufficient to meet ADA requirements. The time interval for which the elevator doors remain open when a car stops at a landing shall be independently adjustable for response to car calls and response to hall calls H. DOOR RESTRICTORS 1 Code required door restrictors will be installed to prevent the elevator doors from being physically forced open outside of the landing zones. 2.5 LIMIT SWITCHES 2.6 CAB INTERIOR A. Provide new normal and final terminal stopping devices at each terminal landing. The stopping devices shall have rollers having rubber or other approved composition to provide silent operation when activated 1 Provide new car mounted cam and brackets. A. Install one (1) six (6) inch brushed stainless steel base panel to the side and back walls B Install one (1) brushed stainless steel lower panels below the handrail to the side and back walls. C Install one (1) six (6) inch brushed stainless steel handrail backer panel to the side and back walls. D Install three (3) 1 %2 round brushed stainless steel sectional handrails to the side and back walls. E. Install two (2) Corian panels above the handrail on the side walls color by Architect per Shop Submittal F Install three (3) Corian panels above the handrail on the back wall color by Architect per Shop Submittal. G Install brushed stainless steel reveals between the panels and corners TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 8 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 11. Substrate for all panels is fire -rated board. 2.7 CAB FRAMED CEILING A. Install three (3) brushed aluminum panel framed ceiling B. Install three (3) twin wall polycarbonate opal diffuser panels. C. Install two (2) double T -5 florescent light fixtures. D Flooring by others. 2.8 LANDING CONTROL STATIONS A. Provide 'Surface Mounted' one (1) hall station at each floor LED's shall be provided to illuminate when the hall push button(s) are activated Include pushbuttons for direction of travel. B Include safety message 'In Case of Fire. (per ASME A17 1 /CSA B44 Appendix H) on push- button faceplate. Provide Braille and UP DN marking inserts to the left of each button Locate each hall station forty -two inches (42 to center of buttons from floor level. C. Provide Phase I Firefighters' Emergency Operation keyed switch with instructions at the designated level' hall station 1 The key shall be of the type required by ASME Al 7 1 2007 /CSA B44 -07 2.9 SIGNALS A. Car Position Indicator' 1 The in car position indicator shall be part of car operating station B Car Traveling Lanterns 1 Direction lantern(s) shall be mounted in car entrance jamb(s), visible from the corridor which when the car stops and the doors are opening, shall indicate the direction the car is traveling. A chime shall also be furnished on the car that will sound once for the `UP' direction and twice for the 'DOWN' direction as the doors are opening. 2.10 CAR SLING A. The existing car sling shall be retained. 2.11 PLATFORM A. The existing platform shall be retained 2.12 CAR SAFETY A. The existing safety shall be retained 2A3 COUNTERWEIGHT A. Retain existing counterweights. 2.14 HOIST ROPES SHACKLES A. Retain the existing hoist ropes 2.15 GOVERNOR GOVERNOR PIT SHEAVE A. Retain existing governor and pit sheave 2.16 GOVERNOR ROPE TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 9 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization A. Retain the existing governor rope. 2.17 MACHINE BEAMS A. The existing machine beams shall be retained 2.18 HOIST MACHINE A. Retain both hoist machines. 1 Provide new 500 volt AC motor and adapter plate with all required fastenings. 2. Verify front and rear hoist cable guards comply with Code and that brackets are installed 3 A code required rope gripper will be installed to prevent uncontrolled car movement. 2.19 CAR MOTION CONTROL AND DISPATCH EQUIPMENT A. Motion Control is based on the Elevonic RM REGEN control system 1 It is a digital closed -loop microprocessor -based control system specifically designed to meet the particular needs of UMV traction elevators. 2. The system will use a distributed network of modular microprocessor control units and solid -state performance measurement devices. 3 The system will use integrated using serial -link communication 4 The control system is to have a Solid -State Safety Circuit. Measurement transducers will constantly monitor the performance of every elevator function controlled by microprocessor The control units evaluate this performance information and automatically adjust performance as necessary to correct variances within milliseconds 5 'Relative System Response Plus' software dispatches elevators based upon real -time response to actual demands on the elevator group The software will be designed to maintain optimum elevator system performance by evaluating and reassigning hall calls within milliseconds of changes in elevator demand or performance B. Fault Diagnosis 1 Capability shall be provided to diagnose faults to the level of individual circuit boards and individual discreet major components for both the Solid State Power Controller and the Elevator Logic Controller (Capability to diagnose faults within an individual circuit board is not required.) C Operation. 1 Provide standard 'Duplex Selective Collective Operation' for the two passenger elevator D Independent Service: 1 Independent service operation shall be provided for all elevators through the actuation of a keyed switch or toggle switch in the main car operating service panel. This service will cancel any existing car and hall calls, and hold the doors open at the landing. The car will only respond to car calls. While on independent service the hall arrival lanterns shall be inoperative. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 SITE CONDITION INSPECTION TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 10 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization A. Prior to beginning the Elevator Modernization, Elevator Contractor shall survey the machine room hoistway and pit. Elevator Contractor shall verify that no conditions exist which adversely could affect their Work. B Do not proceed with installation until Work in place conforms to project requirements. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install all elevator equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's direction, referenced Codes, and Specifications B Install items so they may be easily removed for maintenance and repair C Install items so that access for maintenance is safe and readily available. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Work at the jobsite will be checked during the time of Elevator Modernization. Accomplish corrective Work required prior to performing further installation 3 4 ADJUSTMENTS A. Adjust all elevator equipment to achieve required performance levels 3.5 ACCEPTANCE INSPECTION AND TESTS A. Furnish labor materials and equipment necessary for all tests. Final acceptance of installation will be made only after all field quality control reviews have been completed, identified deficiencies have been corrected, all submittals and certificates have been received and the following items have been completed to the satisfaction of code authorities. 1 Quality of Work and equipment comply with specification 2. Performance of following are satisfactory a. Door operation and closing force. b Signal fixtures. c. Firefighters Service Emergency Operation d. Performance times. e. Car speed f. Seismic testing 3.6 WARRANTY The elevator contractor's acceptance is conditional on the understanding that their warranty covers defective material and workmanship The guarantee period shall not extend longer than one (1) year from the date of completion or acceptance thereof by beneficial use, whichever is earlier of each elevator The guarantee excludes: ordinary wear and tear or improper use, vandalism abuse, misuse, or neglect or any other causes beyond the control of the elevator contractor and this express warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, express or implied, including any warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose END OF SECTION 142100 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 11 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART1 GENERAL 11 SCOPE SECTION 142400 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS A. This section includes work required to complete the Elevator Modernization of two (2) existing passenger elevators. The work includes all requirements of Firefighters' Service, Seismic and The Americans with Disability Act (ADA) B. Comply with applicable building codes and elevator codes at the project site, including but not limited to the following: 1 Codes a. ANSI A117 1 Buildings and Facilities, Providing Accessibility and Usability for Physically Handicapped People. b ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines. c. ANSI /NFPA 70 National Electrical Code d ANSI /NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Windows. e. ASME /ANSI A17 1 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators f ANSI /UL 10B Fire Tests of Door Assemblies g. CAN /CSA C22.1 Canadian Electrical Code. h. CAN /CSA -B44 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators. i. All other local applicable codes. 2. Tests: a. Perform tests required by Elevator Consultant, AHJ and /or the ASME A17 1 /CSA B44- Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, with procedures described in ASME A17.2 Guide for the Inspection of Elevators in the presence of the Elevator Inspector b Supply personnel and equipment for all tests and final inspections. All cost of such testing and inspections shall be included in the Base Bids. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. WORK BY OTHERS 1 Coordinate elevator work with the work of other trades, for proper time and sequence to avoid construction delays. 2. Provide a smoke detector system located as required with wiring from the sensing device s to each elevator controller Smoke detectors will be located at each elevator lobby and in the elevator machine room Interface the detectors with the elevator controller through the building fire alarm system 3 Provide all electrical wiring, including an electrical ground from the existing main line disconnect switch to the new elevator controllers. 4 Provide a fused disconnect switch or circuit breaker for each elevator per the National Electrical Code with feeder or branch wiring to the transformer Size to suit elevator contractor 5 Provide a 120 volt AC 15 amp single -phase power supply with fused SPST disconnect switch for each elevator with feeder wiring to each controller for car lights. 6 Provide machine room illumination levels at not less than 200 Ix (19 FTC) or more distributed evenly around the machine room floor 7 Provide suitable ventilation and cooling equipment, if required, to maintain the machine room temperature between 45oF and 95oF The relative humidity should not exceed 85 percent non condensing 8 Provide pit illumination levels at not less than (10 FTC) or more distributed evenly around the pit floor 9 Provide a disconnecting means in the machine room for the circuit supplying the intercom TRACTION ELEVATORS 142400 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 10 Provide a GFCI receptacle in the elevator machine room 11 Provide a GFCI receptacle in the pit under each car 12. All pit lights shall illuminate when either pit light switch is turned to the ON position 13. Provide one (1) outside telephone line to the elevator machine room that allows data calls to and from a toll -free number at a dispatching center The telephone line may be either a separate line dedicated to the remote monitoring maintenance equipment or may be an existing line that is shared between another telephone and the remote monitoring maintenance equipment. 14 Do any cutting, including cutouts to accommodate hall signal fixtures, patching and painting of walls, floors or partitions. 15 Provide electrical power for light, tools, hoists, etc. during installation as well as electric current for starting, testing and adjusting the elevator 16 Construction of legal machine rooms 17 Provide suitable on site storage close to the elevator hoistways and temporary weather tight storage facilities as may be required for materials that will be damaged by storage in the open B WORK INCLUDED 1 Furnish provide and install car station, hall stations, controller new pump unit with valve, pump and motor electrical wiring in the car and new traveling cables, car door operator car top inspection station hoistway interlocks, intercoms, Firefighters' Service, Seismic requirements and all requirements of The Americans with Disability Act (ADA) 2. Retain existing car speeds, capacity and door size. C. SUBMITTALS 1 Items for Submittals. a. Within 30 calendar days following notice to proceed with the Work, Elevator Contractor shall submit and have approved, calculations, layouts, shop drawings and material samples as noted hereafter At job conclusion, provide wiring diagrams, instructions, keys and test sheets. D DRAWINGS DIAGRAMS OTHER INFORMATION 1 Layout Drawings. a. Elevator Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of layout drawings, accessory and fixture drawings, details and finish samples to Elevator Consultant for review One (1) copy /sample shall be returned to Elevator Contractor within fifteen (15) calendar days of transmittal date. E. WIRING DIAGRAMS, MAINTENANCE MANUALS 1 Wiring Diagrams. a. Provide complete As Built and Installed' straight -line wiring diagrams. 2 Operations and Maintenance Manuals. a. Furnish three (3) complete Operation and Maintenance Manuals covering the stipulated mechanical systems and equipment. 1.3 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A. TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING 1 Materials, products and equipment shall be properly packaged and protected to prevent damage during transportation and handling. B. STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1 Store and protect delivered materials from damage. Do not use damaged material in the Work. 14 ALTERATIONS HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 142400 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization A. DESCRIPTION 1 General Perform alterations and related Work in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents. B. SCHEDULING 1 Before commencing any alteration Work, submit for review and approval by and Hospital Management, a schedule showing the material ship dates, time of material on- site, commencement of work, the order and the completion dates for the various parts of the elevator modernization C. PROTECTION 1 Provide, erect, and maintain lights, barriers, weather protection, warning signs, and other items as required for proper protection of building tenants, visitors and all workers engaged in Work, either directly or indirectly for the elevator modernization. 2. Provide and maintain temporary protection of the existing structure designated to remain where removal and new work is being completed, connections made, materials handled or equipment moved 3 Do not close or obstruct walkways, passageways or stairways. Do not store or place materials in passageways, stairs or other means of egress. Conduct operations with minimum traffic interference D QUALITY OF WORK 1 Perform removal and alteration Work as shown with due care. 2. Materials or items designated to be reinstalled as stated in Section 14210 shall be removed with care, under the supervision of the trade responsible for reinstallation, and protected and stored until reinstalled Replace any material or items damaged in its removal or reinstallation 3 Materials or items removed and not designated to become the property of Owner shall be removed to an on site location designated by the Owner Final disposal is to be by the Owner 4 Execute the Work in a careful and orderly manner with the least possible disturbance to the building occupants. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Elevator Contractor shall furnish all special tools, meters, diagnostic tools /devices, troubleshooting special hand -held tools /devices, printed information, adjusting information and all other special tools /devices to perform maintenance, troubleshooting repairing and adjusting, before starting the elevator project. No substitutions of proprietary circuit boards, EPROMS, hardware locks, software passwords or coding shall be allowed B. Elevator Contractor that installs the equipment shall provide the availability of any Elevator Maintenance Contractor to purchase and receive all spare parts within seventy two (72) hours from date of parts order by Elevator Contractor or Owner Replacement and spare parts are defined as any and all items required to maintain, service, repair adjust and operate the elevator as designed and installed, in a safe and trouble free manner Elevator Contractor shall sell any and all spare parts including proprietary parts to Owner during the entire life cycle of the elevator equipment. C. Acceptable Manufacturers 1 Elevator Controls. a. Otis Elevonic® 211 Control System or approved equal 2. Fixtures. a. Otis M3 Surface Mounted in the hall and applied in the car or approved equal. 3 Car Door Protective Device a. Otis Lambda® 3 -D or approved equal HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 142400 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 2 PRODUCTS 4 Car Door Operator a. Otis AT -400 Closed Loop or approved equal 5 Hoistway Door Interlocks/Tracks /Hangers. a. Otis Elevator Company or approved equal 6 Car /Hall Position Indicators /Signals: a. Otis or approved equal 1 6 OUTLINE OF EQUIPMENT DUTY The present capacity and speed of the elevators will be (retained) as follows Elevators numbered I Capacity (pounds) I Speed (Feet per Minute) 3 1 3500 1 100 5 1 3500 1 100 TRAVEL The present travel of the elevators will be (retained) as follows: Elevators numbered I From floor to floor I Rise (feet) 3 11 to 4 148 feet 5 11 to 4 148 feet A. SPECIAL EMERGENCY SERVICE 1 Special Emergency Service operation shall be provided in compliance with the latest applicable revision of the ASME /ANSI Al 7 1 Code. 2. Special Emergency Service Phase I to return the elevator(s) non -stop to a designated floor shall be initiated by an elevator smoke detector system or a keyswitch provided in a lobby fixture. 3 The smoke detector system if required, is to be furnished by others The elevator contractor shall provide contacts on the elevator controller to receive signals from the smoke detector system 4 A keyswitch in the car shall be provided for in -car control of each elevator when on Phase II of Special Emergency Service. 2.2 HOISTWAY EQUIPMENT A. Electrical Wiring and Wiring Connections. 1 Electrical equipment and wiring shall conform to current NFPA 70- National Electrical Code requirements. 2. Provide required and adequate electrical wiring gauge sizing and number of electrical conductors to totally eliminate any voltage /amperage drop /variation for all the machine room hoistway switches /interlocks, and car operating fixtures /positions indicators /exhaust fan /car lighting /inspection station /leveling devices; hall stations /position indicators and all other elevator electrical equipment. 3 Conductors and Connections. a. Provide all new wiring in machine room, hoistway and car Copper throughout with individual wires coded and connections on identified studs or terminal HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 142400 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization blocks Use no splices or similar connections in wiring except at terminal blocks, control cabinets junction boxes b Provide ten percent (10 spare wires in all wiring runs Separate and mark all spare wires All spare wire ends shall be turned back or protected against accidental grounding Tag all spare conductors indicating termination points at each end Record all spare conductors in Adjuster's book. 4 Conduit: a. Conduit size, 1/2' minimum Do not use flexible conduit exceeding 36' in length. Flexible heavy -duty service cord may be used between fixed car wiring and car door switches for door protection devices. b Any existing electrical gutter and conduit may be retained if such equipment complies with current ASME A17 1 /CSA B44- Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators and current NEC Requirements 5 Traveling Cables a. Provide new Provide flame and moisture resistant outer cover b Prevent traveling cables from rubbing or chafing against hoistway or elevator equipment within hoistway c. Provide ten percent (10 spare conductors in each traveling cable. d. All spare wire ends shall be turned back or protected against accidental grounding to any live electrical circuit or electrical ground Tag all spare conductors indicating termination points at each end Record all spare conductors in Adjuster's book. e. Provide all wiring for car lighting, fan and emergency communication intercom from elevator controller to car and main lobby B. Hoistway Equipment: 1 Entrances. a. Existing entrances will be retained 2. Door Panels. a. Existing door panels will be retained. Clean foreign material from door panels b. Provide hoistway door Safety Plug Locks at each entrance. 3 Hoistway Door Interlocks: a. Provide new door interlocks for each hoistway door entrance b. Provide fire -rated wires from each interlock to hoistway electrical riser as required by NFPA 70 Conductors shall be flame- retardant and suitable for a temperature on not less than 392 degrees F Conductors shall be Type SF or equivalent. Splices are permitted in the hoistway EMT however all hoistway wiring shall be the Fire Rated electrical wires. c. Provide green colored electrical ground wire from each interlock to 'elevator controller' to a stud designated as electrical ground by NFPA 70 requirements. Grounding to electrical conduit (EMT) is not approved 4 Door Hangers a. Provide new door hangers. Adjust for proper operation 5 Door Tracks. a. Provide new replaceable type door tracks. 6. Door Closers. a. Provide new heavy duty spirator reel closers. 7 Headers, Struts, Fascia, Dust Covers: a. Retain existing. Replace any missing or broken fastenings Replace any fascia or dust cover that is missing bent or damaged. b Clean dust covers and fascia. HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 142400 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 8 Sills a. Retain existing sills. Check all fastenings Replace any damaged, broken or missing component. 9 Pit Stop Switch a. Provide new emergency stop switches in the pit locate so as to be accessible from the hoistway access door b Pit switch shall be of the maintaining type and marked to indicate the RUN and STOP positions 2.3 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Rupture Valve 2.4 CAR EQUIPMENT Except as noted hereafter existing equipment may be refurbished and retained Provide any modification or addition necessary to meet current Code standards A. Car Door Equipment: 1 Door Protective Devices. a. The car doors shall be provided with a new detector unit that detects an object in the path of the closing doors at such a distance that reversal of the doors can be provided without physical contact of the doors. 2. Nudging Action a. If door opening is obstructed for a predetermined adjustable time (20 30 seconds), sound buzzer and attempt to close doors with a maximum of 3.5 J (2 1/2 ft -Ibf) kinetic energy Stop and hold doors during closing if detector is obstructed Allow door to close after obstruction is removed as permitted by ASME A17 1 /CSA B44 3 Differential Door Time: Adjust timers to enable varying time that doors remain open a. Car Call* Hold open time adjustable between 3 and 5 seconds. b Landing Call. Hold open time adjustable between 3 and 8 seconds. Use landing call timing when responding to coincidental calls. c. Door Re -Open Same as for Car Call. B Car Top Protective Rail 1 Provide as required by ASME A17 1 /CSA B44 C. NEW APPLIED CAR OPERATING PANEL 1 An applied car operating panel shall be furnished The panel shall contain a bank of mechanical illuminated buttons marked to correspond with the landings served, an emergency call button emergency stop button, door open and door close buttons, a code required hands free phone, and a light switch The emergency call button shall be connected to a bell that serves as an emergency signal A fan switch, if optional fan is provided, shall also be located in the car operating panel All buttons, when applicable, to be long life LED illumination. D Car Top Inspection Station and Work Light: 1 Operating fixture shall be provided containing continuous pressure Up Down and Safe buttons, emergency stop switch, inspection and run switch 2. Toggle switches shall not be provided for the Stop Run and Inspection switches unless the switches are guarded against accidental activation 3 Provide fixed style inspection operation station 4 Provide 110 VAC outlet with a GFCI duplex receptacle HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 142400 6 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2.5 LIMIT SWITCHES 2.6 CAB INTERIOR 5 Work light shall be encased in a protective enclosure Rating of lamp(s) to be at least that which will generate the amount of illumination required by ASME A17 1 /CSA B44 E. Communication Systems 1 Provide new ADA approved in -car emergency communication device Provide all necessary wiring between the elevator car and the elevator machine room 2. Provide intercom system between elevator car and elevator lobby On -Off activation is required only at lobby station In car to lobby communication is voice activated. Provide all necessary wiring between elevator car and lobby F Car Door Operator 1 A Closed Loop door operator shall be installed a. Doors on the car and at the hoistway entrances shall be power operated by means of a closed loop door operator mounted on top of the car The door operator is a fully closed loop system designed to give consistent door performance with changes in temperature, wind or minor debris in the door track. The system continually monitors door speed and position and adjusts it accordingly to match the pre- determined profile. b Door operation shall be automatic at each landing with door opening being initiated as the car arrives at the landing and closing taking place after expiration of an adjustable time interval An electric car door contact shall prevent the elevator from operating unless the car door is in the closed position c. Door close shall be arranged to start after a minimum time, consistent with Handicap Requirements. d. Doors shall be arranged to remain open for an adjustable time period sufficient to meet ADA requirements. The time interval for which the elevator doors remain open when a car stops at a landing shall be independently adjustable for response to car calls and response to hall calls. G DOOR RESTRICTORS 1 Code required door restrictors will be installed to prevent the elevator doors from being physically forced open outside of the landing zones. A. Provide new normal and final terminal stopping devices at each terminal landing. The stopping devices shall have rollers having rubber or other approved composition to provide silent operation when activated 1 Provide new car mounted cam and brackets A. Install one (1) six (6) inch brushed stainless steel base panel to the side and back walls B Install one (1) brushed stainless steel lower panels below the handrail to the side and back walls. C. Install one (1) six (6) inch brushed stainless steel handrail backer panel to the side and back walls. D Install three (3) 1 %2 round brushed stainless steel sectional handrails to the side and back walls HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 142400 7 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization E. Install two (2) InPro Corporation Sanparrel rigid vinyl panels (thickness equals 060 above the handrail on the side walls selection by Architect per Shop Submittal F Install three (3) InPro Corporation Sanparrel rigid vinyl panels (thickness equals 060 above the handrail on the back wall selection by Architect per Shop Submittal G Install brushed stainless steel reveals between the panels and corners H. Substrate for all panels is fire -rated board 2.7 CAB FRAMED CEILING A. Install three (3) brushed aluminum panel framed ceiling B Install three (3) twin wall polycarbonate opal diffuser panels C. Install two (2) double T 5 florescent light fixtures. D Flooring by others 2.8 LANDING CONTROL STATIONS A. Provide 'Surface Mounted' one (1) hall station at each floor LED's shall be provided to illuminate when the hall push button(s) are activated Include pushbuttons for direction of travel B Include safety message 'In Case of Fire. (per ASME A17 1 /CSA B44 Appendix H) on push- button faceplate. Provide Braille and UP DN marking inserts to the left of each button. Locate each hall station forty -two inches (42 to center of buttons from floor level C. Provide Phase I Firefighters' Emergency Operation keyed switch with instructions at the 'designated level' hall station. 1 The key shall be of the type required by ASME All 1 2007 /CSA B44 -07 2.9 SIGNALS A. Car Position Indicator• 1 The in car position indicator shall be part of car operating station B Car Traveling Lanterns 1 Direction lantern(s) shall be mounted in car entrance jamb(s), visible from the corridor which when the car stops and the doors are opening, shall indicate the direction the car is traveling A chime shall also be furnished on the car that will sound once for the 'UP' direction and twice for the 'DOWN' direction as the doors are opening. 2.10 CAR SLING A. The existing car sling shall be retained 2.11 PLATFORM A. The existing platform shall be retained 2.12 HOIST MACHINE HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 142400 8 s 1. 1 1 1 1 1 l 1 1 1 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization A. SOFT STARTER (NEW) 1 A new solid -state starter will be provided It will be of the same power requirement and starting configuration as presently exists. B MOTOR 1 The existing motor will be replaced with a motor that is of the same power characteristics and starting configuration as presently exists. C. POWER UNIT (NEW) 1 The existing power unit will be replaced with a new power unit. The new power unit consists of a positive displacement pump motor integral 4 -coil control valve, oil tank and muffler The pump and motor are submerged and are mounted to the tank with rubber isolators to reduce vibration and noise. A muffler is provided to dissipate pulsations and noise from the flow of hydraulic fluid The valve consists of up up leveling, down and down leveling controls along with manual lowering and a pressure relief valve. D VALVE (NEW) 1 A new integral 4 -coil control valve will be installed to replace the existing valve. The valve consists of up up leveling, down and down leveling controls along with manual lowering and a pressure relief valve. 2.13 CAR MOTION CONTROL AND DISPATCH EQUIPMENT A. A microprocessor -based control system shall be provided to perform all the functions of safe elevator motion and elevator door control This shall include all the hardware required to connect, transfer and interrupt power and protect the motor against overloading The system shall also perform group operational control Each controller cabinet containing memory equipment shall be properly shielded from line pollution The microcomputer system shall be designed to accept reprogramming with minimum system downtime. B Fault Diagnosis: 1 Capability shall be provided to diagnose faults to the level of individual circuit boards and individual discreet major components for both the Solid State Power Controller and the Elevator Logic Controller (Capability to diagnose faults within an individual circuit board is not required C. Operation. 1 Provide standard 'Collective Operation' for the two passenger elevators. D Independent Service. 1 Independent service operation shall be provided for all elevators through the actuation of a keyed switch or toggle switch in the main car operating service panel This service will cancel any existing car and hall calls, and hold the doors open at the landing. The car will only respond to car calls. While on independent service the hall arrival lanterns shall be inoperative PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 SITE CONDITION INSPECTION HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 142400 9 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization A. Prior to beginning the Elevator Modernization Elevator Contractor shall survey the machine room hoistway and pit. Elevator Contractor shall verify that no conditions exist which adversely could affect their Work. B Do not proceed with installation until Work in place conforms to project requirements. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install all elevator equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's direction referenced Codes, and Specifications. B Install items so they may be easily removed for maintenance and repair C. Install items so that access for maintenance is safe and readily available. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Work at the jobsite will be checked during the time of Elevator Modernization Accomplish corrective Work required prior to performing further installation 3 4 ADJUSTMENTS A. Adjust all elevator equipment to achieve required performance levels 3.5 ACCEPTANCE INSPECTION AND TESTS A. Furnish labor materials and equipment necessary for all tests. Final acceptance of installation will be made only after all field quality control reviews have been completed, identified deficiencies have been corrected, all submittals and certificates have been received and the following items have been completed to the satisfaction of code authorities 1 Quality of Work and equipment comply with specification. 2. Performance of following are satisfactory a. Door operation and closing force b Signal fixtures c Firefighters Service Emergency Operation d. Performance times. e. Car speed f. Seismic testing 3.6 WARRANTY The elevator contractor's acceptance is conditional on the understanding that their warranty covers defective material and workmanship The guarantee period shall not extend longer than one (1) year from the date of completion or acceptance thereof by beneficial use, whichever is earlier of each elevator The guarantee excludes ordinary wear and tear or improper use, vandalism abuse, misuse, or neglect or any other causes beyond the control of the elevator contractor and this express warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, express or implied, including any warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose END OF SECTION HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 142400 10 1 1 1 1 1 I 1. 1 1 i r 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART1 GENERAL SECTION 21 13 13 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 1 1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Design, installation and testing shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 except for specified exceptions. B Modification of the existing sprinkler system as indicated on the drawings and as further required by these specifications. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 09 90 00 PAINTING. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Reliability The installer shall possess a valid State of Washington contractor's license. The installer shall have been actively and successfully engaged in the installation of commercial automatic sprinkler systems for the past ten years. B. Materials and Equipment: All equipment and devices shall be of a make and type listed by UL and approved by FM, or other nationally recognized testing laboratory for the specific purpose for which it is used. All materials, devices, and equipment shall be approved by the VA. C. Submittals: Submit as one package in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES. Prepare detailed working drawings that are signed by a NICET Level III or Level IV Sprinkler Technician or stamped by a Registered Professional Engineer practicing in the field of Fire Protection Engineering. As review is for technical adequacy only the installer remains responsible for correcting any conflicts with other trades and building construction that arise during installation. Partial submittals will not be accepted. Material submittals shall be approved prior to the purchase or delivery to the job site. Suitably bind submittals in notebooks or binders and provide index referencing the appropriate specification section. Submittals shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1 Qualifications: a. Provide a copy of the installing contractors fire sprinkler and state contractors license. 2. Drawings: Submit detailed 1/8 inch scale (minimum) working drawings conforming to NFPA 13. 3. Manufacturers Data Sheets: a. Provide for materials and equipment proposed for use on the system. Include listing information and installation instructions in data sheets. Where data sheet describes items in addition to that item being submitted, clearly identify proposed item on the sheet. 4 Calculation Sheets: Submit hydraulic calculation sheets in tabular form conforming to the requirements and recommendations of NFPA 13. WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 5. Final Document Submittals: Provide as -built drawings, testing and maintenance instructions in accordance with the requirements in Division 01 Submittals shall include, but not be limited to the following: a. One complete set of reproducible as -built drawings showing the installed system with the specific interconnections between the waterflow switch or pressure switch and the fire alarm equipment. b Material and Testing Certificate: Upon completion of the sprinkler system installation or 1 any partial section of the system including testing and flushing, provide a copy of a completed Material and Testing Certificate as indicated in NFPA 13. c. Certificates shall document all parts of the installation. D Design Basis Information. Provide design materials, equipment, installation, inspection, and testing of the automatic sprinkler system in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13. Recommendations in appendices shall be treated as requirements. 1 Perform hydraulic calculations in accordance with NFPA 13 utilizing the Area /Density method. Do not restrict design area reductions permitted for using quick response sprinklers throughout by the required use of standard response sprinklers in the areas identified in this section. 2. Sprinkler Protection: To determining spacing and sizing, apply the following coverage classifications. a. Light Hazard Occupancies: Patient care, treatment, and customary access areas. b Ordinary Hazard Group 1 Occupancies: Laboratories, Mechanical Equipment Rooms, Transformer Rooms, Electrical Switchgear Rooms, Electric Closets, Elevator Shafts, Elevator Machine Rooms. c. Ordinary Hazard Group 2 Occupancies: Storage rooms trash rooms, clean and soiled linen rooms, pharmacy and associated storage, laundry kitchens, kitchen storage areas, retail stores, retail store storage rooms, storage areas, building management storage, boiler plants, energy centers, warehouse spaces, file storage areas for the entire area of the space up to 140 square meters (1500 square feet) and Supply Processing and Distribution (SPD). d. Request clarification from the Owner for any hazard classification not identified 3 Hydraulic Calculations: Calculated demand including hose stream requirements shall fall no Tess than 10 percent below the available water supply curve. 4 Water Supply Obtain water supply flow test data from local authorities having jurisdiction. 5 Provide seismic protection in accordance with NFPA 13. 1.4 APPLICABLE PUIBLICATIONS A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 f 1 I 1 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization B National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 13 -2002 Installation of Sprinkler Systems 101 22003 Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures (Life Safety Code) 170 -1999 Fire Safety Symbols C Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Fire Protection Equipment Directory 2001 D Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation (FM): Approval Guide 2001 E. International Building Code 2007 F Foundation for Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic Research -2005 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING FITTINGS A. Sprinkler systems in accordance with NFPA 13. 2.2 VALVES A. Valves in accordance with NFPA 13. B Do not use quarter turn ball valves for 50 mm (2 inch) or larger drain valves. 2.3 NOT USED 2.4 SPRINKLERS A. All sprinklers shall be FM approved. Provide quick response sprinklers in all areas, except where specifically prohibited by their listing or approval 1 Elevator shafts and elevator machine rooms: Standard response sprinklers. 2. Elevator pit: sidewall sprinklers. /1 B. Temperature Ratings: In accordance with NFPA 13, except as follows: 1 Sprinklers in elevator shafts, elevator pits, and elevator machine rooms: Intermediate temperature rated. 2.5 NOT USED 2.6 IDENTIFICATION SIGNS /HYDRAULIC PLACARDS Plastic, steel or aluminum signs with white lettering on a red background with holes for easy attachment. Enter pertinent data for each system on the hydraulic placard. 2.7 GAUGES Provide gauges as required by NFPA 13. 2.8 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS Supports, hangers, etc. of an approved pattern placement to conform to NFPA 13. System piping shall be substantially supported to the building structure. The installation of hangers and supports shall adhere to the requirements set forth in NFPA 13, Standard for Installation of Sprinkler Systems. Materials used in the installation or construction of hangers and supports shall be listed WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization and approved for such application. Hangers or supports not specifically listed for service shall be designed and bear the seal of a professional engineer 2.11 WALL, FLOOR AND CEILING PLATES Provide chrome plated steel escutcheon plates for exposed piping passing though walls, floors or ceilings. 2.12 ANTIFREEZE SOLUTION Antifreeze solution shall be compatible with potable water supply in accordance with NFPA 13. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be accomplished by the licensed contractor Provide a qualified technician, experienced in the installation and operation of the type of system being installed, to supervise the installation and testing of the system. B Installation of Piping: Accurately cut pipe to measurements established by the installer and work into place without springing or forcing. In any situation where bending of the pipe is required use a standard pipe- bending template. Install concealed piping in spaces that have finished ceilings. Where ceiling mounted equipment exists, such as in operating and radiology rooms, install sprinklers so as not to obstruct the movement or operation of the equipment. Sidewall heads may need to be utilized Locate piping in stairways as near to the ceiling as possible to prevent tampering by unauthorized personnel and to provide a minimum headroom clearance of 2250 mm (seven feet six inches). To prevent an obstruction to egress, provide piping clearances in accordance with NFPA 101 C Welding: Conform to the requirements and recommendations of NFPA 13. D Drains: Pipe drains to discharge at safe points outside of the building or to sight cones attached to drains of adequate size to readily carry the full flow from each drain under maximum pressure. Do not provide a direct drain connection to sewer system or discharge into sinks. Install drips and drains where necessary and required by NFPA 13. E. NOT USED F NOT USED G. Inspector's Test Connection: Install and supply in conformance with NFPA 13, locate in a secured area, and discharge to the exterior of the building. H NOT USED I Affix cutout disks, which are created by cutting holes in the walls of pipe for flow switches and non threaded pipe connections to the respective waterflow switch or pipe connection near to the pipe from where they were cut. J Sleeves: Provide for pipes passing through masonry or concrete. Provide space between the pipe and the sleeve in accordance with NFPA 13. Seal this space with a UL Listed through penetration fire stop material in accordance with Section 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING Where core WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 1 1 1 I 1 211313 4 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 r 1 r t OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization drilling is used in lieu of sleeves, also seal space. Seal penetrations of walls, floors and ceilings of other types of construction, in accordance with Section 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING. K. NOT USED L. NOT USED M Firestopping shall comply with Section 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING. N NOT USED O Securely attach identification signs to control valves, drain valves, and test valves. Locate hydraulic placard information signs at each sectional control valve where there is a zone water flow switch. P Repairs: Repair damage to the building or equipment resulting from the installation of the sprinkler system by the installer at no additional expense to the Owner Q. Interruption of Service There shall be no interruption of the existing sprinkler protection, water electric, or fire alarm services without prior permission of the Owner Contractor shall develop an interim fire protection program where interruptions involve in occupied spaces. Request in writing at least one week prior to the planned interruption. 3.2 INSPECTION AND TEST A. Preliminary Testing: Flush newly installed systems prior to performing hydrostatic tests in order to remove any debris which may have been left as well as ensuring piping is unobstructed Hydrostatically test system, including the fire department connections, as specified in NFPA 13, in the presence of the owner or his designated representative. B Final Inspection and Testing: Subject system to tests in accordance with NFPA 13, and when all necessary corrections have been accomplished, advise the owner to schedule a final inspection and test. Connection to the fire alarm system shall have been in service for at least ten days prior to the final inspection, with adjustments made to prevent false alarms. Furnish all instruments, labor and materials required for the tests and provide the services of the installation foreman or other competent representative of the installer to perform the tests. Correct deficiencies and retest system as necessary prior to the final acceptance. Include the operation of all features of the systems under normal operations in test. E N D WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SECTION 23 05 11 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART1 GENERAL 1 1 DESCRIPTION A. The requirements of this Section apply to all sections of Division 23. B. Definitions: 1 Exposed: Piping, ductwork, and equipment exposed to view in finished rooms. 2. Option or optional: Contractor's choice of an alternate material or method. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. B. Division 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. C Section 02 82 00 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT D Section 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS E. Section 07 90 05, JOINT SEALERS. F Section 09 90 00 PAINTING. G. Division 26, REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mechanical, electrical and associated systems shall be safe, reliable, efficient, durable, easily and safely operable and maintainable, easily and safely accessible and in compliance with applicable codes as specified. The systems shall be comprised of high quality institutional -class and industrial -class products of manufacturers that are experienced specialists in the required product lines. All construction firms and personnel shall be experienced and qualified specialists in industrial and institutional HVAC as applicable. B Products Criteria: 1 Standard Products: Material and equipment shall be the standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the products for at least 3 years. The design, model and size of each item shall have been in satisfactory and efficient operation on at least three installations for approximately three years. However digital electronics devices, software and systems such as controls, instruments, computer work station, shall be the current generation of technology and basic design that has a proven satisfactory service record of at least three years. See other specification sections for any exceptions. 2. All items furnished shall be free from defects that would adversely affect the performance, maintainability and appearance of individual components and overall assembly 3. Conform to codes and standards as required by the specifications. Conform to local codes, if the local codes are more stringent then those specified. Refer any conflicts to the Engineer COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 4 Multiple Units: When two or more units of materials or equipment of the same type or class are required, these units shall be products of one manufacturer 5. Assembled Units. Manufacturers of equipment assemblies, which use components made by others, assume complete responsibility for the final assembled product. 6. Nameplates: Nameplate bearing manufacturer's name or identifiable trademark shall be securely affixed in a conspicuous place on equipment, or name or trademark cast integrally with equipment, stamped or otherwise permanently marked on each item of equipment. 7 Asbestos products or equipment or materials containing asbestos shall not be used. E. Equipment Service Organizations: 1 HVAC Products and systems shall be supported by service organizations that maintain a complete inventory of repair parts and are located reasonably close to the site. F HVAC Mechanical Systems Welding: Before any welding is performed contractor shall submit a certificate certifying that welders comply with the following requirements: 1 Qualify welding processes and operators for piping according to ASME 'Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code' Section IX, 'Welding and Brazing Qualifications' 2. Comply with provisions of ASME B31 series 'Code for Pressure Piping' 3. Certify that each welder has passed American Welding Society (AWS) qualification tests for the welding processes involved, and that certification is current. G. Execution (Installation, Construction) Quality 1 Apply and install all items in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Refer conflicts between the manufacturer's instructions and the contract drawings and specifications to the Engineer for resolution. 2. All items that reauire access. such as for operating. cleanina. servicina. maintenance. and calibration. shall be easily and safely accessible by persons standing at floor level. or standina on permanent platforms, without the use of portable ladders. Examples of these items include. but are not limited to: all types of valves. filters and strainers. transmitters. control devices. Prior to commencing installation work, refer conflicts between this requirement and contract drawings to the Engineer for resolution 3. Provide complete layout drawings required by Paragraph, SUBMITTALS. Do not commence construction work on any system until the layout drawings have been approved. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Division 01 and with requirements in the individual specification sections. B Contractor shall make all necessary field measurements and investigations to assure that the equipment and assemblies will meet contract requirements. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511 2 t r 7 1 i 1 J 1 1 1 r 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 l 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization C If equipment is submitted which differs in arrangement from that shown, provide drawings that show the rearrangement of all associated systems. Approval will be given only if all features of the equipment and associated systems, including accessibility are equivalent to that required by the contract. D Prior to submitting shop drawings for approval contractor shall certify in writing that manufacturers of all major items of equipment have each reviewed drawings and specifications, and have jointly coordinated and properly integrated their equipment and controls to provide a complete and efficient installation. E. Upon request by the Owner provide lists of previous installations for selected items of equipment. Include contact persons who will serve as references, with telephone numbers and e -mail addresses. F Submittals and shop drawings for interdependent items, containing applicable descriptive information, shall be furnished together and complete in a group. Coordinate and properly integrate materials and equipment in each group to provide a completely compatible and efficient installation. Final review and approvals will be made only by groups. G. Samples: Samples will not be required except for insulation or where materials offered differ from specification requirements. Samples shall be accompanied by full description of characteristics different from specification. The Contractor may submit samples of additional material at the Contractor's option H Layout Drawings: 1 Submit complete consolidated and coordinated layout drawings for all new systems, and for existing systems that are in the same areas. 2. The drawings shall include plan views, elevations and sections of all systems and shall be on a scale of not less than 1:32 (3/8 -inch equal to one foot). Clearly identify and dimension the proposed locations of the principal items of equipment. The drawings shall clearly show locations and adequate clearance for all equipment, piping, valves, control panels and other items. Show the access means for all items requiring access for operations and maintenance. Provide detailed layout drawings of all piping and duct systems. 3. Do not install equipment foundations, equipment or piping until layout drawings have been approved. 4 For HVAC systems, provide details of the following: a. Mechanical equipment rooms. b Interstitial space. c. Hangers, inserts, supports, and bracing. d. Pipe sleeves. e. Duct or equipment penetrations of floors, walls, ceilings, or roofs. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization I Manufacturer's Literature and Data: Submit under the pertinent section rather than under this section. 1 Submit belt drive with the driven equipment. Submit selection data for specific drives when requested by the Resident Engineer 2. Submit electric motor data and variable speed drive data with the driven equipment. 3. Equipment and materials identification 4 Fire stopping materials. 5 Hangers, inserts supports and bracing. Provide Toad calculations for variable spring and constant support hangers. 6. Wall floor and ceiling plates. J HVAC Maintenance Data and Operating Instructions: 1 Maintenance and operating manuals in accordance with Division 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2. Provide a listing of recommended replacement parts for keeping in stock supply including sources of supply for equipment. 1.5 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only B Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI): 430 -99 Central Station Air Handling Units C American National Standard Institute (ANSI): B31 1 -2004 Power Piping D Rubber Manufacturers Association (ANSI /RMA): IP 20 -2007 IP -21 1991(1997) IP 22 2007 Section 1 -2007 Section IX -2007 Code for Pressure Piping: B31 1 -2004 Drives Using Classical V -Belts and Sheaves Drives Using Double -V (Hexagonal) Belts Drives Using Narrow V -Belts and Sheaves E. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA): 410 -96 Recommended Safety Practices for Air Moving Devices F American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC): Power Boilers Welding and Brazing Qualifications Power Piping, with Amendments G American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A36/A36M -05 Carbon Structural Steel A575- 96(2002) Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality M- Grades R (2002) COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 ti OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization E84 -07 Standard Test Method for Burning Characteristics of Building Materials E119 -07 Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials H Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) of the Valve and Fittings Industry Inc: SP 58 -2002 Pipe Hangers and Supports- Materials, Design and Manufacture SP 69 -2003 Pipe Hangers and Supports- Selection and Application SP 127 2001 Bracing for Piping Systems, Seismic Wind Dynamic, Design, Selection Application J National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): MG -1 2006 Motors and Generators K. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 31 -06 Standard for Installation of Oil- Burning Equipment 54 -06 National Fuel Gas Code 70 -08 National Electrical Code 85 -07 Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazard Code 90A -02 Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 101 -06 Life Safety Code 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protection of Equipment: 1 Equipment and material placed on the job site shall remain in the custody of the Contractor until phased acceptance, whether or not the Owner has reimbursed the Contractor for the equipment and material. The Contractor is solely responsible for the protection of such equipment and material against any damage. 2. Place damaged equipment in first class, new operating condition; or replace same as determined and directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative. Such repair or replacement shall be at no additional cost to the Owner 3 Protect interiors of new equipment and piping systems against entry of foreign matter Clean both inside and outside before painting or placing equipment in operation. 4 Existing equipment and piping being worked on by the Contractor shall be under the custody and responsibility of the Contractor and shall be protected as required for new work. B Cleanliness of Piping and Equipment Systems: 1 Exercise care in storage and handling of equipment and piping material to be incorporated in the work. Remove debris arising from cutting, threading and welding of piping. 2. Piping systems shall be flushed, blown or pigged as necessary to deliver clean systems. 3. Contractor shall be fully responsible for all costs, damage, and delay arising from failure to provide clean systems. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FACTORY ASSEMBLED PRODUCTS A. Provide maximum standardization of components to reduce spare part requirements. B Manufacturers of equipment assemblies that include components made by others shall assume complete responsibility for final assembled unit. 1 All components of an assembled unit need not be products of same manufacturer 2. Constituent parts that are alike shall be products of a single manufacturer 3. Components shall be compatible with each other and with the total assembly for intended service. 4 Contractor shall guarantee performance of assemblies of components, and shall repair or replace elements of the assemblies as required to deliver specified performance of the complete assembly C Components of equipment shall bear manufacturer's name and trademark, model number serial number and performance data on a name plate securely affixed in a conspicuous place, or cast integral with, stamped or otherwise permanently marked upon the components of the equipment. D Major items of equipment, which serve the same function, must be the same make and model. Exceptions will be permitted if performance requirements cannot be met. 2.2 COMPATIBILITY OF RELATED EQUIPMENT Equipment and materials installed shall be compatible in all respects with other items being furnished and with existing items so that the result will be a complete and fully operational plant that conforms to contract requirements. 2.3 NOT USED 2.4 NOT USED 2.5 LIFTING ATTACHMENTS Provide equipment with suitable lifting attachments to enable equipment to be lifted in its normal position. Lifting attachments shall withstand any handling conditions that might be encountered, without bending or distortion of shape, such as rapid lowering and braking of load 2.6 ELECTRIC MOTORS A. Provide all electrical wiring, conduit, and devices necessary for the proper connection, protection and operation of the systems. Provide special energy efficient motors as scheduled. Unless otherwise specified for a particular application use electric motors with the following requirements. B. Single -phase Motors: Capacitor -start type for hard starting applications. Motors for centrifugal fans and pumps may be split phase or permanent split capacitor (PSC). C. Poly -phase Motors: NEMA Design B, Squirrel cage, induction type. Each two -speed motor shall have two separate windings. Provide a time- delay (20 seconds minimum) relay for switching from high to low speed. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511 6 1 1 1 1 k 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization D Rating: Continuous duty at 100 percent capacity in an ambient temperature of 40 degrees centigrade (104 degrees F); minimum horsepower as shown on drawings; maximum horsepower in normal operation not to exceed nameplate rating without service factor E. Special Requirements: 1 Where motor power requirements of equipment furnished deviate from power shown on plans, provide electrical service designed under the requirements of NFPA 70 without additional time or cost to the Owner 2. Assemblies of motors, starters, controls and interlocks on factory assembled and wired devices shall be in accordance with the requirements of this specification. 3. Wire and cable materials specified in the electrical division of the specifications shall be modified as follows. a. Wiring material located where temperatures can exceed 71 degrees C (160 degrees F) shall be stranded copper with Teflon FEP insulation with jacket. This includes wiring on the boilers. b Other wiring at boilers and to control panels shall be NFPA 70 designation THWN c. Provide shielded conductors or wiring in separate conduits for all instrumentation and control systems where recommended by manufacturer of equipment. 4 Select motor sizes so that the motors do not operate into the service factor at maximum required loads on the driven equipment. Motors on pumps shall be sized for non overloading at all points on the pump performance curves. 5 Motors utilized with variable frequency drives shall be rated 'inverter- ready' per NEMA Standard, MG1 Part 31 4 4.2. Provide motor shaft grounding apparatus that will protect bearings from damage from stray currents. F Motor Efficiency and Power Factor All motors, when specified as 'high efficiency" by the project specifications on driven equipment, shall conform to 'NEMA premium efficient" standards, the requirements generally exceed those of the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT). Motors not specified as 'high efficiency' shall comply with EPACT G Insulation Resistance: Not less than one -half meg -ohm between stator conductors and frame, to be determined at the time of final inspection. 2.7 VARIABLE SPEED MOTOR CONTROLLERS A. The combination of controller and motor shall be provided by the manufacturer of the driven equipment, such as pumps and fans, and shall be rated for 100 percent output performance. Multiple units of the same class of equipment, i.e. air handlers, fans, pumps, shall be product of a single manufacturer B Motors shall be energy efficient type and be approved by the motor controller manufacturer The controller -motor combination shall be guaranteed to provide full motor nameplate horsepower in variable frequency operation. Both driving and driven motor /fan sheaves shall be fixed pitch. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511 7 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization C Controller shall not add any current or voltage transients to the input AC power distribution system, DDC controls, sensitive medical equipment, etc. nor shall be affected from other devices on the AC power system. 2.8 NOT USED 2.9 NOT USED 2.10 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS IDENTIFICATION A. Use symbols, nomenclature and equipment numbers specified, shown on the drawings and shown in the maintenance manuals. In addition, provide bar code identification nameplate for all equipment which will allow the equipment identification code to be scanned into the system for maintenance and inventory tracking. Identification for piping is specified in Section 09 90 00 PAINTING. B Interior (Indoor) Equipment: Engraved nameplates, with letters not less than 48 mm (3/16 -inch) high of brass with black filled letters, or rigid black plastic with white letters specified in Section 09 90 00 PAINTING permanently fastened to the equipment. Identify unit components such as coils, filters, fans, etc. C Exterior (Outdoor) Equipment: Brass nameplates, with engraved black filled letters, not less than 48 mm (3/16 -inch) high riveted or bolted to the equipment. D Control Items: Label all temperature and humidity sensors, controllers and control dampers. Identify and label each item as they appear on the control diagrams. E. Valve Tags and Lists: 1 HVAC: Provide for all valves. 2. Valve tags: Engraved black filled numbers and letters not less than 13 mm (1/2 -inch) high for number designation and not less than 6.4 mm(1 /4 -inch) for service designation on 19 gage 38 mm (1 1/2 inches) round brass disc, attached with brass 'S' hook or brass chain. 3 Valve lists: Typed or printed plastic coated card(s), sized 216 mm(8 -1/2 inches) by 280 mm (11 inches) showing tag number valve function and area of control, for each service or system. Punch sheets for a 3 -ring notebook. 4 Provide detailed plan for each floor of the building indicating the location and valve number for each valve. Identify location of each valve with a color coded thumb tack in ceiling. 2.11 FIRESTOPPING Section 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING specifies an effective barrier against the spread of fire, smoke and gases where penetrations occur for piping and ductwork. 2.12 GALVANIZED REPAIR COMPOUND Mil. Spec. DOD- P- 21035B, paint form. 2.13 HVAC PIPE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AND RESTRAINTS A. Supports for Roof Mounted Items: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511 8 1 i 1 1 t IJ i r 1 1 t 1 A t 1 1 1 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1 Equipment: Equipment rails shall be galvanized steel, minimum 1.3 mm (18 gauge), with integral baseplate, continuous welded corner seams, factory installed 50 mm by 100 mm (2 by 4) treated wood nailer 1.3 mm (18 gauge) galvanized steel counter flashing cap with screws, built -in cant strip (except for gypsum or tectum deck), minimum height 280 mm (11 inches). For surface insulated roof deck, provide raised cant strip to start at the upper surface of the insulation 2. Pipe /duct pedestals: Provide a galvanized Unistrut channel welded to U- shaped mounting brackets which are secured to side of rail with galvanized lag bolts. B. Pipe Supports. Comply with MSS SP 58. Type Numbers specified refer to this standard. For selection and application comply with MSS SP -69 Refer to Section 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS for miscellaneous metal support materials and prime coat painting requirements. C Attachment to Concrete Building Construction. 1 Concrete insert: MSS SP 58, Type 18. 2. Self- drilling expansion shields and machine bolt expansion anchors: Permitted in concrete not less than 102 mm (four inches) thick when approved by the Engineer for each job condition. 3. Power driven fasteners: Permitted in existing concrete or masonry not less than 102 mm (four inches) thick when approved by the Engineer for each job condition. D Attachment to Steel Building Construction. 1 Welded attachment: MSS SP 58 Type 22. 2. Beam clamps: MSS SP -58, Types 20 21 28 or 29 Type 23 C -clamp may be used for individual copper tubing up to 23mm (7/8 -inch) outside diameter E. Attachment to Wood Construction: Wood screws or lag bolts. F Hanger Rods: Hot rolled steel, ASTM A36 or A575 for allowable load listed in MSS SP 58 For piping, provide adjustment means for controlling level or slope. Types 13 or 15 turn buckles shall provide 38 mm (1 1/2 inches) minimum of adjustment and incorporate locknuts. All-thread rods are acceptable. G. Hangers Supporting Multiple Pipes (Trapeze Hangers): Galvanized, cold formed, lipped steel channel horizontal member not less than 41 mm by 41 mm (1 5/8 inches by 1 5/8 inches), 2.7 mm (No. 12 gage), designed to accept special spring held, hardened steel nuts. Not permitted for steam supply and condensate piping. 1 Allowable hanger load: Manufacturers rating less 91 kg (200 pounds). 2. Guide individual pipes on the horizontal member of every other trapeze hanger with 6 mm (1/4 -inch) U -bolt fabricated from steel rod. Provide Type 40 insulation shield, secured by two 13mm (1/2 -inch) galvanized steel bands, or preinsulated calcium silicate shield for insulated piping at each hanger COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511 9 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization H Supports for Piping Systems: 1 Select hangers sized to encircle insulation on insulated piping. To protect insulation, provide Type 39 saddles for roller type supports or preinsulated calcium silicate shields. Provide Type 40 insulation shield or preinsulated calcium silicate shield at all other types of supports and hangers including those for preinsulated piping. 2. Piping Systems except High and Medium Pressure Steam (MSS SP -58): a. Standard clevis hanger Type 1 provide locknut. b Riser clamps: Type 8. c. Wall brackets: Types 31 32 or 33. d. Roller supports: Type 41 43, 44 and 46. e Saddle support: Type 36 37 or 38 f Turnbuckle: Types 13 or 15 Preinsulate. g. U -bolt clamp Type 24 h Copper Tube: 1) Hangers, clamps and other support material in contact with tubing shall be painted with copper colored epoxy paint, plastic coated or taped with non adhesive isolation tape to prevent electrolysis. 2) For vertical runs use epoxy painted or plastic coated riser clamps. 3) For supporting tube to strut: Provide epoxy painted pipe straps for copper tube or plastic inserted vibration isolation clamps. 4) Insulated Lines: Provide pre insulated calcium silicate shields sized for copper tube. i. Supports for plastic or glass piping: As recommended by the pipe manufacturer with black rubber tape extending one inch beyond steel support or clamp 3. High and Medium Pressure Steam (MSS SP 58): a. Provide eye rod or Type 17 eye nut near the upper attachment. b Piping 50 mm (2 inches) and larger Type 43 roller hanger For roller hangers requiring seismic bracing provide a Type 1 clevis hanger with Type 41 roller attached by flat side bars. c. Piping with Vertical Expansion and Contraction: 1) Movement up to 20 mm (3/4- inch): Type 51 or 52 variable spring unit with integral turn buckle and Toad indicator 2) Movement more than 20 mm (3/4- inch): Type 54 or 55 constant support unit with integral adjusting nut, turn buckle and travel position indicator 4 Convertor and Expansion Tank Hangers: May be Type 1 sized for the shell diameter Insulation where required will cover the hangers. I Seismic Restraint of Piping and Ductwork: Refer to Section 13 05 41 SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS. Comply with MSS SP 127 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511 10 1 i 1 1 i r r 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2.14 PIPE PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves during construction for other than blocked out floor openings for risers in mechanical bays. B To prevent accidental liquid spills from passing to a lower level, provide the following: 1 For sleeves: Extend sleeve 25 mm (one inch) above finished floor and provide sealant for watertight joint. 2. For blocked out floor openings: Provide 40 mm (1 1/2 inch) angle set in silicone adhesive around opening. 3. For drilled penetrations: Provide 40 mm (1 1/2 inch) angle ring or square set in silicone adhesive around penetration. C Penetrations are not allowed through beams or ribs, but may be installed in concrete beam flanges. Any deviation from these requirements must receive prior approval of the Engineer D Sheet Metal Plastic, or Moisture resistant Fiber Sleeves. Provide for pipe passing through floors, interior walls, and partitions, unless brass or steel pipe sleeves are specifically called for below E. Cast Iron or Zinc Coated Pipe Sleeves: Provide for pipe passing through exterior walls below grade. Make space between sleeve and pipe watertight with a modular or link rubber seal. Seal shall be applied at both ends of sleeve. F Galvanized Steel or an alternate Black Iron Pipe with asphalt coating Sleeves: Provide for pipe passing through concrete beam flanges, except where brass pipe sleeves are called for Provide sleeve for pipe passing through floor of mechanical rooms, laundry work rooms, and animal rooms above basement. Except in mechanical rooms, connect sleeve with floor plate. G Brass Pipe Sleeves: Provide for pipe passing through quarry tile, terrazzo or ceramic tile floors. Connect sleeve with floor plate. H Sleeves are not required for wall hydrants for fire department connections or in drywall construction I. Sleeve Clearance: Sleeve through floors, walls, partitions, and beam flanges shall be one inch greater in diameter than external diameter of pipe. Sleeve for pipe with insulation shall be large enough to accommodate the insulation. Interior openings shall be caulked tight with fire stopping material and sealant to prevent the spread of fire, smoke and gases. J. Sealant and Adhesives: Shall be as specified in Section 07 92 00 JOINT SEALERS. 2.15 SPECIAL TOOLS AND LUBRICANTS A. Furnish, and turn over to the Owner special tools not readily available commercially that are required for disassembly or adjustment of equipment and machinery furnished. B Grease Guns with Attachments for Applicable Fittings: One for each type of grease required for each motor or other equipment. C Tool Containers: Hardwood or metal, permanently identified for in tended service and mounted, or located, where directed by the Owner COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511 11 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization D Lubricants: A minimum of 0 95 L (one quart) of oil and 0 45 kg (one pound) of grease, of equipment manufacturer's recommended grade and type in unopened containers and properly identified as to use for each different application 2.16 WALL, FLOOR AND CEILING PLATES A. Material and Type. Chrome plated brass or chrome plated steel, one piece or split type with concealed hinge, with set screw for fastening to pipe, or sleeve. Use plates that fit tight around pipes, cover openings around pipes and cover the entire pipe sleeve projection. B. Thickness: Not Tess than 2.4 mm (3/32 -inch) for floor plates. For wall and ceiling plates, not less than 0.64 mm (0 025 -inch) for up to 80 mm (3 -inch pipe), 0.89 mm (0.035 -inch) for larger pipe. C Locations: Use where pipe penetrates floors, walls and ceilings in exposed locations, in finished areas only Use also where insulation ends on exposed water supply pipe drop from overhead. Provide a watertight joint in spaces where brass or steel pipe sleeves are specified. 2.17 ASBESTOS Materials containing asbestos are not permitted PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 ARRANGEMENT AND INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND PIPING A. Coordinate location of piping, sleeves, inserts, hangers, ductwork and equipment. Locate piping, sleeves, inserts, hangers, ductwork and equipment clear of windows, doors, openings, light outlets, and other services and utilities. Prepare equipment layout drawings to coordinate proper location and personnel access of all facilities. Submit the drawings for review as required by Part 1 Follow manufacturer's published recommendations for installation methods not otherwise specified B Operating Personnel Access and Observation Provisions: Select and arrange all equipment and systems to provide clear view and easy access, without use of portable ladders, for maintenance and operation of all devices including, but not limited to: all equipment items, valves, filters, strainers, transmitters, sensors, control devices. All gages and indicators shall be clearly visible by personnel standing on the floor or on permanent platforms. Do not reduce or change maintenance and operating space and access provisions that are shown on the drawings. C Equipment and Piping Support: Coordinate structural systems necessary for pipe and equipment support with pipe and equipment locations to permit proper installation. D Location of pipe sleeves, trenches and chases shall be accurately coordinated with equipment and piping locations. E. Cutting Holes: 1 Cut holes through concrete and masonry by rotary core drill. Pneumatic hammer impact electric, and hand or manual hammer type drill will not be allowed except as permitted by Owner /Engineer where working area space is limited COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2. Locate holes to avoid interference with structural members such as beams or grade beams. Holes shall be laid out in advance and drilling done only after approval by Owner /Engineer If the Contractor considers it necessary to drill through structural members, this matter shall be referred to Owner for approval. 3 Do not penetrate membrane waterproofing. F Interconnection of Instrumentation or Control Devices: Generally electrical and pneumatic interconnections are not shown but must be provided. G. Minor Piping: Generally small diameter pipe runs from drips and drains, water cooling, and other service are not shown but must be provided. H Electrical and Pneumatic Interconnection of Controls and Instruments: This generally not shown but must be provided. This includes interconnections of sensors, transmitters, transducers, control devices, control and instrumentation panels, instruments and computer workstations. Comply with NFPA -70 I Protection and Cleaning: 1 Equipment and materials shall be carefully handled, properly stored, and adequately protected to prevent damage before and during installation, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the Engineer Damaged or defective items in the opinion of the Engineer shall be replaced. 2. Protect all finished parts of equipment, such as shafts and bearings where accessible, from rust prior to operation by means of protective grease coating and wrapping. Close pipe openings with caps or plugs during installation. Tightly cover and protect fixtures and equipment against dirt, water chemical, or mechanical injury At completion of all work thoroughly clean fixtures, exposed materials and equipment. J Concrete and Grout: Use concrete and shrink compensating grout 25 MPa (3000 psi) minimum. K. Install gages, thermometers, valves and other devices with due regard for ease in reading or operating and maintaining said devices. Locate and position thermometers and gages to be easily read by operator or staff standing on floor or walkway provided. Servicing shall not require dismantling adjacent equipment or pipe work. L. Work in Existing Building: 1 Make alterations to existing service piping at times that will least interfere with normal operation of the facility 2. Cut required openings through existing masonry and reinforced concrete using diamond core drills. Use of pneumatic hammer type drills, impact type electric drills, and hand or manual hammer type drills, will be permitted only with approval of the Engineer Locate openings that will least effect structural slabs, columns, ribs or beams. Refer to the Engineer for determination of proper design for openings through structural sections and opening layouts COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511 13 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization approval prior to cutting or drilling into structure. After Engineer's approval carefully cut opening through construction no larger than absolutely necessary for the required installation. M. Switchgear Drip Protection: Every effort shall be made to eliminate the installation of pipe above electrical and telephone switchgear If this is not possible encase pipe in a second pipe with a minimum of joints. N Inaccessible Equipment: 1 Where the Owner's Representative determines that the Contractor has installed equipment not conveniently accessible for operation and maintenance, equipment shall be removed and reinstalled or remedial action performed as directed at no additional cost to the Owner 2. The term 'conveniently accessible' is defined as capable of being reached without the use of ladders, or without climbing or crawling under or over obstacles such as motors, fans, pumps, belt guards, transformers, high voltage lines, piping, and ductwork. 3.2 TEMPORARY PIPING AND EQUIPMENT A. Continuity of operation of existing facilities will generally require temporary installation or relocation of equipment and piping. B The Contractor shall provide all required facilities in accordance with the requirements of phased construction and maintenance of service. All piping and equipment shall be properly supported sloped to drain, operate without excessive stress, and shall be insulated where injury can occur to personnel by contact with operating facilities. The requirements of Para. 3.1 apply C Temporary facilities and piping shall be completely removed and any openings in structures sealed. Provide necessary blind flanges and caps to seal open piping remaining in service. 3.3 RIGGING A. Design is based on application of available equipment. Openings in building structures are planned to accommodate design scheme. B Altemative methods of equipment delivery may be offered by Contractor and will be considered by Government under specified restrictions of phasing and maintenance of service as well as structural integrity of the building. C Close all openings in the building when not required for rigging operations to maintain proper environment in the facility for Govemment operation and maintenance of service. D Contractor shall provide all facilities required to deliver specified equipment and place on foundations. Attachments to structures for rigging purposes and support of equipment on structures shall be Contractor's full responsibility Upon request, the Owner will check structure adequacy and advise Contractor of recommended restrictions. E. Contractor shall check all clearances, weight limitations and shall offer a rigging plan designed by a Registered Professional Engineer All modifications to structures, including reinforcement thereof shall be at Contractor's cost, time and responsibility F Rigging plan and methods shall be referred to Engineer for evaluation prior to actual work. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511 14 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization G. Restore building to original condition upon completion of rigging work. 3.4 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Where hanger spacing does not correspond with joist or rib spacing, use structural steel channels secured directly to joist and rib structure that will correspond to the required hanger spacing, and then suspend the equipment and piping from the channels. Drill or burn holes in structural steel only with the prior approval of the Engineer B Use of chain wire or strap hangers; wood for blocking, stays and bracing; or hangers suspended from piping above will not be permitted. Replace or thoroughly clean rusty products and paint with zinc primer C. Use hanger rods that are straight and vertical. Turnbuckles for vertical adjustments may be omitted where limited space prevents use. Provide a minimum of 15 mm (1/2 -inch) clearance between pipe or piping covering and adjacent work. D HVAC Horizontal Pipe Support Spacing: Refer to MSS SP -69 Provide additional supports at valves, strainers, in -line pumps and other heavy components. Provide a support within one foot of each elbow E. HVAC Vertical Pipe Supports: 1 Up to 150 mm (6 -inch pipe), 9 m (30 feet) long, bolt riser clamps to the pipe below couplings, or welded to the pipe and rests supports securely on the building structure. 2. Vertical pipe larger than the foregoing, support on base elbows or tees, or substantial pipe legs extending to the building structure. F Overhead Supports: 1 The basic structural system of the building is designed to sustain the Toads imposed by equipment and piping to be supported overhead 2. Provide steel structural members, in addition to those shown, of adequate capability to support the imposed Toads, located in accordance with the final approved layout of equipment and piping. 3. Tubing and capillary systems shall be supported in channel troughs. G. Floor Supports: 1 Provide concrete bases, concrete anchor blocks and pedestals, and structural steel systems for support of equipment and piping. Anchor and dowel concrete bases and structural systems to resist forces under operating and seismic conditions (if applicable) without excessive displacement or structural failure. 2. Do not locate or install bases and supports until equipment mounted thereon has been approved. Size bases to match equipment mounted thereon plus 50 mm (2 inch) excess on all edges. Bases shall be neatly finished and smoothed, shall have chamfered edges at the top and shall be suitable for painting. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511 15 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3 All equipment shall be shimmed, leveled, firmly anchored, and grouted with epoxy grout. Anchor bolts shall be placed in sleeves, anchored to the bases. Fill the annular space between sleeves and bolts with a granular material to permit alignment and realignment. 4 For seismic anchoring, refer to Section 13 05 41 SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS 3.5 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION A. Rigging access, other than indicated on the drawings, shall be provided by the Contractor after approval for structural integrity by the Engineer Such access shall be provided without additional cost or time to the Owner Where work is in an operating plant, provide approved protection from dust and debris at all times for the safety of plant personnel and maintenance of plant operation and environment of the plant. B. In an operating facility maintain the operation, cleanliness and safety Hospital personnel will be carrying on their normal duties of operating, cleaning and maintaining equipment and plant operation Confine the work to the immediate area concerned; maintain cleanliness and wet down demolished materials to eliminate dust. Do not permit debris to accumulate in the area to the detriment of plant operation. Perform all flame cutting to maintain the fire safety integrity of this plant. Adequate fire extinguishing facilities shall be available at all times. Perform all work in accordance with recognized fire protection standards. Inspection will be made by personnel of the Medical Center and Contractor shall follow all directives of the Owner with regard to rigging, safety fire safety and maintenance of operations. C Completely remove all piping, wiring, conduit, and other devices associated with the equipment not to be re -used in the new work. This includes all pipe, valves, fittings, insulation and all hangers including the top connection and any fastenings to building structural systems. Seal all openings, after removal of equipment, pipes, ducts, and other penetrations in roof walls, floors, in an approved manner and in accordance with plans and specifications where specifically covered. Structural integrity of the building system shall be maintained. Reference shall also be made to the drawings and specifications of the other disciplines in the project for additional facilities to be demolished or handled. D All valves including gate, globe, ball, butterfly and check, all pressure gages and thermometers with wells shall remain the Owner's property and shall be removed and delivered to Owner and stored as directed. The Contractor shall remove all other material and equipment, devices and demolition debris under these plans and specifications. Such material shall be removed from Owner's property expeditiously and shall not be allowed to accumulate. E. Asbestos Insulation Removal. Conform to Section 02 82 00 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3.6 CLEANING AND PAINTING A. Prior to final inspection and acceptance of the plant and facilities for beneficial use by the Owner the plant facilities, equipment and systems shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted Refer to Section 09 90 00 PAINTING. B In addition the following special conditions apply 1 Cleaning shall be thorough. Use solvents, cleaning materials and methods recommended by the manufacturers for the specific tasks. Remove all rust prior to painting and from surfaces to remain unpainted. Repair scratches, scuffs, and abrasions prior to applying prime and finish coats. 2. Material And Equipment Not To Be Painted Includes: a. Motors, controllers, control switches, and safety switches. b Control and interlock devices. c. Regulators. d Pressure reducing valves. e. Control valves and thermostatic elements. f Lubrication devices and grease fittings. g. Copper brass, aluminum, stainless steel and bronze surfaces. h. Valve stems and rotating shafts. i Pressure gauges and thermometers. j. Glass. k. Name plates. 3. Control and instrument panels shall be cleaned, damaged surfaces repaired, and shall be touched -up with matching paint obtained from panel manufacturer 4 Pumps, motors, steel and cast iron bases, and coupling guards shall be cleaned and shall be touched -up with the same color as utilized by the pump manufacturer 5. Temporary Facilities: Apply paint to surfaces that do not have existing finish coats. 6. Paint shall withstand the following temperatures without peeling or discoloration: a. 38 degrees C (100 degrees F) on insulation jacket surface and 120 degrees C (250 degrees F) on metal pipe surface. 7 Final result shall be smooth, even colored, even textured factory finish on all items. Completely repaint the entire piece of equipment if necessary to achieve this. 3.7 IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Provide laminated plastic signs, with engraved lettering not less than 5 mm (3/16 -inch) high, designating functions, for all equipment, switches, motor controllers, relays, meters, control devices, including automatic control valves. Nomenclature and identification symbols shall correspond to that used in maintenance manual and in diagrams specified elsewhere. Attach by chain, adhesive, or screws. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511 17 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization B Factory Built Equipment: Metal plate, securely attached with name arid address of manufacturer serial number model number size, performance. C Pipe Identification. Refer to Section 09 90 00 PAINTING 3.8 NOT USED 3.9 LUBRICATION A. Lubricate all devices requiring lubrication prior to initial operation. Field -check all devices for proper lubrication. B Equip all devices with required lubrication fittings or devices. Provide a minimum of one liter (one quart) of oil and 0.5 kg (one pound) of grease of manufacturer's recommended grade and type for each different application also provide 12 grease sticks for lubricated plug valves. Deliver all materials to Owner in unopened containers that are properly identified as to application. C Provide a separate grease gun with attachments for applicable fitting for each type of grease applied. D All lubrication points shall be accessible without disassembling equiprnent, except to remove access plates. 3.10 STARTUP AND TEMPORARY OPERATION Start up equipment as described in equipment specifications. Verify that vibration is within specified tolerance prior to extended operation. 3.11 OPERATING AND PERFORMANCE TESTS A. Prior to the final inspection, perform functional performance tests. B. Should evidence of malfunction in any tested system, or piece of equipment or component part thereof occur during or as a result of tests, make proper corrections, repairs or replacements, and repeat tests at no additional cost to the Owner C When completion of certain work or system occurs at a time when final control settings and adjustments cannot be properly made to make performance tests, then make performance tests for heating systems and for cooling systems respectively during first actual seasonal use of respective systems following completion of work. 3.12 NOT USED 3.13 INSTRUCTIONS TO HOSPITAL PERSONNEL Provide in accordance with Division 01 requirements. E N D COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511 18 1 ,1 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SECTION 23 23 00 REFRIGERANT PIPING PART1 GENERAL 1 1 DESCRIPTION A. Field refrigerant piping for direct expansion HVAC systems. B Definitions: 1 Refrigerating system: Combination of interconnected refrigerant- containing parts constituting one closed refrigeration circuit in which a refrigerant is circulated for the purpose of extracting heat. a. Low side means the parts of a refrigerating system subjected to evaporator pressure. b High side means the parts of a refrigerating system subjected to condenser pressure. 2. Brazed joint: A gas -tight joint obtained by the joining of metal parts with alloys which melt at temperatures higher than 449 degrees C (840 degrees F) but Tess than the melting temperatures of the joined parts. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 23 05 11 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC General mechanical requirements and items, which are common to more than one section of Division 23. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to specification Section 23 05 11 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC B. Comply with ASHRAE Standard 15, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. The application of this Code is intended to assure the safe design, construction, installation, operation, and inspection of every refrigerating system employing a fluid which normally is vaporized and liquefied in its refrigerating cycle. C. Comply with ASME B31.5. Refrigerant Piping and Heat Transfer Components. D Products shall comply with UL 207 'Refrigerant— Containing Components and Accessories, 'Nonelectrical' or UL 429 'Electrical Operated Valves. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with specification Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES B. Shop Drawings: 1 Sufficient information for components noted, including valves and refrigerant piping accessories, clearly presented, shall be included to determine compliance with drawings and specifications for components noted below a. Tubing and fittings b. Valves c. Strainers REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization d. e. f 9. h. k. m. 2. Layout of refrigerant piping and accessories, including flow capacities, valves locations, and oil traps slopes of horizontal runs, floor /wall penetrations, and equipment connection details. 1.5 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only B Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI): 495 -05 Standard for Refrigerant Liquid Receivers 730 -05 Flow Capacity Rating of Suction -Line Filters and Suction -Line Filter- Driers 750 -01 Thermostatic Refrigerant Expansion Valves 760 -01 Solenoid Valves for Use with Volatile Refrigerants C American Society 15 -04 17 -98 (RA2003). B16.22-2001 B16.24-2001 Moisture liquid indicators Filter- driers Flexible metal hose Liquid- suction interchanges Oil separators (when specified) Gages Pipe and equipment supports Refrigerant and oil Pipe /conduit roof penetration cover Soldering and brazing materials 63.1 -95 (RA 01). 831.5 -2001 (ADA 2004) B40 100 -05 B40.200 -01 of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE): Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems (ANSI) Method of Testing Capacity of Thermostatic Refrigerant Expansion Valves (ANSI) Method of Testing Liquid Line Refrigerant Driers (ANSI) D American National Standards Institute (ANSI): A13.1 -96 (REAF 2002) Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems Z535 1 -02 Safety Color Code E. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder -Joint Pressure Fittings (ANSI) Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 150 300 400 600 900 1500 and 2500 (ANSI) Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components (ANSI) Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments Thermometers, Direct Reading and Remote Reading REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 2 t 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization F American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Al26 -04 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings B32 -04 Standard Specification for Solder Metal B88 -03 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube B88M -05 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube (Metric) B280 -03 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service G. American Welding Society Inc. (AWS): Brazing Handbook A5.8/A5.8M -04 Standard Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding H Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.) Fed. Spec. GG H Underwriters Laboratories (U L.): U L.207 -01 (Rev.2004) Standard for Refrigerant- Containing Components and Accessories, Nonelectrical U.L.429 -99 (Rev.2006) Standard for Electrically Operated Valves PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING AND FITTINGS A. Refrigerant Piping: Copper refrigerant tube, ASTM B280 cleaned dehydrated and sealed, marked ACR on hard temper straight lengths. Coils shall be tagged ASTM B280 by the manufacturer B. Water and Drain Piping: Copper water tube, ASTM B88M, Type B or C (ASTM B88, Type M or L), or refrigerant tube ASTM B280 C Fittings, Valves and Accessories: 1 Solder joints: Wrought copper fittings, ASME B16.22. a. Solder refrigerant tubing: Cadmium free, AWS A5.8/A5.8M, 45 percent silver brazing alloy Class BAg -5 b Solder water and drain. 95 -5 tin- antimony ASTM B32 (95TA). 2. NOT USED 3. Refrigeration Valves: a. Stop Valves: Brass or bronze alloy packless, or packed type with gas tight cap frost proof backseating. b. Pressure Relief Valves: Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; UL listed. Forged brass with nonferrous, corrosion resistant internal working parts of high strength, REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization cast iron bodies conforming to ASTM Al26 Grade B Set valves in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 15. c. Thermostatic Expansion Valves: Comply with ARI 750 Brass body with stainless -steel or non corrosive non ferrous internal parts, diaphragm and spring- loaded (direct operated) type with sensing bulb and distributor having side connection for hot -gas bypass and external equalizer Size and operating characteristics as recommended by manufacturer of evaporator and factory set for superheat requirements. Solder -end connections. Testing and rating in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 17 4 Strainers. Designed to permit removing screen without removing strainer from piping system, and provided with screens 80 to 100 mesh in liquid lines DN 25 (NPS 1) and smaller 60 mesh in liquid lines larger than DN 25 (NPS 1), and 40 mesh in suction lines. Provide strainers in liquid line serving each thermostatic expansion valve, and in suction line serving each refrigerant compressor not equipped with integral strainer 5. Refrigerant Moisture /Liquid Indicators: Double- ported type having heavy sight glasses sealed into forged bronze body and incorporating means of indicating refrigerant charge and moisture indication. Provide screwed brass seal caps. 6 Refrigerant Filter- Dryers. UL listed, angle or in -line type, as shown on drawings. Conform to ARI Standard 730 and ASHRAE Standard 63.1 Heavy gage steel shell protected with corrosion resistant paint; perforated baffle plates to prevent desiccant bypass. Size as recommended by manufacturer for service and capacity of system with connection not less than the line size in which installed. Filter driers with replaceable filters shall be furnished with one spare element of each type and size. 7 Flexible Metal Hose. Seamless bronze corrugated hose, covered with bronze wire braid, with standard copper tube ends. Provide in suction and discharge piping of each compressor 2.2 NOT USED 2.3 NOT USED 2.4 PIPE SUPPORTS Refer to specification Section 23 05 11 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 2.5 NOT USED 2.6 REFRIGERANTS AND OIL Provide required refrigerant and oil for proper system operation. 2.7 PIPE /CONDUIT ROOF PENETRATION COVER A. Prefabricated Roof Curb: Galvanized steel or extruded aluminum 300 mm (12 inches) overall height, continuous welded corner seams, treated wood nailer 38 mm (1 1/2 inch) thick, 48 kg /cu.m (3 lb/cu ft.) density rigid mineral fiberboard insulation with metal liner built -in cant strip (except for gypsum or tectum decks). For surface insulated roof deck, provide raised cant strip REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 4 1 1 1 1 r OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization (recessed mounting flange) to start at the upper surface of the insulation. Curbs shall be constructed for pitched roof or ridge mounting as required to keep top of curb level. B Penetration Cover Galvanized sheet metal with flanged removable top. Provide 38 mm (1 1/2 inch) thick mineral fiber board insulation. C Flashing Sleeves: Provide sheet metal sleeves for conduit and pipe penetrations of the penetration cover Seal watertight penetrations. 2.8 PIPE INSULATION FOR DX HVAC SYSTEMS A. ASTM C177 C518, k 0 039 Watt per meter per degree C (0.27), at 24 degrees C (75 degrees F), flame spread not over 25, smoke developed not over 50 for temperatures from minus 4 degrees C (40 degrees F) to 93 degrees C (200 degrees F). No jacket required. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install refrigerant piping and refrigerant containing parts in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 15 and ASME B31.5 1 Install piping as short as possible, with a minimum number of joints, elbow and fittings. 2. Install piping with adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and hangers to allow for service and inspection Space piping, including insulation, to provide 25 mm (1 inch) minimum clearance between adjacent piping or other surface. Use pipe sleeves through walls, floors, and ceilings, sized to permit installation of pipes with full thickness insulation. 3. Locate and orient valves to permit proper operation and access for maintenance of packing, seat and disc. Generally locate valve stems in overhead piping in horizontal position Provide a union adjacent to one end of all threaded end valves. Control valves usually require reducers to connect to pipe sizes shown on the drawing. 4 Use copper tubing in protective conduit when installed below ground 6 Install hangers and supports per ASME B31.5 and the refrigerant piping manufacturer's recommendations. B. Joint Construction 1 Brazed Joints: Comply with AWS 'Brazing Handbook' and with filler materials complying with AWS A5.8/A5.8M. a. Use Type BcuP copper phosphorus alloy for joining copper socket fittings with copper tubing. b. Use Type BAg, cadmium -free silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel c. Swab fittings and valves with manufacturer's recommended cleaning fluid to remove oil and other compounds prior to installation. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization d. Pass nitrogen gas through the pipe or tubing to prevent oxidation as each joint is brazed. Cap the system with a reusable plug after each brazing operation to retain the nitrogen and prevent entrance of air and moisture. C Protect refrigerant system during construction against entrance of foreign matter dirt and moisture, have open ends of piping and connections to compressors, condensers, evaporators and other equipment tightly capped until assembly D Pipe relief valve discharge to outdoors for systems containing more than 45 kg (100 Ibs) of refrigerant. E. Firestopping: Fill openings around uninsulated piping penetrating floors or fire walls, with firestop material. For firestopping insulated piping refer to Section 23 07 11 HVAC, PLUMBING AND BOILER PLANT INSULATION F Seismic Bracing: Refer to specification Section SEISMIC RESTRAINTS REQUIREMENTS FOR NON STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS, for bracing of piping in seismic areas. 3.2 PIPE AND TUBING INSULATION A. Refer to specification Section 23 05 11 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC AND STEAM GENERATION B Apply two coats of weather- resistant finish as recommended by the manufacturer to insulation exposed to outdoor weather 3.3 SIGNS AND IDENTIFICATION A. Each refrigerating system erected on the premises shall be provided with an easily legible permanent sign securely attached and easily accessible, indicating thereon the name and address of the installer the kind and total number of pounds of refrigerant required in the system for normal operations, and the field test pressure applied. B Systems containing more than 50 kg (110 lb) of refrigerant shall be provided with durablejsigns, in accordance with ANSI A13.1 and ANSI Z535 1 having letters not less than 13 mm (1I inch) in height designating: 1 Valves and switches for controlling refrigerant flow the ventilation and the refrigerant compressor(s). 9 2. Signs on all exposed high pressure and low pressure piping installed outside the machinery room, with name of the refrigerant and the letters 'HP' or 'LP 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Prior to initial operation examine and inspect piping system for conformance to plans and specifications and ASME 631.5 Correct equipment, material, or work rejected because of defects or nonconformance with plans and specifications, and ANSI codes for pressure piping. 3.4 FIELD TESTS A. After completion of piping installation and prior to initial operation, conduct test on piping system according to ASME B31.5. Furnish materials and equipment required for tests. Perform tests in REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 6 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization the presence of the Engineer If the test fails, correct defects and perform the test again until it is satisfactorily done and all joints are proved tight. 1 Every refrigerant- containing parts of the system that is erected on the premises, except compressors, condensers, evaporators, safety devices, pressure gages, control mechanisms and systems that are factory tested, shall be tested and proved tight after complete installation, and before operation. 2. The high and low side of each system shall be tested and proved tight at not Tess than the lower of the design pressure or the setting of the pressure relief device protecting the high or low side of the system, respectively except systems erected on the premises using non -toxic and non flammable Group Al refrigerants with copper tubing not exceeding DN 18 (NPS 5/8). This may be tested by means of the refrigerant charged into the system at the saturated vapor pressure of the refrigerant at 20 degrees C (68 degrees F) minimum. B Test Medium: A suitable dry gas such as nitrogen or shall be used for pressure testing. The means used to build up test pressure shall have either a pressure limiting device or pressure reducing device with a pressure relief device and a gage on the outlet side. The pressure relief device shall be set above the test pressure but low enough to prevent permanent deformation of the system components. 3.5 SYSTEM TEST AND CHARGING A. System Test and Charging: As recommended by the equipment manufacturer or as follows: 1 Connect a drum of refrigerant to charging connection and introduce enough refrigerant into system to raise the pressure to 70 kPa (10 psi) gage. Close valves and disconnect refrigerant drum. Test system for leaks with halide test torch or other approved method suitable for the test gas used Repair all leaking joints and retest. 2. Connect a drum of dry nitrogen to charging valve and bring test pressure to design pressure for low side and for high side. Test entire system again for Teaks. 3. Evacuate the entire refrigerant system by the triplicate evacuation method with a vacuum pump equipped with an electronic gage reading in mPa (microns). Pull the system down to 665 mPa (500 microns) 665 mPa (2245 6 inches of mercury at 60 degrees F) and hold for four hours then break the vacuum with dry nitrogen (or refrigerant). Repeat the evacuation two more times breaking the third vacuum with the refrigeration to be charged and charge with the proper volume of refrigerant. E N D REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 7 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SECTION 23 81 00 UNITARY HVAC EQUIPMENT PART1 GENERAL 1 1 DESCRIPTION A. This section specifies split- systems, rooftop, and room -type air conditioners. B Definitions: 1 Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER): (Btu hour/Watt) is equal to the measured cooling capacity of the unit by its electrical input. 2. Unitary (ARI): A Unitary Air Conditioner consists of one or more factory-made assemblies which normally include an evaporator or cooling coil, a compressor and condenser combination, and may include a heating function as well. Where such equipment is provided in more than one assembly the separated assemblies are to be designed to be used together and the requirements of rating are based upon use of matched assemblies. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 23 05 11 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC B. Section 23 23 00 REFRIGERANT PIPING. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refer to specification Section 23 05 11 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC B. Safety Standards: ASHRAE Standard 15 Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Division 01 Requirements. B Manufacturer's literature and data: 1 Sufficient information, including capacities, pressure drops and piping connections clearly presented, shall be included to determine compliance with drawings and specifications for units noted below a. Unitary air conditioners: 1) Split systems 2. Unit Dimensions required clearances, operating weights accessories and start -up instructions. 3. Electrical requirements, wiring diagrams, interlocking and control wiring showing factory installed and portions to be field installed. 4 Mounting and flashing of the rooftop equipment to the roofing structure with coordinating requirements for the roof membrane system. B. Certification. Submit proof of specified ARI Certification. DECENTRALIZED UNITARY HVAC EQUIPMENT 238100 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization C Performance Rating: Submit catalog selection data showing equipment ratings and compliance with required sensible -to- heat ratio, energy efficiency ratio (EER), and coefficient of performance (COP). D Operating and Maintenance Manual: Submit three copies of Operating and Maintenance manual to Resident Engineer three weeks prior to final inspection 1.5 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only B Air- Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI): 210/240 -06 270 -95 310/380 -04 340/360 -04 520 -04 Performance Rating of Unitary Air Conditioning and Air Source Heat Pump Equipment Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment Standard for Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps (CSA- C744 -04) Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment Positive Displacement Condensing Units C Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA): 210 -99 Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating (ANSI) 410 -96 Recommended Safety Practices for Users and Installers of Industrial and Commercial Fans D American National Standards Institute (ANSI): S12.51 -02. Acoustics Determination of Sound Power Levels of Noise Sources Using Sound Pressure Precision Method for Reverberation Rooms (same as ISO 3741 1999) E. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE): 2009 Handbook HVAC Systems and Equipment 15 -04 Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems (ANSI) G. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): B117 -03 Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus H. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA): MG 1 -06 ICS 1 -00 (R2005) Motors and Generators (ANSI) Industrial Controls and Systems: General Requirements I National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications: 90A -02 Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems DECENTRALIZED UNITARY HVAC EQUIPMENT 238100 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS A. Applicable ARI Standards: 1 Cooling Capacity Less Than 39 6 kW (135,000 Btu /h): ARI 210/240 Units shall be listed in the ARI Directory of Certified Unitary Air Conditioners. B Performance Rating: Cooling capacity of units shall meet the sensible heat and total heat requirements shown in the contract documents. In selecting unit size, make true allowance for 'sensible to total heat ratio' to satisfy required sensible cooling capacity C. Machinery Guards. Provide guards as shown in AMCA 410 for belts, chains, couplings, pulleys, sheaves, shafts, gears and other moving parts regardless of height above the floor Drive guards may be excluded where motors and drives are inside factory fabricated casings. D Corrosion Prevention: Unless specified otherwise, equipment fabricated from ferrous metals that do not have a zinc coating or a duplex coating of zinc and paint shall be treated for prevention of rust with a factory coating or paint system that will withstand 125 hours in a salt -spray fog test, except that equipment located outdoors shall be tested for 500 hours. The salt -spray fog test shall be in accordance with ASTM B117 2.2 SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONERS A. Description Factory assembled and tested, wall- mounted unit, with an air cooled remote condensing unit, and field installed refrigeration piping. B. Wall- Mounting, Evaporator -Fan Components: 1 Cabinet: Enameled steel with removable panels on front and ends in color selected by Architect, and discharge drain pans with drain connection. 2. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1 2004 3. Drain Pan and Drain Connection: Comply with ASHRAE 62.1 2004 4 Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins, complying with ARI 210/240 and with thermal- expansion valve. 5. Fan: Direct drive, centrifugal fan. 6. Fan Motors: Comply with requirements in Section 23 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC AND STEAM GENERATION EQUIPMENT for multi- tapped, multi -speed motors with internal thermal protection and permanent lubrication. 7 Filters: Permanent, cleanable, with MERV rating of 6 or higher according to ASHRAE 52.2. C. Air Cooled Compressor- Condenser Components: 1 Casing: Steel finished with baked enamel in color selected by Architect, with removable panels for access to controls, weep holes for water drainage, and mounting holes in base. Service valves, fittings, and gage ports shall be brass and located outside of the casing. DECENTRALIZED UNITARY HVAC EQUIPMENT 238100 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2. Compressor Hermetically sealed with crankcase heater and mounted on vibration isolation Compressor motor shall have thermal- and current sensitive overload devices, start capacitor relay and contactor 3. Two -speed compressor motor with manual- reset, high pressure switch and automatic reset, low- pressure switch. 4 Refrigerant: R -410A unless otherwise indicated. 5. Refrigerant Coil. Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins, complying with ARI 210/240 and with liquid subcooler 6. Fan: Aluminum, propeller type, directly connected to motor 7 Motor Permanently lubricated, with integral thermal overload protection. 8 Low Ambient Kit: Permit operation down to 7 deg C (45 deg F). 9 Mounting Base. Polyethylene 10. Minimum Energy Efficiency Comply with ASHRAE /IESNA 90 1 -2004 'Energy Standard for Buildings except Low -Rise Residential Buildings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Roof Curb: Install on roof structure or concrete base, level and secure, Install RTUs on curbs and coordinate roof penetrations and flashing with roof construction specified in Section ROOF ACCESSORIES Secure RTUs to upper curb rail, and secure curb base to roof framing or concrete base with anchor bolts. B Rooftop Unit Support: Install unit level on structural curbs or 'sleepers' Coordinate wall penetrations and flashing with wall construction. Secure rooftop units to structural support with anchor bolts. C Install wind and seismic restraints according to manufacturer's written instructions.[ D Install units level and plumb maintaining manufacturer's recommended clearances and tolerances. E. Install ground- mounting, compressor- condenser components on 100 mm (4 -inch) thick, reinforced concrete base; 100 mm (4 inches) larger on each side than unit. Unless specified otherwise. F Install ground- mounting, compressor- condenser components on polyethylene mounting base. G. Install roof mounting compressor- condenser components on equipment supports. Anchor units to supports with removable, cadmium plated fasteners. H. Install seismic restraints. I. Install compressor- condenser components on restrained spring isolators with a minimum static deflection of 25 mm (1 inch) unless otherwise indicated J Install and connect precharged refrigerant tubing to component's quick connect fittings. Install tubing to allow access to unit. DECENTRALIZED UNITARY HVAC EQUIPMENT 238100 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization K. Install wall sleeves in finished wall assembly and weatherproof Install and anchor wall sleeves to withstand without damage seismic forces as required by code. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Verify condensate drainage requirements. B Install condensate drain minimum connection size with trap and indirect connection to nearest roof drain floor drain, or area drain. C Install piping adjacent to units to allow service and maintenance. D Ground equipment and install power wiring, switches, and controls for self contained and split systems. E. Connect refrigerant piping to coils with shutoff valves on the suction and liquid lines at the coil and a union or flange at each connection at the coil and condenser 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Tests and Inspections: After installing units and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units for compliance with requirements. Inspect for and remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie down straps. After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. 3.4 INSTRUCTIONS Provide services of manufacturer's technical representative for four hours to instruct owner in operation and maintenance of units. END DECENTRALIZED UNITARY HVAC EQUIPMENT 238100 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART1 GENERAL 11 SUMMARY 1.2 REFERENCES SECTION 26 00 10 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS A. The work under this Division includes furnishing items necessary for the construction installation commissioning testing and operational training of electrical work for this project. B Project Description 1 The project consists of modifications to the existing electrical system to support upgraded /modernized elevators. The elevators and associated systems must be brought up to current code. Work includes, but is not limited to a. New main disconnects and electrical feeders to each elevator b New electrical panels in each elevator machine room to support elevator equipment. c. New power and lighting in elevator machine rooms, elevator pits. d Circuits for mechanical cooling equipment associated with the elevator machine rooms. e. Modifications to the fire alarm system to provide elevator recall functions. These modifications will include additional smoke detectors in elevator lobbies, heat and smoke detectors in the elevator shafts and smoke detectors in the elevator machine rooms Fire alarm signal cabling will be extended to each elevator controller to facilitate elevator recall functions f Modifications to the infant abduction system signal wiring extended to new elevator controllers. g. Modifications to the access control system access control system wiring shall be extended to each elevator controller so that access can be limited to staff and the public during selected hours /days. h Telephone cabling will be extended to each elevator controller to facilitate telephone communications between each elevator car and the phone and the Hospital front desk. A. Drawings and specification sections of Divisions 26 27 28 and parts of 33 B Drawings and General Provisions of Contract Documents which apply to the work of Divisions 26, 27 and 28 including 1 General and Special Conditions of Contract. 2. Divisions 00 and 01 of the Specifications. C IEEE C2 (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) National Electrical Safety Code. D NECA 1000 (National Electrical Contractors Association) National Electrical Installation Standards Specification System E. NFPA 70 (National Fire Protection Association) National Electrical Code F NFPA 70A/70E (National Fire Protection Association) Electrical Safety in the Workplace. G Drawings and specification sections in all other Divisions shall be reviewed and works coordinated with Division 26 27and 33 work. H. Manufacturer's installation and operating instructions. Electrical Provisions 260010 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1.3 CODES ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS A. Codes and Ordinances. Comply with applicable codes, ordinances and regulations including, but not limited to, the National Electrical Code NFPA as amended and adopted by the state and local Authorities Having Jurisdiction, as well as the following 1 Washington Administrative Code WAC 296 -46B 2 National Electrical Safety Code, IEEE C2 3 Electrical Safety in the Workplace, NFPA 70E. 4 International Building Code. 5 Other applicable National State and local codes and ordinances B Notify the Engineer of any non compliance in contract documents to applicable codes and regulations prior to installation of the work. Changes in the work after initial installation due to requirements of code enforcing agencies shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner C The foregoing codes function to establish a minimum level of requirements Where provisions of the various codes and standards conflict with each other and with the Contract Documents, bring to the attention of the Engineer for clarification and resolution D Where drawings or specifications call for material or construction of a better quality or larger sizes than required by the above mentioned rules and regulations, the provisions of the drawings or specifications take precedence over requirements of the rules and regulations. E. Utilities: Provide work in accordance with rules and requirements of local utility companies. F Promptly submit written notice to Architect of any observed variance of contract documents from legal requirements Appropriate Change Order modifications to the contract documents will be made to incorporate necessary changes. The Contractor is responsible for work known to be contrary to such requirements when required notice is not given G Permits. Obtain and pay for permits and fees required for this project. H. Approving Authority The Contractor is responsible for 1 Ascertaining and contacting the appropriate Authorities Having Jurisdiction' for this project. 2. Arranging for review of plans and shop drawings. 3 Scheduling inspections in a timely manner 4 Non conformance issues shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer of Record Changes suggested by the Authorities Having Jurisdiction shall be provided only with written authorization of the Engineer of Record 5 Making necessary corrections as required by the Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Authorities Having Jurisdiction include, but are not be limited to 1 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries. 2. Local Fire Department. 3 The City of Port Angeles. J Safety Measure to be taken The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of persons and property during performance of the work. 1 This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours 2. The duty of the Architect and Engineer to conduct construction observations of the Contractor's performance is not intended to include review of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures, in, on or near the construction site Electrical Provisions 260010 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3 Contractor is responsible for compliance with the 'Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, 29 CFR 1926 by the U.S Department of Labor 4 Contractor is responsible for providing all such safety measures. 5. Contractor shall consult with the state or federal safety inspector for interpretation whenever in doubt as to whether safe conditions do or do not exist or whether he is or is not in compliance with state or federal regulations. 1 4 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The electrical drawings and specifications include labor and materials necessary to provide a complete and operating facility 1 Any materials shown and called for on the drawings but not mentioned in the specifications, or vice versa, necessary for the proper completion of the work, shall be provided as if specifically called for in both 2. Discrepancies among contract documents shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer for clarification and resolution as soon as possible 8 Contractor has determined that these documents and conditions do sufficiently describe the scope of construction work required under this Contract and that by submitting a bid the Contractor is acknowledging that he has made a thorough examination of the: 1 Contract Documents. 2 Existing conditions. 3 Appropriate pretesting required for proper sequencing of work. C Questions regarding interpretation of the contract documents shall be made in writing in a timely manner prior to the bid date to allow reasonable time for resolution of questions. D Electrical drawings are diagrammatic. Provide labor and material required to execute the work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1 Electrical devices, equipment, apparatus, and conduit runs are shown in their approximate locations, unless dimensioned 2. Locate these items symmetrically on floors, walls, and ceilings where not dimensioned 3 Coordinate with work of other trades to prevent interferences. Yield right -of -way to piping installed at required slope. 4 Do not scale electrical drawings to establish exact locations. 5 Refer to architectural project drawings for locations and dimensions as applicable. 6 Items positioned incorrectly and without the Engineer's approval are subject to being moved at the Contractor's expense. 7 Provide equipment that: a. Fits into the space allotted b Has code required clearances for installation, replacement, entry servicing, and maintenance c. Has physical and electrical characteristics as shown d Has coordinated work with all other divisions 8 When equipment delivered to the job site is different than shown in the Contract Documents, coordinate with the Engineer for clarification and resolution 9 Coordinate changes with other trades. E. Workmanship Install work in accordance with NECA 1000 and state of the art trade practices The Engineer of Record will be the sole judge of the quality of installation. Any work not meeting the required quality shall be removed and reinstalled at no additional cost to the Owner 1.5 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Visit the site prior to bidding to become familiar with existing conditions and other factors which may affect the execution of the work. Electrical Provisions 260010 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization B Any demolition work required is described /noted on the Electrical, Mechanical, Civil and Architectural plans. 1 Verify specific scope of demolition work and operating conditions to be encountered from on -site review and coordination with the Owner 2 Demolition work shall not interfere with equipment and systems remaining in operation 3 Equipment and systems not designated for removal or demolition shall be marked and protected from the activities of other trades. 4 Demolition procedures shall be approved by Owner prior to work. 1.6 UTILITIES AND SERVICES A. The Contractor is responsible for locating existing branch circuits, feeders, services, phase rotations and utilities. Coordinate work accordingly 1 Prior to trenching and excavation, use a utility locator to locate existing underground utilities. Excavate to avoid underground utilities 2. Prior to core drilling, use a pacometer X -ray or other suitable means to locate existing rebar embedded conduit, post tensioning cables and other imbedded obstructions Locate core drill to avoid obstructions 3. The contractor shall be solely responsible for the repair of any existing facilities damaged as a result of contractor activities B Existing services. 1 Existing services when encountered shall be protected against damage. 2 Do not disturb the operation of or damage existing active services without the written approval of the Owner 3 Coordinate new work with existing services that are to remain 4 If active services are encountered or require relocation notify the Engineer for clarification and resolution 5 Provide a work plan and schedule for utility and system interruption for the Owner's approval Interruption of existing utility services shall not occur without the express approval of the Owner 6. Where existing services are to be abandoned, terminate in conformance with requirements of the utility and Authority Having Jurisdiction. 7 Where new services or equipment are replacing existing services or equipment, the new shall be installed and tested prior to removal of the existing. 17 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Procedures 1 Submit transmittal to Architect for review by Architect. 2. Submit as specified under individual Sections Submittals not required will not be recognized or processed 3 Submit in timely manner as necessary to complete Work of this Contract within Contract Time. B Submittal Format: 1 Transmittal Form Accompany each submittal with transmittal letter Do not address more than one topic or portion of the Work on each transmittal. 2. Submittal Numbering Sequentially number transmittal forms in order submitted Add alphabetic suffix to original submittal number to resubmittals. 3 Submittal Identification Include Project, Contractor subcontractor supplier specification Section number manufacturer product, and material as appropriate. 4 Contractor's Certification Apply Contractor's stamp signed or initialed, certifying that Contractor has performed review verification of products required, field dimensions, coordination of information for items submitted and related systems, Electrical Provisions 260010 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization and that submittal is in accordance with the requirements of Contract Documents. 5 Variance From Contract Document Requirements. Bring any variation from requirements of Contract Documents by means of written explanation on submittal transmittal letter and by indication on submittal shop drawings, product data, or other types of submittals. 6 Clearly mark/identify exact component/device and equipment to be used. C Architect's Review 1 Architect is responsible for reviewing submittals as verification to the design intent and conformance to provisions of Contract Documents. 2 Architect's review does not relieve Contractor from a. Establishing necessary dimensions, tolerances, clearances, and qualities. b Taking responsibility for necessary means and methods to complete the Work. c. Conforming to provisions of the Contract Documents, except where approval for deviations is approved by Architect. 3 Architect will provide signed comments for each submittal Where Architect indicates that submittal has been reviewed or no exceptions have been taken to submittal, proceed in accordance with Contract Documents. Otherwise make corrections as noted in review markings and resubmit if so indicated D Processing And Turn Around Time Allow minimum 14 calendar days from time of receipt by Architect for each submittal and each subsequent required resubmittal E. Resubmittals: 1 Revise initial submittal as directed, and resubmit. Follow procedures specified for the initial submittal. Make corrections or changes in the submittals required by Architect. 2 Revise and make resubmittals until no exceptions are taken or resubmittal is not required by review markings. Identify changes on resubmittal made since previous submittal F Product Data. 1 Number Submit 4 copies, except as otherwise specified plus additional copies that Contractor will require for distribution to its own forces 2. Maintain 1 copy for Project Record Documents to be delivered to Owner at Project Completion. 3 Identification Mark each copy to identify specific products, models, options, tolerances, dimensions, and other pertinent data. G Design Data and Test Reports. 1 Number Submit 4 copies each 2. Content: Include information necessary for assessing conformance with and design concept expressed by Contract Documents. H Submit data sheets, catalog cuts, or other additional information as required for the items specified hereinafter in other sections I Acceptance. The acceptance of a manufacturer's name or product by the Architect does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply in all details with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Electrical Provisions 260010 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1.8 SUBSTITUTIONS A. General Requests for substitutions shall conform to the requirements of Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements 1 Whenever any material or equipment is specified by proprietary name or by name of the manufacturer such specification shall establish the standard of quality in that particular field of manufacture. 2. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings or other sections of the specifications, the Contractor may offer material or equipment with equal or better qualities than those specified 3 The Engineer shall be the sole and final judge as to quality and acceptability of substitutions, no exceptions B When the substitute equipment or material necessitates revisions to the plans or involves other trades, the Contractor shall include drawings and details showing such changes, and coordinate and assume any liability and costs from the affected trades 1 If a change required engineering or mechanical services or other equipment modifications, these services, the Contractor shall be liable for these costs 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical equipment installed under this project shall be listed and labeled by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. or other testing laboratory recognized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 110 COORDINATION A. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic in nature Refer to the other divisions of the plans and specifications for details which affect the execution of this work. 1 Specific locations of structural or architectural features or equipment items shall be obtained from the referenced drawings, field measurements, or the trade providing the material or equipment. 2. No extra payments will be allowed for failure to obtain this information B Where other divisions require electrical materials or installations under this division of the specifications: 1 Comply with applicable requirements herein 2. Provide electrical materials and installation work required to connect, test and operate equipment described in other divisions of these specifications as shown on the Electrical Drawings or specified hereinafter 3 Electrical installations required by other divisions but not shown on the Electrical Drawings or specifically called out in this division of the specifications shall be the responsibility of the trade requiring the electrical work. C Plan and execute work including but not limited to, conduit, fittings, offsets pull boxes electrical equipment locations, lighting fixtures and receptacles, in cooperation with all other trades and the local serving utility companies. 1 Make every reasonable effort to provide all concerned with timely notice of work affecting other trades to prevent conflicts or interference as to space requirements, dimensions, openings, block -outs, sleeving or other matters which will cause delays or necessitate work around methods. 2. Failure to coordinate work will be considered sufficient cause for work to be altered at Contractor's expense, as directed by Engineer D Provide power outlet boxes for each piece of equipment. Install appropriate electrical devices and connect them to the equipment. Electrical Provisions 260010 6 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 111 TESTING A. Test wiring and electrical equipment installed on this Contract to verify wiring insulation integrity absence of grounds and short circuits and verify proper operation, rotation, and phase relationship 1 Equipment shall be demonstrated to operate in accordance with the requirements of this division and the manufacturer's recommendations 2. Tests shall be performed in the presence of the Owner and Engineer or their representatives. 3 Instruments, load banks, controls and protection settings, and personnel required to conduct the test shall be provided by the Contractor 4 Any test not witnessed by the Owner shall be waived by written document. 5 All such documents must become the property of the Owner upon completion of construction. B Coordinate overcurrent devices in the entire electrical system as approved by the Engineer provided coordination study 1 Adjustable circuit breakers and overcurrent relays shall be set to allow the maximum available load current in the system while providing the maximum degree of coordination 2. In the event of a fault or overcurrent event, the nearest breaker upstream of the event has the greatest probability of tripping first, isolating the remainder of the electrical system from event. 3 Record the settings of adjustable breakers and overcurrent relays and submit the record as part of the closeout submittals. C Provide acceptance testing of each adjustable breaker electronic trip breaker protective relay and overcurrent relay in accordance with NETA ATS and applicable ANSI standards. 1 Replace any devices which fail the test. 2 Place a sticker on each piece of tested equipment indicating the date of the test and the name of the testing agency 3 Record the results of the tests and submit the record as part of the closeout submittals. 112 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate the installed system components to the Owner's maintenance personnel in accordance with the provisions of the 1 General Conditions, 2. Special Conditions, 3 Division 01 B. Following initial operation of electrical equipment and prior to acceptance of the electrical work, conduct demonstrations of equipment operation and perform instruction periods for the Owner's representatives. C Contractor's representatives, in general, who conduct these instructions and demonstrations shall be qualified foremen or superintendents acquainted with this project and from the trade involved 1 For electrical systems and subsystems, the representative shall be the engineer or technician who performs testing and adjustment. 2. For major equipment, the representative shall be manufacturer's representatives with operating experience and substantial design experience on this project. 3 Their qualifications shall be submitted to the Engineer before conducting the instruction period D Representatives of Owner who will be present at these meetings may include Owner's Operating and Maintenance personnel. Electrical Provisions 260010 7 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization E. Scheduling of Instruction Periods Provide notice of Contractor's readiness to conduct such instruction and demonstration periods to Owner at least 2 weeks prior to each instruction period and reach agreement on the date of each instruction period. 1 13 INSPECTIONS A. Observations will be conducted periodically throughout the construction by the Engineer 1 On -site meetings or reviews of construction by the Architect, Engineer or Owner shall not be construed as acceptance by these parties as related to quantities, rough -in locations, and compliance with code enforcing authorities `unless specific exceptions have been bought to the attention of the Architect or Engineer and have been accepted in writing B When requesting final inspection provide 10 day notice. Submit written certification that the work has been fully completed in strict accordance with plans and specifications. C Notify the Owner and Architect upon completion of 1 Equipment labeling 2. Conduit marking. 3 Wire and cable identification 4 Replacement of damaged equipment. 5. Touch -up painting 6 Posting of completed panel schedules 7 Resolution of previously noted comments 8 Installation of previously missing equipment. D Obtain a Certificate of Final Electrical Inspection from the local Authority Having Jurisdiction stating that work had been inspected, accepted and approved as complying with existing governing ordinances and codes. E. Submit to the Owner upon completion of the project as part of project closeout. 1 14 FINAL PUNCHLIST A. Section 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout requirements. B When Architect is completing punchlist during final inspection, provide access to devices as requested by the Architect, including ceiling tile removal and replacement. C Provide ladders, scaffolds, staging, safe opening of equipment, and accessories required to access the devices and work. D Demonstrate the operation of equipment upon request of the Architect. 115 WARRANTY A. Section 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout requirements. B Provide a warranty for electrical work in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions. Submit the warranty in written form in accordance with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals. Warranties. C Furnish the originals of manufacturers' warranties for the Owner's records. 1 16 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare minimum of 3 final copies of an operating and maintenance manual for equipment provided under Divisions 26, 27 and 28 in accordance with the following paragraphs. B Approval Prior to binding the final copies, submit a single draft copy to the Architect for approval Electrical Provisions 260010 8 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization C Format For Operating And Maintenance Manuals. 1 Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation Prepare data in instructional manual form for use by Owner's personnel Modify data as required to accurately represent completed installations 2 Binders Commercial quality 3 -hole punched vinyl covered hardboard binder secured with aluminum screw posts, sized for 8 -1/2 by 11 inch sheet format. Do not exceed 3 -1/2 inch binder width 3 Binder Cover Identify each Manual with printed title, 'OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS' Project Title, identification of subject matter contained in manual and completion date of Project. Include names of Owner Architect, General Contractor and major equipment suppliers. 4 Binder Edge. The binder edge shall be imprinted with the name of the job, Owner and completion date of Project. 5 Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. 6 Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten information on 20 pound white or off -white paper 7 Drawings. Provide with reinforced punched binder tab Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages D Contents Of Manuals. 1 Project Directory Indicate Project title and Project number List Owner Consultants, and Contractor with addresses, telephone numbers, and name of responsible parties. 2. Product Directory' List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers Included local sources of supplies and replacement parts. Provide information for re- ordering custom manufactured products 3 Product Data: Submit original product literature. Photo copies are not acceptable. Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products, models numbers, components parts, and data applied to installation Delete inapplicable information by marking out, striking out, or by notation 4 Drawings and Diagrams. Include as necessary to supplement Product Data. Illustrate relations or components parts or equipment and systems. Show wiring control, and flow diagrams Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. 5 Written Text: Include as necessary to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions. 6 Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel indicating proper procedures in event of failure. Include instances which may affect validity of warranties. 7 Each Item of Equipment and Each System Include description of system, and component parts Include complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. Identify the following: 7 a. Normal functions b Normal operating characteristics c. Limiting conditions 8 Operating Procedures: Provide manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. Include the following a. Start -up break -in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. b Regulation control, stopping, shut -down and emergency instructions. 9 Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventive maintenance and trouble shooting; disassembling, repair and reassemble instructions, and adjusting and checking instructions Electrical Provisions 260010 9 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 10 Controls Provide manufacturer's sequence of operation and control diagrams as installed 11 All warranty information a. Contractor /labor warranty (to include names and phone numbers) b Parts /system /equipment specific warranties (to include complete list of components) 12. As -built system drawings diagrams, etc. 13 Additional Requirements As specified in individual Product specification sections 1 17 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout requirements. B Prepare operations and maintenance manuals for electrical equipment installed on this project. C Items described shall include, but not be limited to, the equipment listed under 'Shop Drawings' in this division of the specifications 1 Provide table of contents at front of manual indicating general content of each section 2. Provide index for each section of the manual with complete equipment catalog item or identification D The information and diagrams included must be on the specific equipment installed for this project. 1 General 'product line' information is not acceptable. 2 The equipment model and catalog numbers with appropriate prefixes and suffixes must be clearly indicated on the data sheets. E. Manuals shall contain the following: 1 Shop drawings 2. Schematic and wiring diagrams (showing external connections). 3 Parts lists 4 Operating and maintenance information F Any modifications to equipment in the field shall be updated on the drawings, diagrams, etc. to reflect the as- built' conditions. G A record shall be made during the progress of the project indicating the work as actually installed 1 Corrections and changes shall be kept up to date at all times on a separate set of record drawings kept at the job site for review by the Engineer 2. Mark -ups may be schematic as related to interior raceway systems, however raceways shall be shown in proper relationship with junction boxes, panelboards, devices, and equipment. 3 Raceways installed below grade shall be shown with both horizontal and vertical dimensions at an accuracy of plus or minus 6 inches. H Provide 1 set of prints indicating work as revised detailed and actually installed and submit to the Architect as part of the Project Closeout documentation All manuals, test results, and acceptances by the inspecting authorities shall be included in this final documentation Electrical Provisions 260010 10 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 260010 Electrical Provisions 260010 11 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SECTION 26 00 50 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 GENERAL 11 SUMMARY A. Section includes. 1 Grounding conductors. 2. Equipment grounding conductors. 3 Bonding methods and materials. 4 Conduit and equipment supports. 5 Anchors and fasteners. 6. Nameplates and labels. 7 Wire and raceway markers 8 Sleeves and grout. 9. Sealing and fireproofing of sleeves and annular spaces between conduits, cable trays, wireways, troughs, cable bus, busduct and building element openings. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 1107 (American Society for Testing Materials) Packaged Dry Hydraulic Cement Grout (Nonshrink). B NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) Standard of Installation C NETA ATS (International Electrical Testing Association) Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. D NFPA 99 (National Fire Protection Association) Health Care Facilities. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Equipment connection systems use the following elements. 1 Flexible conduit and wire connections. B Grounding systems use the following elements as grounding electrodes. 1 Existing Rod electrode(s). 2 Existing Metal underground water pipe. C Anchor and fasten electrical products to building elements and finishes as follows. 1 Concrete Structural Elements. Provide precast inserts, expansion anchors, and preset inserts 2. Steel Structural Elements Provide beam clamps, spring steel clips, and welded fasteners 3 Concrete Surfaces: Provide self drilling anchors and expansion anchors. 4 Hollow Masonry Plaster and Gypsum Board Partitions Provide toggle bolts and hollow wall fasteners. 5 Solid Masonry Walls. Provide expansion anchors and preset inserts. 6. Sheet Metal Provide sheet metal screws. 7 Wood Elements. Provide wood screws D Identify electrical components as follows. 1 Nameplate for each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure. 2. Label for identification of individual wall switches and receptacles and control device stations. Basic Materials and Methods 260050 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3 Wire marker for each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes and each load connection 4 Raceway marker for each raceway longer than 6 feet. 5 Underground warning tape along length of each underground raceway or cable. 1 4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Select materials, sizes, and types of anchors, fasteners, and supports to carry loads of equipment and raceway including weight of wire and cable in raceway 1 5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Grounding System Resistance 5 ohms or less. B Wire /feeder insulation resistance. Greater than 250 000 ohms 16 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements B Product Data 1 Grounding and bonding Connections 2. Labels. 3 Firestopping C Test Reports. Indicate overall resistance to ground D Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. Submit for active electrodes. E. Seismic Design Seismic Design Submit calculations, details, shop drawings, product data, and statement of special instructions for the seismic design of equipment, busduct, and conduit to Architect for Architect's approval. After Architect's approval Architect will submit the Architect's notification with the calculations details, shop drawings, and statement of special inspections to the Building Official per 2006 IBC Section 106.3 4.2. No work shall be started until the calculations, details shop drawings, product data, and statement of special inspections have been approved by the Building Official. If the contractor hired professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington determines that the IBC does not require some of the equipment, busduct, and conduit be seismically restrained, then submit a stamped and signed statement from the professional engineer to that effect. 1 Submit a written 'Contractor's Statement of Responsibility" to the Architect and to the Building Official for the construction of the seismic force resisting system designated seismic system or component listed in the quality assurance plan per 2006 IBC Section 1706 1 prior to the commencement of work on the system or component. 1 7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals. B Project Record Documents: 1 Record actual locations of components and grounding electrodes. Basic Materials and Methods 260050 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience and with service facilities within 100 miles of project. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MECHANICAL CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers. 1 Burndy 2 T &B 3 Substitutions. Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements B Description. Bronze connectors, suitable for grounding and bonding applications in configurations required for particular installation. 2.2 EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS A. Manufacturers 1 Erico Cadweld 2. Thermoweld 3. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements. B Product Description Exothermic materials, accessories, and tools for preparing and making permanent field connections between grounding system components 2.3 WIRE A. Material Stranded copper B Grounding Electrode Conductor As indicated on the drawings. 2.4 ANCHORS AND FASTENERS A. Materials and Finishes: Corrosion resistant. 2.5 FORMED STEEL CHANNEL A. Manufacturers 1 B -Line 2. Globestrut. 3 Unistrut. 4 Substitutions' Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements. B Description Galvanized steel. Basic Materials and Methods 260050 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2.6 SPRING STEEL CLIPS A. Manufacturers 1 Erico Caddy 2 Substitutions. Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements. 2.7 NAMEPLATES A. Provide three -layer laminated melamine plastic nameplates for each item specified in the technical sections or shown on the drawings including, but not limited to 1 Switchgear and switchboards. 2 Panelboards. 3 Equipment enclosures 4 Relays. 5 Switches 6 Devices. B Description 1 Size: 1 inch by 2.5 inches, minimum by 0 125 inches thick, square corners. 2 Matt black background with white letters for normal power 3 Matt red background with white letters for emergency power C Letter Size 1 1/8 inch letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. 2. 1/4 inch letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads. 2.8 LABELS A. Labels: Embossed adhesive tape, with 3/16 inch white letters on black background 2.9 WIRE MARKERS A. Description Cloth tape, split sleeve or tubing type wire markers B Legend. 1 Power and Lighting Circuits. Branch circuit or feeder number as indicated on Drawings 2. Control Circuits Control wire number as indicated on shop drawings. 2.10 CONDUIT MARKERS A. Description Nameplate fastened with straps B. Color 1 High Voltage System Orange lettering on white background 2 480 Volt System Black lettering on white background 3 208 Volt System Black lettering on white background 4 Fire Alarm System Red lettering on white background 5 Telephone System Blue lettering on white background C Legend 1 Medium Voltage System HIGH VOLTAGE. 2. 480 Volt System 480 VOLTS 3 208 Volt System 208 VOLTS 4 Fire Alarm System FIRE ALARM Basic Materials and Methods 260050 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 213 SLEEVES 5 Telephone System TELEPHONE. 2.11 CIRCUIT DIRECTORIES A. Provide typewritten circuit directories for all switchboards and panelboards including breaker /fuse identification and size, equipment or system served and location(s) B Place directories inside doors under transparent plastic covers. 2 12 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE A. Description 4 -inch wide plastic tape, detectable type, colored with suitable warning legend describing buried electrical lines. 1 Red for power 2 Yellow for telecommunications. A. Round Rigid galvanized steel conduit (RGS). B Rectangular Galvanized sheet steel 1 Perimeter Tess than 50 inches with no side greater than 16 inches. 18 Gage 2 Perimeter equal to or greater than 50 inches or with a side greater than 16 inches. 10 Gage. 2.14 GROUT A. ASTM C 1107 B. Mix with water for 30 minute working time. 2 15 SEALING AND FIREPROOFING A. Fire and Smoke Rated Surfaces. 1 Manufacturers. a. 3M CP 25N /S or CP25S /L caulk. b 3M FS 195 wrap or strip with restricting collar c. 3M CS 195 composite sheet. d Pipe Shield, Inc. series F fire barrier kits. e. Proset Systems fire rated floor and wall penetrations. f Insta -Foam Products Insta -Fire Seal Firestop Foam g Dow Corning Fire Stop System h Substitutions Not Permitted B General 1 Provide UL listed products. 2. Select products with rating not less than rating of wall or floor being penetrated C Non -Rated Surfaces 1 Stamped steel chrome plated, hinged, split ring escutcheons or floor plates or ceiling plates for covering openings in occupied areas where conduit is exposed 2. For exterior wall openings below grade, furnish modular mechanical type seal consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between conduit and cored opening or water -stop type wall sleeve. Basic Materials and Methods 260050 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 3 EXECUTION 3 For interior wall or floor openings, furnish one of the following to effect seal a. Tremco Dymonic. b Sika Corp Sikaflex la. c. Sonneborn Sonolastic NPI d Mameco Vilken 116 urethane caulk. e. Substitutions. Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements. 31 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements. B Verify final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving rod electrodes. C Verify wiring and equipment that are about to be demolished are no longer required for the facility 3.2 EXISTING WORK A. Demolition Drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record documents. Report discrepancies to Architect/Engineer before disturbing existing installation Protect existing systems not designated for removal or demolition from damage Repair or replace any systems inadvertently damaged B Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal. C Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction D Remove exposed abandoned grounding and bonding components, fasteners and supports, and electrical identification components, including abandoned components above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut embedded support elements flush with walls and floors Patch surfaces damaged by removal of existing components. E. Install temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction F Perform work on energized equipment or circuits with experienced and trained personnel G Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Grounding and Bonding Installation 1 Install bonding meeting Regulatory Requirements. 2 Install grounding and bonding in patient care areas to meet requirements of NFPA 99 3 Equipment Grounding Conductor Install separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing. B Supports: 1 Install electrical systems and equipment attached directly to structure and to dedicated supports attached directly to structure. Attach supports to structure, Basic Materials and Methods 260050 6 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization independent of all other equipment and systems. Do not fasten electrical equipment to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, other equipment or the supports for such equipment or systems. 2 Fabricate supports from structural steel or formed steel members. Rigidly weld members or install hex -head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity Install spring lock washers under nuts 3 Locate and install anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with NECA 'Standard of Installation' 4 Install surface mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. 5 In wet and damp locations install steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1 inch off wall 6 Install sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions 7 Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before using powder- actuated anchors. 8 Do not drill or cut structural members. 9 Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before drilling or cutting structural members C Identification Components 1 Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels 2. Install nameplate and labels parallel to equipment lines. 3. Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws or rivets 4 Secure nameplate to inside surface of door on recessed panelboard in finished locations 5. Conduit Marker Spacing: 20 feet on center 6 Identify underground conduits using one underground warning tape for each trench at 3 inches below finished grade. D Emergency Systems Equipment Identification 1 All exit and emergency lights, whether or not required by the NEC must be installed in accordance with Article 700 NEC 2. Device and junction boxes for fire alarm systems other than the surface raceway type, must be substantially red in color both inside and outside. Power limited fire protective signaling circuit conductors must be durably and plainly marked in or on junction boxes or other enclosures to indicate that it is a power limited fire protective signaling circuit. 3 All boxes and enclosures, for Article 700 NEC systems, larger than six inches by six inches including transfer switches, generators, and power panels for emergency systems and circuits must be permanently identified with an identification plate that is substantially orange in color All other device and junction boxes for emergency systems and circuits must be substantially orange in color both inside and outside. E. Raceway Painting: Identify conduit using field painting in accordance with Section 09 90 00 1 Paint colored band on each conduit longer than 6 feet. F Paint bands 20 feet on center 1 Color a. High Voltage System Orange. b 480 Volt System Blue c. 208 Volt System Yellow d Fire Alarm System Red e. Telephone System Green. Basic Materials and Methods 260050 7 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3 4 EQUIPMENT AND CONDUIT SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. Seismically restrain equipment, busduct and conduit in accordance with the requirements of the 2006 International Building Code. 1 Obtain the services of a professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington to prepare the seismic design for equipment, busduct, and conduit. The professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington shall also prepare a statement of special inspections per requirements of the 2006 International Building Code. Submit calculations, details, shop drawings, product data, and statement of special inspections for the seismic design of equipment, busduct and conduit. If the professional engineer determines that the IBC does not require some of the equipment, busduct, and conduit be seismically restrained then submit a stamped and signed statement from the professional engineer to that effect. 2 Special testing by the component manufacturer shall be performed as required in Section 1708 5 of the IBC and as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction The component manufacturer shall submit a certificate of compliance for review and acceptance by the registered design professional responsible for the seismic design and for approval by the building official 3 5 SEALING AND FIREPROOFING A. Fire Rated Surface: 1 Seal opening at floor wall ceiling and roof as follows. a. Install 12 gage steel sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on each side of building element. b Size void between sleeve and building element in accordance with the listing of the fire stopping system c. Pack void with backing material d. Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of structure penetrated 2. Where cable tray bus, cable bus, conduit, wireway and trough penetrates fire rated surface, install firestopping product in accordance with listing requirements and manufacturer's published instructions. B. Non -Rated Surfaces. 1 Seal opening through non -fire rated wall partition, floor ceiling and roof opening as follows. a. Install 12 gage steel sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on each side of building element. b Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer 2. Install escutcheons, floor plates and ceiling plates where conduit, penetrates non -fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and where penetration occurs below finished ceiling. 3 Exterior wall openings below grade. Assemble rubber links of mechanical seal to size of conduit and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4 Interior partitions: Seal pipe penetrations at clean rooms, laboratories, hospital spaces, computer rooms, telecommunication rooms and data rooms. Apply sealant to both sides of penetration to completely fill annular space between sleeve and conduit. Basic Materials and Methods 260050 8 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3 6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements. B Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS except Section 4 C Grounding and Bonding Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7 13 D Perform insulation resistance test on feeders size 6 AWG and lager Basic Materials and Methods END OF SECTION 260050 260050 9 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SECTION 26 05 20 D1 WIRE AND CABLE (600 VOLTS AND LESS) PART1 GENERAL 11 SUMMARY A. Section includes. 1 Building wire and cable. 2 Wiring connectors and connections. 1.2 REFERENCES A. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) Standard of Installation B NEMA WC 70 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy C NETA ATS (International Electrical Testing Association) Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. D NFPA 70 (National Fire Protection Association) National Electrical Code. E. UL 4 (Underwriters Laboratories) Armored Cable. F UL 44 (Underwriters Laboratories) Thermoset Insulated Wires and Cables G UL 83 (Underwriters Laboratories) Thermoplastic Insulated Wires and Cables. H UL 1569 (Underwriters Laboratories) Metal -Clad Cables. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Product Requirements: Provide products as follows. 1 Solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller 2. Stranded conductors for control circuits. 3 Conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits 4 Conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits. 5 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet. 6 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 277 volt branch circuits longer than 200 feet. B Wiring Methods. Provide the following wiring methods. 1 Service Entrance. Use only building wire Type XHHW insulated, single conductors in raceway 2. Concealed Dry Interior Locations. Use only building wire, Type THHN /THWN or XHHW insulated single conductors in raceway 3. Exposed Dry Interior Locations Use only building wire, Type THHN/THWN or XHHW insulated single conductors in raceway 4 Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections. Use only Type SO hard service cord with stainless steel, wire -mesh, strain relief device at terminations to suit application 5 Above Accessible Ceilings Use only building wire, Type THHN /THWN or XHHW insulated, in raceway 6 Circuits in Cable Tray Use only building wire, Type THHN /THWN or XHHW insulated, single conductors in raceway Wire and Cable 260520 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 7 Class 1 and Class 2 Control Circuits. Use only building wire, Type THHN /THWN insulated single conductors in raceway 8 Wet or Damp Interior Locations. Use only building wire, Type THHN /THWN or XHHW insulated single conductors in raceway 9 Circuits Installed below Raised Flooring use only building wire Type THHN/THWN or XHHW insulated single conductors in raceway 10 Exterior Locations. Use only building wire, Type XHHW insulated, single conductors in raceway 11 Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on- Grade, and Underground Use only building wire, Type THHN/THWN or XHHW insulated, single conductors in raceway 12. Underground Locations. Use only building wire Type XHHW insulated in raceway 14 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements. B Product Data. Submit for building wire and each cable assembly type 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals: Requirements for closeout documents B Test Reports. Indicate procedures and values obtained. C Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and circuits. 16 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1 7 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements are as indicated on Drawings 1.8 COORDINATION A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements. B Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine routing and lengths required C Wire and cable routing indicated is approximate unless dimensioned PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BUILDING WIRE A. Product Description. UL 44 and UL 83 single conductor insulated wire. B. Conductor' Copper only Wire and Cable 260520 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization C Insulation NFPA 70• Type XHHW insulation for feeders and branch circuits No 2 AWG and larger Type THHN/THWN or XHHW insulation for feeders and branch circuits smaller than No. 2 AWG 2.2 WIRE COLOR A. General 1 For wire sizes 8 AWG and smaller install wire colors in accordance with the following a. Black and red for single phase circuits at 120/240 volts. b Black, red and blue for circuits at 120/208 volts single or three phase. c. Orange, brown, and yellow for circuits at 277/480 volts single or three phase 2. For wire sizes 6 AWG and larger identify wire with colored tape at terminals, splices and boxes Colors are as follows. a. Black and red for single phase circuits at 120/240 volts b Black, red and blue for circuits at 120/208 volts single or three phase. c. Orange, brown, and yellow for circuits at 277/480 volts single or three phase. B Neutral Conductors. White for 120/240 and 120/208 circuits, gray for 277/480 volt circuits. When two or more neutrals are located in one conduit, individually identify each with proper circuit number C Branch Circuit Conductors. Install three- and four -wire home runs with each phase uniquely color coded D Feeder Circuit Conductors. Uniquely color code each phase. E. Equipment Ground Conductors. 1 For 6 AWG and smaller Green 2. For 4 AWG and larger Identify with green tape at both ends and visible points including junction boxes. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 3 00 Administrative Requirements. B Verify interior of building has been protected from weather C Verify mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed D Verify raceway installation is complete and supported. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire 3.3 EXISTING WORK A. Remove exposed abandoned wire and cable, including abandoned wire and cable above accessible ceiling finishes Patch surfaces where removed cables pass through building finishes. Wire and Cable 260520 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization B. Disconnect abandoned circuits and remove circuit wire and cable Remove abandoned boxes when wire and cable servicing boxes is abandoned and removed Install blank cover for abandoned boxes not removed C Provide access to existing wiring connections remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or install access panel D Extend existing circuits using materials and methods as specified E. Clean and repair existing wire and cable remaining or is wire and cable to be reinstalled. 3 4 INSTALLATION A. Route wire and cable to meet Project conditions B Install wire and cable in accordance with NECA 'Standard of Installation C Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. D Identify and color code wire and cable under provisions of Section 26 00 50 Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated E. Special Techniques Building Wire in Raceway 1 Pull conductors into raceway at same time. 2. Install building wire 4 AWG and larger with pulling equipment as necessary including: a. Fish tape. b Cable. c. Pull rope. d. Basket -weave wire /cable grips. 3 Use manufacturer approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary a. Compound used must not deteriorate conductors or insulation 4 Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and side wall pressure values. 5 Pulling means /methods must not damage cables or raceways F Special Techniques Wiring Connections• 1 Clean conductor surfaces before installing Tugs and connectors 2. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise. 3 Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B 4 Tape uninsulated conductors and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor 5 Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. a. Install split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger b Install solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductor splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller c. Install insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller 6 Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches of slack. Wire and Cable 260520 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 7 Install solid conductors for feeders and branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller If however special conditions require stranded conductors in lieu of solid, then install crimp on fork terminals for device terminations. Do not place bare stranded conductors directly under screws 3 5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements. B Testing Agency Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. C Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS except Section 4 and record results. D Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS Section 7.3 1 and record results E. Perform insulation test on all conductors size 4AWG and larger and record results F Test Reports. Prepare a written report to record the following 1 Test procedures used 2. Test results that comply with requirements 3 Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. G Remove and replace malfunctioning conductors and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 260520 Wire and Cable 260520 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 1 GENERAL 11 SUMMARY A. Section includes. 1 Conduit. 2. Tubing. 3 Wireways 4 Outlet boxes. 5 Pull and junction boxes. 6 Handholes 1.2 REFERENCES SECTION 26 05 30 RACEWAY AND BOXES A. ANSI C80 1 (American National Standards Institute) Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated B ANSI C80 3 (American National Standards Institute) Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated. C ANSI C80 5 (American National Standards Institute) Rigid Aluminum Conduit. D ANSI C80 6 (American National Standards Institute) Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit (EIMC). E. ANSI /SCTE 77 (Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers) Underground Enclosure Integrity F NECA (National Electrical Contractor's Association) Standard of Installation G NEMA FB 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. H NEMA OS 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Sheet -steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. NEMA OS 2 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports J NEMA RN 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit. K. NEMA TC 2 (National Electrical Manufactures Association) Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit. L. NEMA TC 3 (National Electrical Manufactures Association) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. M. NEMA TC 14 (National Electrical Manufactures Association) Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (RTRC) and Fittings. N NEMA WD 1 (National Electrical Protection Association) General Purpose Wiring Devices. Raceway And Boxes 260530 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization O NEMA WD 6 (National Electrical Protection Association) Wiring Devices Dimensional Requirements. P NEMA 250 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). Q. R. S UL 1 (Underwriters Laboratories) Flexible Metal Conduit. UL 6 (Underwriters Laboratories) Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit Steel. UL 6A (Underwriters Laboratories) Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit Aluminum and Stainless Steel. UL 360 (Underwriters Laboratories) Liquid -Tight Flexible Steel Conduit. UL 514B (Underwriters Laboratories) Conduit, Tubing and Cable Fittings UL 651 (Underwriters Laboratories) Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. UL 797 (Underwriters Laboratories) Electrical Metallic Tubing Steel. T U V W X. UL 870 (Underwriters Laboratories) Fittings Y UL 886 (Underwriters Laboratories) (Classified) Locations Z. UL 1242 (Underwriters Laboratories) 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters and Associated Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit Steel A. Raceway and boxes located as indicated on Drawings, and at other locations required for splices, taps, wire pulling equipment connections, and compliance with regulatory requirements Raceway and boxes are shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned Provide raceway to complete wiring system B Connections to equipment using flexible conduit and wire connections. C Outdoor Locations, Above Grade Provide rigid steel and aluminum conduit, intermediate metal conduit and electrical metallic tubing Provide cast metal or nonmetallic outlet, pull and junction boxes. D Wet and Damp Locations above grade: Provide rigid steel and aluminum conduit, intermediate metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing, schedule 80 nonmetallic conduit and schedule 40 nonmetallic conduit. Provide cast metal or nonmetallic outlet, junction, and pull boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. E. Concealed Dry Locations: Provide rigid steel and aluminum conduit, intermediate metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing, schedule 80 nonmetallic conduit and schedule 40 nonmetallic conduit. Provide sheet -metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas Provide hinged enclosure for large pullboxes F Exposed Dry Locations. Provide rigid steel and aluminum conduit, intermediate metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing, surface metallic raceway surface non metallic raceway Raceway And Boxes 260530 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization and schedule 80 nonmetallic conduit. Provide sheet -metal boxes Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas Provide hinged enclosure for large pullboxes 1 4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Raceway Size 1/2 inch, 3/4 inch for homeruns, unless otherwise specified 15 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements B. Product Data. Submit for the following: 1 Flexible metal conduit. 2 Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 3 Nonmetallic conduit. 4 Raceway fittings. 5 Conduit bodies. 6 Wireway 7 Pull and junction boxes. C Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. Submit application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination preparation, and installation of Product. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals. Requirements for closeout documents. B Project Record Documents: 1 Record actual routing of conduits of 1 1/2 inch trade size and larger 2. Record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull, and junction boxes 3. Record actual locations, sizes, and configurations of equipment connections 1 7 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements B. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade Provide appropriate covering. C Protect PVC conduit from sunlight. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative requirements. B Coordinate installation of outlet boxes for equipment-connected under Section 26 27 26 C Coordinate mounting heights, orientation and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and backsplashes. D Obtain and review shop drawings, product data, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and manufacturer's instructions for equipment furnished under other sections. Raceway And Boxes 260530 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization E. Determine connection locations and requirements. F Sequence rough -in of electrical connections to coordinate with installation of equipment. G Sequence electrical connections to coordinate with start -up of equipment. PART2 PRODUCTS 2 1 RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) A. Rigid Steel Conduit (RGS): ANSI C80 1 and UL 6 B. Rigid Aluminum Conduit: ANSI C80.5 and UL 6A. C Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): ANSI C80 6 and UL 1242, zinc coated steel D Fittings and Conduit Bodies NEMA FB 1 threaded material to match conduit. E. Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: UL 886 2.2 PVC COATED METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers. 1 KorKap 2. Plasti -Bond. 3. Robroy Perma -Cote. 4 Substitutions* Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements. B Product Description NEMA RN 1 galvanized rigid steel conduit with external PVC coating, 40 mils thick. C Fittings and Conduit Bodies. NEMA FB 1 threaded steel fittings with external PVC coating to match conduit. D Provide covers with gaskets and captive screws for conduit bodies. 2.3 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Product Description UL 1 interlocked steel construction B Fittings. NEMA FB 1 2.4 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers 1 Anaconda `Sealtite 2. Electri -Flex 'Liquitite' 3. Substitutions. Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements. B. Product Description. UL 360 interlocked steel or aluminum construction with PVC jacket. C Fittings: NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B, cadmium- or zinc plated Raceway And Boxes 260530 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2.5 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Product Description ANSI C80.3 and UL 797 galvanized tubing B Fittings and Conduit Bodies. NEMA FB 1 1 Steel. 2 Compression type. 3 Insulated throat. 4 Listed as rainproof 2.6 METALLIC CONDUIT BODIES A. Product Description UL 514B 2.7 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT (NMC) A. Manufacturers. 1 Carlon. 2. Pacific Plastic Pipe. 3 Substitutions. Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements. B Product Description 1 NEMA TC 2 and UL 651 Schedule 40 and 80 PVC 2. NEMA TC 14 Fiberglass. C Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3 and TC 14 2.8 WIREWAY A. Manufacturers. 1 Hoffman. 2. Square D 3 Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements B Product Description UL 870; General purpose type wireway 1 NEMA 250 Type 1 or as shown 2. Knockouts. Manufacturer's standard 3 Size. 4 x 4 inch or Contractor to determine 4 Cover Screw cover 5 Connector Slip -in. 6 Fittings Lay -in type with removable top bottom, or side, captive screws 7 Finish Rust inhibiting primer coating with gray enamel finish 2.9 OUTLET BOXES A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1 galvanized steel 1 Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes. Rated for weight of equipment supported; furnish 1/2 inch male fixture studs where required 2 Concrete Ceiling Boxes. Concrete type. B Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes NEMA OS 2. C Wall Plates for Finished Areas. As specified in Section 26 27 26 B Wall Plates for Unfinished Areas. Furnish gasketed cover Raceway And Boxes 260530 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2.10 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Manufacturers. 1 Circle AW 2 Square D 3 Substitutions. Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements. B Sheet Metal Boxes. NEMA OS 1 galvanized steel C Hinged Enclosures. As specified in Section 26 27 15 PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements B Verify equipment is ready for electrical connection for wiring, and to be energized C Verify outlet locations and routing and termination locations of raceway prior to rough -in 3.2 EXISTING WORK A. Remove exposed abandoned raceway including abandoned raceway above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut raceway flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. B Remove concealed abandoned raceway to its source. C Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets when raceway is abandoned and removed. Install blank cover for abandoned outlets not removed D Remove exposed abandoned equipment wiring connections, including abandoned connections above accessible ceiling finishes. E. Disconnect abandoned utilization equipment and remove wiring connections. Remove abandoned components when connected raceway is abandoned and removed Install blank cover for abandoned boxes and enclosures not removed. F Extend existing equipment connections using materials and methods as specified G Maintain access to existing boxes and other installations remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel. Mark and protect all raceway not designated for modification or demolition. Replace any raceway not designated for modification or demolition that becomes damaged during the project. H Extend existing raceway and box installations using materials and methods as specified. Clean and repair existing raceway and boxes to remain or to be reinstalled. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install raceway and boxes in accordance with NECA 'Standard of Installation Raceway And Boxes 260530 6 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization B Equipment Connections 1 Make conduit connections to equipment using flexible conduit. Use liquidtight flexible conduit with watertight connectors in damp or wet locations. 2. Connect heat producing equipment using wire and cable with insulation suitable for temperatures encountered 3 Install receptacle outlet to accommodate connection with attachment plug. 4 Install cord and cap for field supplied attachment plug 5 Install suitable strain relief clamps and fittings for cord connections at outlet boxes and equipment connection boxes 6 Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control devices to complete equipment wiring requirements 7 Install terminal block jumpers to complete equipment wiring requirements 8 Install interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and equipment to complete equipment wiring requirements. C Penetrate firewalls and fire -rated floors with rigid galvanized steel conduit. Extend a minimum of six inches beyond the firewall Provide firestopping in accordance with 26 00 50 D Ground and bond raceway and boxes in accordance with Section 26 00 50 E. Fasten raceway and box supports to structure and finishes in accordance with Section 26 00 50 F Identify raceway and boxes in accordance with Section 26 00 50 G Arrange raceway and boxes to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. 3 4 INSTALLATION RACEWAY A. Raceway routing is shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned Route to complete wiring system B Arrange raceway supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation C Support raceway using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay -in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers. D Group related raceway support using conduit rack attached to structure. Construct rack using steel channel specified in Section 26 00 50• provide space on each for 25 percent additional raceways E. Do not support raceway with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports. F Do not attach raceway to ceiling support wires or other piping systems. G Install RMC IMC EMT and NMC for general wiring Flexible conduit may be used only for installation within existing walls. H Install flexible conduit for connection to motors, transformers and vibrating equipment, with enough length to provide at least a ninety degree bend in the flexible conduit. Use liquid -tight metallic conduit in wet, damp or exterior locations Construct wireway supports from steel channel specified in Section 26 00 50 Raceway And Boxes 260530 7 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization J Route exposed raceway parallel and perpendicular to walls. K. Route raceway installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls L. Route conduit in and under slab from point -to- point. Provide RGS elbows for all bends. Provide RGS for all concrete penetrations. M Maximum Size Conduit in Slab Above Grade 3/4 inch unless noted otherwise Do not cross conduits in slab N Maintain clearance between raceway and piping for maintenance purposes. O Maintain 12 inch clearance between raceway and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104 degrees F P Cut conduit square using saw or pipecutter de -burr cut ends. Q. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely R. Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer Wipe nonmetallic conduit dry and clean before joining Apply full even coat of cement to entire area inserted in fitting. Allow joint to cure for minimum 20 minutes S Install conduit hubs to fasten conduit to cast boxes T Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between conduit bodies and boxes. Install conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams Use hydraulic one -shot bender to fabricate or install factory elbows for bends in metal conduit 2 inch trade size and larger U Avoid moisture traps; install junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system Install fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where raceway crosses seismic, control and expansion joints. W Install suitable pull string or cord in each empty raceway except sleeves and nipples X. Install suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. Y Close ends and unused openings in wireway 3 5 INSTALLATION BOXES A. Install boxes used for equipment and luminaire attachment directly to structure or to supports provided under Section 26 00 50 Do not use supports for non electrical equipment or systems for electrical system attachment. B Install wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights specified in section for outlet device. Use 4 -inch square boxes for receptacles C Adjust box location up to 10 feet prior to rough -in to accommodate intended purpose. D Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in Section 26 27 26 Raceway And Boxes 260530 8 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization E. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only F Inaccessible Ceiling Areas Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire. G Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit corner only Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat opening H Do not install flush mounting box back -to -back in walls; install with minimum 6 inches separation Install with minimum 24 inches separation in acoustic rated walls. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow for surface finish thickness. J Install stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs K. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. L. Install adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. M. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires or other piping systems N Support boxes independently of conduit. O Install gang box where more than one device is mounted together Do not use sectional box. P Install gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets. 3 6 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods in accordance with Section 26 00 50 B Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork or through suitable roof jack with pitch pocket. Coordinate location with roofing installation C Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaires positioned as indicated on Drawings D Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. 3 7 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements. B Adjust flush mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material C Install knockout closures in unused openings in boxes. D Cooperate with utilization equipment installers and field service personnel during checkout and starting of equipment to allow testing and balancing and other startup operations. Provide personnel to operate electrical system and checkout wiring connection components and configurations. Raceway And Boxes 260530 9 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3.8 CLEANING A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals B Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material C Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish END OF SECTION 260530 Raceway And Boxes 260530 10 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SECTION 26 08 00 ELECTRICAL TESTING AND COMMISSIONING PART 1 PRODUCTS 11 SUMMARY A. Section includes electrical component and systems testing requirements. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI /NETA ATS (International Electrical Testing Association, Inc.) Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems B NFPA 70 (National Fire Protection Association) National Electrical Code C NFPA 70E (National Fire Protection Association) Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace. D NFPA 110 (National Fire Protection Association) Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements. B Testing Organization Qualifications C Preliminary Punch List. D Final Punch List. E. Commissioning Report. 14 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer's Personnel 1 The manufacturer's on -site technical representative and testing personnel shall be fully familiar with the manufacturer's equipment and the testing and installation requirements contained in the manufacturer's instructions and the Contract Documents. B Testing Organization 1 The testing organization shall be an independent, third party entity which can function as an unbiased testing authority professionally independent of the manufacturers, suppliers, and installers of equipment or systems evaluated by the testing firm 2. The testing organization shall be regularly engaged in the testing of electrical equipment devices, installations, and systems for a minimum of 5 years 3 Technicians shall be certified in accordance with ANSI /NETA ETT 2000 Standard for Certification of Electrical Testing Personnel Each on site crew leader shall hold a current certification, Level III or higher in electrical testing. The crew leader shall be on -site whenever testing is performed 4 The testing organization shall use technicians who are regularly employed for testing services. Electrical Testing and Commissioning 260800 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization C Test Instrument Calibration 1 The testing organization shall have a calibration program that assures that all applicable test instruments are maintained within rated accuracy for each test instrument calibrated 2 The testing organization providing calibration service shall maintain up -to -date instrument calibration instructions and procedures for each test instrument calibrated 3 The accuracy shall be directly traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) 4 Instruments shall be calibrated in accordance with the following frequency schedule: a. Field instruments: Analog 6 .months maximum Digital 12 months maximum b Laboratory instruments. 12 months maximum c. Leased specialty equipment: 12 months maximum 5 Dated calibration labels shall be visible on all test equipment. 6. Records, which show date and results of instruments calibrated or tested must be kept up to date. 7 Calibrating standard shall be of higher accuracy than that of the instrument tested PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 REPORTS 5 An organization having a 'Full Membership' classification issued by the International Electrical Testing Association meets these criteria. 6 The testing organization shall appropriate documentation of the above qualifications with bid documents A. Acceptance Test Report: The acceptance test report shall include the following information at a minimum 1 Summary of project. 2. Description of equipment tested 3 Description of test(s) Provide complete, step -by -step repeatable, test procedure for each test. 4 Test report data sheets. Provide the following information on each data sheet: a. Equipment identification name. b Equipment nameplate information c. Full name of person performing the test. d Date test was performed. e. Signature of person witnessing the test. f Test equipment serial number and date calibrated g. Test parameters and numerical results for each test. Test reports that use terms as 'SAT' 'OK' 'PASS' 'FAIL etc are unacceptable except where the test equipment used does not provide numerical results. 5 Analysis and recommendations. B Contractor Test Report: The Contractor's test report shall include the following information at a minimum 1 Summary of project. 2. Description of equipment tested 3 Description of test(s) Provide complete, step -by -step, repeatable, test procedure for each test. Electrical Testing and Commissioning 260800 2 1 C OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 4 Test report data sheets Provide the following information on each data sheet: a. Equipment identification name b Equipment nameplate information c. Full name of person performing the test. d. Date test was performed e Signature of person witnessing the test. f Test equipment serial number and date calibrated g Test parameters and numerical results for each test. Test reports that use terms as 'SAT' 'OK' 'PASS' 'FAIL etc. are unacceptable except where the test equipment used does not provide numerical results. 5 Analysis and recommendations. C Commissioning Report: The commissioning report shall include 1 Acceptance Test Report. 2. Contractor Test Report. 3 Commissioning Drawings. D Commissioning Drawings 1 Provide system as -built drawings including three -line and one -line diagrams. E. Sample Test Report Data Sheets. Section 26 08 00 Part 2, Item A.4 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Preliminary Punch -List: 1 The Contractor shall arrange with the architect a 'preliminary walk- through' of the installed electrical equipment a minimum of 21 days prior to energizing equipment. B Final Punch -List: 1 After the contractor has completed all work, including field changes, field testing, Preliminary Punch List items, and is ready to have the substation energized the Contractor shall request a 'final walk through' The contractor shall request the final walk- through 7 days in advance. The Owner or the Owner's Representative and the contractor shall attend this walk- through of all installed equipment. Provide the Commissioning Document acceptance testing reports, contractor test reports, O &M's, As- Built" shop drawings, the Preliminary Punch List, and contract drawings to each attendee for use in the walk- through. 2. The final punch list is not a waiver of contract requirements or Contractor responsibilities In the event that additional items that relate to non compliance with the contract, code violations, tests, product defects, and installation failures are discovered prior to the owner accepting ownership the Contractor is responsible to resolve all discrepancies. 3 The Contractor shall repair or replace all punch -list items to the Owner's satisfaction prior to energizing the equipment. C Acceptance Testing by Independent Testing Organization 1 Inspect and test all components, devices, and systems in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4 and except where permitted in the specifications to be tested by the Contractor All tests in the NETA ATS specification shall be considered as required unless specifically excluded in writing by the Engineer of Record 2. Perform load tests Electrical Testing and Commissioning 260800 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3. Provide annotations to the as -built commissioning drawings as each element has been tested Present these drawings to the Commissioning Agent as requested for inspection. 4 Maintain a list of discrepancies and failed test results. Submit an updated list to the Contractor on a daily basis 5 Verify that all protective relay inputs and outputs are wired through relay test switches D Contractor Testing Inspect and test the following in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4 1 Inspect and test all cables rated 1000 volts and below 2. Inspect and torque -check all electrical connections. 3 Inspect and test all fiber optic cables. 4 Inspect and test all motors rated 480 volts and below E. Transformer Load and Thermography Tests 1 Upon successful acceptance testing and final punch -list resolution, schedule a Toad test for each transformer meeting any of the following conditions a. Each transformer protected by a differential protection relay scheme. b Each transformer rated 1000kVA or more. 2 Each transformer shall be loaded to a minimum of eighty percent of the transformer's maximum capacity 3 Each transformer shall be loaded for a minimum of 4 hours. 4 Perform thermography test in accordance with NETA ATS and record values as follows. a. Record initial bushing temperatures. b Record initial ambient temperatures c. Monitor record and plot bushing temperatures every 30 minutes. F Emergency Power System Tests. 1 Perform emergency power systems test in accordance with NFPA 110 2. The tests shall prove the sequence of operation in each operating mode. 3 Record all time delays 4 Test each transfer switch in accordance with NETA ATS 5 Test each generator in accordance with NETA ATS 6 Test each conductor in accordance with NETA ATS END OF SECTION 260800 Electrical Testing and Commissioning 260800 4 1 r 1 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART1 GENERAL 11 SUMMARY A. Section includes. 1 Two winding transformers. 1.2 REFERENCES A. NEMA 250 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 V Maximum). B NEMA ST 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Specialty Transformers (Except General- Purpose Type) C NEMA ST 20 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Dry -Type Transformers for General Applications. D NEMA TP1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers. E. NETA ATS (International Electrical Testing Association) Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. F UL 506 (Underwriters Laboratories) Specialty Transformers. G UL 1561 (Underwriters Laboratories) Dry -Type General Purpose and Power Transformers 1.3 SUBMITTALS SECTION 26 22 10 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements. B Product Data. Submit the following: 1 Unit weight. 2. Voltage ratings. 3 kVA ratings. 4 Impedance ratings 5 Energy efficiency 6 Sound level 7 Tap configurations. 8 Insulation system type. 9 Rated temperature rise. C Shop Drawings. Submit the following 1 Dimensioned outline drawings. 2. Conduit entry /exit locations 3. Lifting and support points. 4 Schematic drawings. 5 Wiring diagrams Dry Type Transformers 262210 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization D Transformer Mounting Submit structural calculations, signed and sealed by a structural engineer registered in the state in which the project is located to the building Authority Having Jurisdiction for all stacked and trapeze mounted transformers. 1 4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals. Requirements for closeout documents. B Field quality control reports 1 Test procedures used 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3 Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. C Operation and Maintenance Data. 1 Product Data and Shop Drawings per above. 2. Spare parts listing. 3 Source and current prices of replacement parts and supplies 4 Recommended maintenance procedures and intervals D Project Record Documents. Record actual locations of transformers. 1.5 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements. B. Store in clean dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide additional canvas or plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water construction debris, and traffic. C Handle in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Lift only with Tugs provided Handle carefully to avoid damage to transformer internal components, enclosure, and finish PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 TWO- WINDING TRANSFORMERS A. Manufacturers. 1 Square D (to match existing systems) 2. Substitutions. Not Permitted B. Product Description. NEMA ST 20 and UL 1561 factory assembled, air cooled, dry type transformers, ratings as indicated on Drawings. C Primary Voltage. 480 volts, 3 phase. D Secondary Voltage. 208Y/120 volts, 3 phase E. Efficiency NEMA TP1 Table 4 -2. F Insulation system and average winding temperature rise for rated kVA as follows: 1 1 15 kVA. Class 185 with 115 degrees C rise 2 16 -500 kVA. Class 220 with 115 degrees C rise Dry Type Transformers 262210 2 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 i OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization G Case temperature. Do not exceed 35 degrees C rise above ambient at warmest point at full load H Winding Taps. 1 Transformers Less than 15 kVA. Two 5 percent below rated voltage, full capacity taps on primary winding. 2 Transformers 15 kVA and Larger NEMA ST 20 3 Sound Levels: NEMA ST 20 Basic Impulse Level 10 kV for transformers less than 300 kVA, 30 kV for transformers 300 kVA and larger J Ground core and coil assembly to enclosure by means of visible flexible copper grounding strap K. Mounting. 1 1 15 kVA. Suitable for wall mounting. 2. 16 -75 kVA. Suitable for wall, floor and trapeze mounting 3 Larger than 75 kVA. Suitable for floor and trapeze mounting. L. Coil Conductors. Continuous copper windings with terminations brazed or welded M Enclosure. NEMA 250 Type 1 ventilated, except as modified by NEMA ST 20 Furnish lifting eyes or brackets. N Isolate core and coil from enclosure using vibration absorbing mounts. O Nameplate. Include transformer connection data and overload capacity based on rated allowable temperature rise. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Production test each unit according to NEMA ST20 PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements. B Verify mounting supports are properly sized and located including concealed bracing in walls. 3.2 EXISTING WORK A. Disconnect and remove abandoned transformers. B Maintain access and adequate ventilation to existing transformers and other installations remaining active and requiring access and ventilation. Modify installation or provide access panel or ventilation grilles. C Clean and repair existing transformers to remain or to be reinstalled Dry Type Transformers 262210 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install housekeeping pads in accordance with Section 03 30 00 Verify surfaces of housekeeping pads are level within 0 3 percent (1/8 inch in 42 inches) and are suitable for transformer installation B Set transformer plumb square and level C Use flexible conduit, in accordance with Section 26 05 30 2 feet minimum length, for connections to transformer case Make conduit connections to side panel of enclosure. D Support transformers in accordance with Section 26 00 50 1 Mount wall- mounted transformers using integral flanges or accessory brackets furnished by manufacturer 2. Mount floor mounted transformers on vibration isolating pads suitable for isolating transformer noise from building structure 3 Mount trapeze- mounted transformers in accordance with Section 26 00 50 E. Provide seismic restraints. F Install grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 00 50 3 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements B Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4 C Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS Section 7.2 1 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 75 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements. Starting and adjusting. B Measure primary and secondary voltages and make appropriate tap adjustments. END OF SECTION 262210 Dry Type Transformers 262210 4 1 1 r y i 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART1 GENERAL 11 SUMMARY A. Section includes. 1 Distribution Panelboards. 2 Branch Circuit Panelboards. 3 Overcurrent Protective Devices. 1.2 REFERENCES SECTION 26 2416 PANELBOARDS A. NECA 1 (National Electrical Contractors Association) Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting. B. NECA 407 (National Electrical Contractors Association) Installing and Maintaining Panelboards C NEMA AB 3 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Molded -Case Circuit Breakers and Their Applications. D NEMA FU 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Fuses E. NEMA KS 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum) F NEMA PB 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Panelboards. G. NEMA PB 1 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Instructions for Safe Installation Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less. H. NEMA 250 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). NETA ATS (International Electrical Testing Association) Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems J UL 67 (Underwriters Laboratories) Panelboards. K. UL 489 (Underwriters Laboratories) Molded -Case Circuit Breakers, Molded -Case Switches, and Circuit Breaker Enclosures. L. UL 1283 (Underwriters Laboratories) Electromagnetic Interference Filters. M UL 1449 (Underwriters Laboratories) Surge Protective Devices. N. UL 1699 (Underwriters Laboratories) Arc -Fault Circuit Interrupters. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements B. Product Data. Submit catalog and technical data for specified products showing: 1 Features. Panelboards 262416 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2. Performance. 3 Electrical Characteristics. 4 Ratings. C Shop Drawings. Indicate the following: 1 Outline and support point dimensions 2 Voltage. 3 Main bus ampacity 4 Integrated short circuit ampere rating 5. Circuit breaker and fusible switch arrangement and sizes 1 4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals. B Field Quality Control Reports. 1 Procedures used. 2. Test and inspection results that comply with Specifications. 3 Test and inspection results that failed to comply and corrective action taken to achieve results that comply with Specifications. C Project Record Documents. Record actual locations of panelboards and record actual circuiting arrangements. D Operation and Maintenance Data. Submit the following: 1 Spare parts listing. 2. Source and current prices of replacement parts and supplies. 3 Recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals. B. Furnish two of each panelboard key Panelboards keyed to Owner's current keying system PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: 1 Square D 2. Substitutions: Not Permitted t 1 1 1 1 i B Product Description. NEMA PB1 and UL 67 circuit breaker type, lighting and appliance 1 branch circuit panelboard C Phase, Neutral and Ground Buses. Copper ratings as indicated on Schedules. D For non linear Toad applications subject to harmonics furnish 200 percent rated, plated copper solid neutral E. Minimum fully rated short circuit rating: 10 000 amperes rms symmetrical for 208 volt panelboards, 14 000 amperes rms symmetrical for 480 volt panelboards, or as indicated on Schedules, whichever is greater Panelboards 262416 2 1 1 I OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization F Enclosure: NEMA 250 Type 1 sized to fit in the space shown, with required clearances. G Cabinet Box: 6 inches deep 20 inches wide for 240 volt and less panelboards, 20 inches wide for 480 volt panelboards. H Cabinet Front: Surface mounted door -in -door type fastened with flush locking latches For surface- mounted fronts, match box dimensions, for flush- mounted fronts, overlap box. Provide doors with flush locks, all keyed to Owner's keying system metal directory frame, finished in manufacturer's standard gray enamel. 2.2 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Product Description NEMA AB 1 and UL 489 bolt -on type circuit breakers with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip units in each pole and common trip handle for all poles. Note: Square D I -Line breakers are considered the equivalent of bolt -on for the purposes of this paragraph Furnish circuit breakers UL listed as Type HACR for air conditioning equipment branch circuits. B Manufacturer To match panelboard in which they are mounted C Circuit Breaker Accessories. Trip units, toggle locks, auxiliary switches, etc. as indicated on Drawings or Schedules 2.3 FUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES A. NEMA KS 1 quick -make, quick- break, load interrupter enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle. Furnish interlock to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. Handle lockable in OFF position Fuse clips Designed to accommodate NEMA FU 1 Class R fuses. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXISTING WORK A. Disconnect abandoned panelboards Remove abandoned panelboards and load centers. B. Maintain access to existing panelboard remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel C Protect existing panelboards remaining in service from damage during demolition and construction D Clean and repair existing panelboards to remain or to be reinstalled 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store panelboards in accordance with to NECA 407 and NEMA PB 1 1 B Examine panelboards before installation Reject panelboards that are damaged or rusted or have been subjected to water saturation C Examine elements and surfaces to receive panelboards for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. Panelboards 262416 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization D Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards in accordance with NECA 407 and NEMA PB 1 1 B Install panelboards plumb, square and level C Height: 6 feet to top of panelboard install panelboards taller than 6 feet with bottom no more than 4 inches and no less than 2 inches above floor D Install filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards E. Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes to balance phase loads. Designate specific equipment or areas served with each circuit with sufficient detail to allow each circuit to be distinguished from all others in accordance with NEC Article 408 4 F Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 26 00 50 3 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements. B Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS except Section 4 C Perform circuit breaker inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS Section 7 6 D Perform switch inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS Section 7.5 E. Perform an infrared scan of each panelboard to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Remove front panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner Provide calibration record for device. 3 5 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements B Set field adjustable circuit breaker trip ranges. C Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder rearrange circuits in panelboard to balance phase loads to within 20 percent of each other Maintain proper phasing for multi -wire branch circuits END OF SECTION 262416 Panelboards 262416 4 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART1 GENERAL 11 SUMMARY A. Section includes hinged cover enclosures, cabinets, terminal blocks, and accessories. 1.2 REFERENCES A. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) Standard of Installation B NEMA ICS 4 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Terminal Blocks for Industrial Control Equipment and Systems. C NEMA 250 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). B UL 50 (Underwriters Laboratories) Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative procedures. B Product Data. For each item specified, submit manufacturers' technical data on 1 Dimensions. 2 Features. 3 Accessories. C Shop Drawings. For each item specified, indicate: 1 Dimensioned outline drawings. 2 Lifting and support points 3 Installation drawings showing mounting provisions. 14 QUALIFICATIONS 1 5 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals. B Furnish two of each key PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 HINGED COVER ENCLOSURES SECTION 26 2715 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements. B Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience. A. Manufacturers. 1 Circle AW 2. Hoffman 3 Square D Cabinets and Enclosures 262715 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 4 Substitutions. Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements B Product Description UL 50 and NEMA 250 Type 1 steel enclosure for interior locations. C Product Description UL 50 and NEMA 250 Type 3^ steel enclosure for exterior locations D Covers Continuous hinge, held closed by flush latch operable by screwdriver if in a secure location or key if installed in a publicly accessibly location E. Furnish interior metal panel for mounting terminal blocks and electrical components; finish with white enamel. F Enclosure Finish Manufacturer's standard enamel 2.2 CABINETS A. Manufacturers. 1 Circle AW 2. Hoffman 3 Square D 4 Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements B Product Description. UL 50 galvanized steel box. C Box Size As shown. D Backboard Furnish 3/4 inch thick plywood backboard for mounting terminal blocks. Paint matte white with intumescent paint. E. Fronts. Steel flush or surface type with concealed trim clamps, door with concealed hinge and flush lock keyed to match branch circuit panelboards. Finish with gray baked enamel F Knockouts. Manufacturer's standard G Furnish metal barriers to form separate compartments wiring of different systems and voltages. H. Furnish accessory feet for free standing equipment. 2.3 TERMINAL BLOCKS A. Manufacturers. 1 Hubbell Wiring Devices. 2. Reliance Electric. 3 Substitutions. Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements. B. Product Description NEMA ICS 4 C Power Terminals. Unit construction type with closed back and tubular pressure screw connectors, rated 600 volts D Signal and Control Terminals. Modular construction type, suitable for channel mounting with tubular pressure screw connectors, rated 300 volts. Cabinets and Enclosures 262715 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization E. Furnish ground bus terminal block, with each connector bonded to enclosure. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXISTING WORK A. Remove abandoned cabinets and enclosures. Patch surfaces. B Maintain access to existing cabinets and enclosures and other installations remaining active and requiring access Protect from damage. Modify installation or provide access panel. C Extend existing cabinets and enclosures using materials and methods as specified D Clean and repair existing cabinets and enclosures to remain or to be reinstalled 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with NECA 'Standard of Installation B Install enclosures and boxes plumb Anchor securely to wall and structural supports at each corner in accordance with Section 26 00 50 C Install cabinet fronts plumb square and level 3.3 CLEANING A. Section 01 74 00 Cleaning and Waste Management: Final cleaning B Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and harmful materials. C Remove dirt and debris from enclosure. D Clean finishes and touch up damage END OF SECTION 262715 Cabinets and Enclosures 262715 3 n OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART1 GENERAL 11 SUMMARY SECTION 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES A. Section includes 1 Wall switches. 2. Receptacles 3 Device plates and decorative box covers. 1.2 REFERENCES A. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) Standard of Installation B NEMA FB 11 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Plugs, Receptacles and Connectors of the Pin -and Sleeve Type for Hazardous Locations. C NEMA WD 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) General Requirements for Wiring Devices. D NEMA WD 6 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Wiring Device Dimensional Requirements. E. UL 20 (Underwriters Laboratories) General Use Snap Switches F UL 498 (Underwriters Laboratories) Attachment Plugs and Receptacles. G UL 943 (Underwriters Laboratories) Ground -Fault Circuit- Interrupters. H UL 1010 (Underwriters Laboratories) Receptacle -Plug Combinations For Use In Hazardous (Classified) Locations. UL 1449 (Underwriters Laboratories) Surge Protective Devices. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements B Product Data. Submit manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions, colors, and configurations C Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's wiring diagrams, installation instructions and operating instructions. 1 4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals. Requirements for operations and maintenance data. B Operations and Maintenance information. Complete cut sheets showing model numbers of materials actually used C Test Reports. Reports of tests performed in the field during and after installation Wiring Devices 262726 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART2 PRODUCTS 2 1 WALL SWITCHES A. Manufacturers 1 Pass Seymour PT 20AC series (plug tail). 2. Substitutions. Not permitted B Product Description. NEMA WD 1 and UL 20 Heavy -Duty AC only general -use quiet type toggle switch 1 Voltage. 120 -277 VAC 2. Amperage: 20 A. 3 Wiring Terminals. Side wired, screw -type. 4 Color Ivory C For three- and four -way switches, provide units in the same series and the above listed, with appropriate modifications to the part numbers. 2.2 STRAIGHT BLADE RECEPTACLES A. Hospital- Grade, Convenience Receptacles. 1 Manufacturers. a. Pass Seymour PT8200 and PT8300 series b Pass Seymour PTTR62H and PTTR63H tamper resistant c. Pass Seymour PT1595- HG.and PT2095 -HG GFCI d Pass Seymour PT1595 -HGTR and PT2095 -HGTR tamper resistant, GFCI e. Substitutions. Not permitted 2. Product Description NEMA WD 1 and UL 498 Hospital grade receptacles. a. Configuration NEMA WD 6, Type 5 -20R. b Voltage 125 V c. Amperage. 20 A. d Wiring Terminals: Side wired, screw -type e Color Ivory red when used on Emergency circuits 2.3 WALL PLATES A. Manufacturers. 1 Bryant. 2. Cooper 3 Hubbell. 4 Leviton. 5 Pass Seymour 6 Substitutions' Not permitted B Decorative Cover Plate: Lined, 302 stainless steel. C Jumbo Cover Plate. 302 stainless steel D Weatherproof Cover Plate. Gasketed cast metal plate with hinged and gasketed device cover Provide devices UL listed for use in `wet locations with plug in -use. Wiring Devices 262726 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements. B Verify outlet boxes are installed at proper height. C Verify wall openings are neatly cut and completely covered by wall plates D Verify branch circuit wiring installation is completed tested and ready for connection to wiring devices. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean debris from outlet boxes 3.3 EXISTING WORK A. Disconnect and remove abandoned wiring devices. B Modify installation to maintain access to existing wiring devices to remain active. C Mark and protect wiring devices which are to remain. Replace any wiring devices damaged during the project. D Clean and repair existing wiring devices to remain or to be reinstalled 3 4 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with NECA 'Standard of Installation." B. Install devices plumb square and level. C Install switches with OFF position down Install 3- and 4 -way switches so that the circuit is OFF with all switch handles in the down position D Install wall dimmers to achieve full rating after derating for ganging as instructed by manufacturer E. Do not share neutral conductor on Toad side of dimmers. F Install receptacles with grounding pole on bottom unless required otherwise the AHJ G Provide identification labels for receptacles showing panelboard and circuit in accordance with Section 26 00 50 H Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas Wiring Devices 262726 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization J Connect wiring devices by wrapping solid conductor around screw terminal When stranded conductors are used in lieu of solid use crimp on fork terminals for device terminations Do not place bare stranded conductors directly under device screws K. Use jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry walls. L. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets. 3 5 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 26 05 30 to obtain mounting heights as specified B Install wall switches 48 inches above finished floor C Install convenience receptacle and telecommunications outlets 18 inches above finished floor D Install wall- mounted telecommunications outlets 60 inches above finished floor E. Install convenience receptacle 6 inches above counter F Coordinate installation of wiring devices with underfloor raceway service fittings provided under Section 26 05 31 G Coordinate installation of wiring devices with floor box service fittings provided under Section 26 05 30 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements B Inspect each wiring device for defects. C Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation D Verify each receptacle device is energized E. Test each receptacle device for proper polarity record results of tests. F Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation 3 7 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 75 00 Startup and Adjusting. Testing, adjusting, and balancing. B Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. Wiring Devices 262726 4 a 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 I OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3.8 CLEANING A. Section 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements B Clean exposed surfaces to remove splatters and restore finish END OF SECTION 262726 Wiring Devices 262726 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART1 GENERAL 11 SUMMARY SECTION 26 28 13 FUSES A. Section includes. 1 Fuses. 1.2 REFERENCES A. NEMA FU 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses 1.3 FUSE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Main Service Switches Larger than 600 amperes: Class L (time delay). B Main Service Switches. Class RK1 (dual element, time delay) C Power Load Feeder Switches Larger than 600 amperes. Class L (time delay) D Power Load Feeder Switches. Class RK1 (dual element, time delay). E. Motor Load Feeder Switches Class RK5. F Lighting Load Feeder Switches Larger than 600 amperes. Class L fast acting. G Lighting Load Feeder Switches: Class RK1 (non- time delay). H. Other Feeder Switches Larger than 600 amperes. Class L time delay Other Feeder Switches: Class RK1 (time delay) J General Purpose Branch Circuits: Class RK1 (non- time delay). K. Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK5 L. Lighting Branch Circuits. Class G 14 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements. B Product Data. For each type and size of fuse, submit data sheets showing the following: 1 Electrical characteristics. 2. Time current curves. 3 Dimensions 1 5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals. Requirements for closeout documents. 8 Project Record Documents Record actual sizes, ratings, and locations of fuses Fuses 262813 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience 1 7 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals Spare parts and maintenance products B Furnish two fuse pullers 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals Requirements for extra materials. B Furnish ten percent of the quantity of each type, size and rating of fuse installed, but not less than three spare fuses. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FUSES A. Manufacturers: 1 Bussmann 2. Farraz Shawmut. 3 Littlefuse. 4 Substitutions. Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements B Dimensions and Performance NEMA FU 1 Class as specified or as indicated on Drawings. C Voltage Rating suitable for circuit phase -to -phase voltage. D Class Rk1 (Time Delay) Fuses: 1 Dimensions and Performance' NEMA FU 1 2 Voltage: Rating suitable for circuit phase -to -phase voltage. E. Class Rk1 (Non- Time Delay) Fuses. 1 Dimensions and Performance: NEMA FU 1 2. Voltage: Rating suitable for circuit phase -to -phase voltage. F Class Rk5 Fuses: 1 Dimensions and Performance: NEMA FU 1 2 Voltage. Rating suitable for circuit phase -to -phase voltage. G Class J (Time Delay) Fuses: 1 Dimensions and Performance. NEMA FU 1 2. Voltage. Rating suitable for circuit phase -to -phase voltage. H Class J (Non- Time Delay) Fuses. 1 Dimensions and Performance' NEMA FU 1 2 Voltage: Rating suitable for circuit phase -to -phase voltage. 1. Class T Fuses. 1 Dimensions and Performance. NEMA FU 1 Fuses 262813 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2. Voltage Rating suitable for circuit phase -to -phase voltage. J Class L (Fast- Acting) Fuses. 1 Dimensions and Performance: NEMA FU 1 2. Voltage Rating suitable for circuit phase -to -phase voltage. K. Class L (Time Delay) Fuses 1 Dimensions and Performance: NEMA FU 1 2 Voltage. Rating suitable for circuit phase -to -phase voltage. L. Class G Fuses. 1 Dimensions and Performance NEMA FU 1 2. Voltage. Rating suitable for circuit phase -to -phase voltage. M Class CC (Time Delay) Fuses 1 Dimensions and Performance. NEMA FU 1 2 Voltage: Rating suitable for circuit phase -to -phase voltage. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXISTING WORK A. Remove fuses from abandoned circuits. B. Maintain access to existing fuses and other installations remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Section 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements. B. Install fuse with label oriented so manufacturer type, and size are easily read C Install spare fuse cabinet. END OF SECTION 262813 Fuses 262813 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART1 GENERAL 11 SUMMARY A. Section includes. 1 Fusible safety switches. 2 Non fusible safety switches. SECTION 26 28 15 SAFETY SWITCHES B Related Section Section 26 28 13 Fuses 1.2 REFERENCES A. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) Standard of Installation B NEMA FU1 (National Electrical Contractors Association) Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses C NEMA KS 1 (National Electrical Contractors Association) Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum) B NEMA 250 (National Electrical Contractors Association) Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). E. NETA ATS (International Electrical Testing Association) Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems (International Electrical Testing Association). F UL 98 (Underwriters Laboratory) Enclosed and Dead -Front Switches. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative Procedures B Product Data. Submit switch ratings and enclosure dimensions 1 Short circuit rating. 2 Voltage. 3 Continuous current. 4 Horsepower rating. 5. Cable terminal sizes. C Shop Drawings. 1 Dimensioned outline drawing. 2 Conduit entry /exit locations. 3 Schematic drawings. 4 Wiring diagrams. 1 4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals B Field quality control reports. 1 Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. Safety Switches 262815 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3 Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements C Operation and Maintenance Data. 1 Product Data and Shop Drawings per above. 2 Spare parts listing 3 Source and current prices of replacement parts and supplies. 4 Recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. D Project Record Documents. Record actual locations of safety switches and ratings of installed fuses. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers. 1 Square D 2 Substitutions. Not Permitted. B Product Description NEMA KS 1 Type HD enclosed load interrupter fused knife switch with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position Provide defeat for interlock. Handle lockable in OFF position C Fuse clips: Designed to accommodate NEMA FU1 Class R fuses. D Enclosure: NEMA 250 to meet conditions. Fabricate enclosure from steel finished with manufacturer's standard gray enamel 1 Interior Dry Locations. Type 1 2 Exterior Locations. Type 3R E. Service Entrance Switches identified for use as service equipment are to be labeled for this application Furnish solid neutral assembly and equipment ground bar F Furnish switches with entirely copper current carrying parts 2.2 NONFUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers. 1 Square D 2. Substitutions. Not Permitted B Product Description. NEMA KS 1 Type HD enclosed Toad interrupter knife switch with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position Handle lockable in OFF position. C Enclosure NEMA 250 to meet conditions. Fabricate enclosure from steel finished with manufacturer's standard gray enamel 1 Interior Dry Locations Type 1 2 Exterior Locations Type 3R. D Service Entrance. Switches identified for use as service equipment are to be labeled for this application Furnish solid neutral assembly and equipment ground bar E. Furnish switches with entirely copper current carrying parts Safety Switches 262815 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2.3 SWITCH RATINGS A. Switch Rating: Horsepower rated for AC or DC as indicated on Drawings B. Short Circuit Current Rating. UL listed for 200 000 rms symmetrical amperes when used with or protected by Class R fuses (30 -600 ampere switches employing appropriate fuse rejection schemes) 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes when used with or protected by Class L fuses (800 -1200 ampere). PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXISTING WORK A. Disconnect and remove abandoned safety switches. B Maintain access to existing safety switches and other installations remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel C Clean and repair existing safety switches to remain or to be reinstalled 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with NECA 'Standard of Installation B Install safety switches plumb square and level Provide supports in accordance with Section 26 00 50 C Height: 78 inches, maximum to operating handle. D Install fuses for fusible disconnect switches Refer to Section 26 28 13 for product requirements. E. Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 26 00 50 F Apply adhesive tag on inside door of each fused switch indicating NEMA fuse class and size installed 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements. B Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4 C Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS Section 7.5. END OF SECTION 262815 Safety Switches 262815 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART1 GENERAL 11 SUMMARY 1.3 SUBMITTALS 14 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS SECTION 26 28 20 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Section includes molded -case and insulated -case circuit breakers in individual enclosures. 1.2 REFERENCES A. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) Standard of Installation B NEMA 250 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). C NEMA AB 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Molded Case Circuit Breakers. D NETA ATS (International Electrical Testing Association) Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems (International Electrical Testing Association). A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative procedures. B Product Data. For each item specified submit manufacturers' technical data on 1 Dimensions. 2 Features. 3 Performance. 4 Electrical characteristics. 5. Ratings 6 Accessories. C Shop Drawings: For each item specified, indicate: 1 Dimensioned outline drawings 2. Schematic drawings. 3 Wiring diagrams. 4 Installation drawings showing: a. Weights. b Conduit entrance locations and requirements. A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Procedures: Requirements for closeout documents. B Project Record Documents Record actual locations and continuous current ratings of enclosed circuit breakers. C Operation and Maintenance Data. Submit the following: 1 Product Data and Shop Drawings per above. 2. Normal operating instructions. 3 Emergency operating instructions 4 Preventive maintenance schedules and procedures. Enclosed Circuit Breakers 262820 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 5 Parts Identification 6 Spare Parts and Supply Lists. a. Source. b Current prices of replacement parts and supplies D Field Quality Control Test Reports Submit record of circuit breaker settings. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER A. Manufacturers. 1 Square D 2. Substitutions. Not Permitted B Product Description Enclosed, molded -case circuit breaker conforming to NEMA AB 1 with ground fault interrupter suitable for use as service entrance equipment. C Field- Changeable Ampere Rating Circuit Breaker Circuit breakers with frame sizes 200 amperes and larger have changeable trip units. D Solid -State Circuit Breaker Electronic sensing, timing, and tripping circuits for adjustable current settings; ground fault trip with integral ground fault sensing; instantaneous trip and adjustable short time trip E. Accessories Conform to NEMA AB 1 1 Grounding Lug In each enclosure. F Enclosure NEMA AB 1 to meet conditions. Fabricate enclosure from steel finished with manufacturer's standard gray enamel. 1 Interior Dry Locations. NEMA 250 Type 1 2. Exterior Locations. NEMA 250 Type 3R. G Service Entrance Switches identified for use as service equipment are to be labeled for this application Furnish solid neutral assembly and equipment ground bar PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING WORK A. Disconnect and remove abandoned enclosed circuit breakers. B Maintain access to existing enclosed circuit breakers and other installations remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel. C Clean and repair existing enclosed circuit breakers to remain or to be reinstalled 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with NECA 'Standard of Installation Enclosed Circuit Breakers 262820 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization B Install enclosed circuit breakers plumb Provide supports in accordance with Section 26 00 50 C Height: Not more than 72 inches to operating handle. D Locate and install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 26 00 50 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements. B Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS except Section 4 C Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS Section 7 6 1 1 3 4 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout requirements. B Adjust trip settings to coordinate circuit breakers with other overcurrent protective devices in circuit. C Adjust trip settings to provide adequate protection from overcurrent and fault currents D Record circuit breaker adjustments and submit report. END OF SECTION 262820 Enclosed Circuit Breakers 262820 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART1 GENERAL 11 SUMMARY SECTION 26 29 10 MOTOR STARTERS A. Section includes the following in individual enclosures. 1 Manual motor starters. 2 Full voltage non reversing starters 1.2 REFERENCES A. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) Standard of Installation B. NEMA FU 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Fuses. C NEMA 250 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum) D NEMA ICS 2 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Industrial Control and Systems: Controllers, Contactors, and Overload Relays Rated Not More Than 2000 Volts AC or 750 Volts DC E. NEMA ICS 5 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Industrial Control and Systems. Control Circuit and Pilot Devices. F NEMA KS 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum). G NETA ATS (International Electrical Testing Association) Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. H UL 489 (Underwriters Laboratories) Molded -Case Circuit Breakers, Molded -Case Switches, and Circuit Breaker Enclosures. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements. B Product Data. For each item specified, submit manufacturers' technical data on 1 Dimensions 2. Features. 3 Performance. 4 Electrical characteristics. a. Voltage. b Starter size. c. Ratings and size of switching and overcurrent protective devices d Short circuit ratings. 5 Accessories C Shop Drawings. For each item specified indicate. 1 Dimensioned outline drawings. 2. Lifting and support points. 3 Schematic drawings 4 Wiring diagrams. Motor Starters 262910- 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 2 PRODUCTS 5 Installation drawings showing. a. Weights. b Lifting provisions. c. Conduit entrance locations and requirements 1 4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals. B. Project Record Documents. Record actual locations and ratings of motor starters. C Field Quality Control Test Reports Submit certified copies of reports showing 1 Test procedures used. 2. Tabulated test results. 3 Date and time of tests 4 Name and organization of responsible person making tests 5 Tabulated showing of which test results comply with requirements, which results failed to comply and corrective action taken to achieve test results which comply with requirements. D Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit the following 1 Product Data and Shop Drawings per above. 2 Normal operating instructions 3 Testing equipment and special tool requirements 4 Adjustment procedures 5. Preventive maintenance schedules and procedures 6. Repair procedures 7 Parts Identification 8 Spare Parts and Supply Lists. a. Source. b Current prices of replacement parts and supplies. 9 Personnel training requirements. 2.1 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS A. Manufacturers. 1 Square D Model F Class 2510 2. Substitutions Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements B Product Description NEMA ICS 2, AC general purpose, Class A, manually operated full voltage motor starter with. 1 Overload element. 2. Red pilot light. C Enclosure. NEMA 250 Type 1 2.2 FULL VOLTAGE NON REVERSING STARTERS A. Manufacturers: 1 Square D (to match existing) 2. Substitutions Not Permitted Motor Starters 262910- 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization B Product Description NEMA ICS 2, AC general purpose Class A magnetic combination starter for induction motors rated in horsepower C Control Voltage. 120 volts, 60 Hertz. D Overload Relay NEMA ICS 2; ambient compensating bimetal. E. Product Features 1 Auxiliary Contacts NEMA ICS 2, two field convertible contacts in addition to seal -in contact. 2. Cover Mounted Pilot Devices. NEMA ICS 5, heavy duty oiltight type 3 Pilot Device Contacts NEMA ICS 5, Form Z, rated A150 4 Pushbuttons: Shrouded type 5 Indicating Lights. LED type 6 Selector Switches. Rotary H -O -A type. 7 Relays. NEMA ICS 2 8 Control Power Transformers. 120 volt secondary in each motor starter Furnish fused primary and secondary and bond unfused leg of secondary to enclosure. F Combination Starters Combine motor starters with disconnect in common enclosure, using motor circuit protector conforming to UL 489 with integral instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole. Obtain IEC Class 2 coordinated component protection G Enclosure. NEMA 250 to meet conditions. Fabricate enclosure from steel finished with manufacturer's standard gray enamel 1 Interior Dry Locations* Type 1 2. Exterior Locations. Type 3R. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXISTING WORK A. Disconnect and remove abandoned motor starters B. Maintain access to existing motor starters and other installations to remain active and to require access. Modify installation or provide access panel C Protect from damage. Repair or replace any starters damaged during demolition or construction. D Clean and repair existing motor starters to remain or to be reinstalled 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install motor starters as indicated on Drawings, in accordance with NECA 'Standard of Installation B Install motor starters plumb square and level. Provide supports in accordance with Section 26 00 50 C Height: 78 inches, maximum, to operating handle D Install fuses for fusible switches Refer to Section 26 28 13 for product requirements. Motor Starters 262910- 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization E. Select and install overload heater elements in motor starters to match installed motor characteristics. F Install engraved plastic nameplates. Refer to Section 26 00 50 for product requirements and location G Neatly type label and place inside each motor starter door identifying motor served nameplate horsepower full Toad amperes, code letter service factor and voltage /phase rating Place label in clear plastic holder 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements. B Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS except Section 4 C Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS Section 7 16 1 D Prepare and submit report of findings. END OF SECTION 262910 Motor Starters 262910- 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART1 GENERAL 11 SUMMARY A. Section includes 1 Luminaires 2. Ballasts 3 Lamps. 4 Accessories 1.2 REFERENCES SECTION 26 51 00 INTERIOR LIGHTING A. ANSI /NEMA C82 4 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Ballasts for High Intensity Discharge and Low Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple Supply Type). B. ANSI /NEMA C82 11 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) High Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts. C NEMA WD 6 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) Wiring Devices Dimensional Requirements. D UL 924 (Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.) Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment. E. UL 935 (Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.) Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts F UL 1029 (Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.) High Intensity Discharge Lamp Ballasts G UL 1598 (Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.) Luminaires. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements. B. Product Data. For each item specified, submit the following: 1 Physical descriptions. a. Features. b Accessories. c. Materials. d Finishes. e. Dimensions f Projected area. g. Ratings. 2. Performance data. 3 Ballasts, including energy- efficiency data 4 Lamps, including the following: a. Expected life. b Wattage. c. Lumen output. d Color temperature. e. Color rendering index, C Shop Drawings: For each item specified Indicate the following 1 Dimensions. Interior Lighting 265100 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2. Schematic drawings 3. Wiring diagrams 4 Photometric data. D Installation instructions 1 4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals. B Project Record Documents Provide plan drawings showing actual locations and types of luminaires C Field Quality- Control Reports 1 Test procedures used 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3 Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. D Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit the following 1 Product Data and Shop Drawings per above 2. Spare parts data listing' a. Source. b Current prices of replacement parts and supplies 3 Recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. 4 Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements. B Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1 6 FIELD MEASUREMENTS Section 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements. A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 17 COORDINATION A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements. B Furnish bolt templates and pole mounting accessories to installer of pole foundations. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals. Spare parts and maintenance products. B Furnish one of each type of plastic lens type for each 100 of each type or fraction thereof C Furnish two of each ballast type. Interior Lighting 265100 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMINAIRIES A. Product Description UL 1598 complete luminaire assemblies, with features, options, and accessories as scheduled Products shown in the Lighting Fixture Schedule are listed by Manufacturers general series designations only Determine the exact part numbers from the manufacturers literature, conforming to the types and sizes of lamps required ballasts and other specified features required B Substitutions. Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements C Sheet Metal Components. Steel unless otherwise indicated Form and support to prevent warping and sagging D Metal Parts Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. E. Voltage. Coordinate the voltage of circuit serving the lighting fixtures with the fixtures voltage requirements prior to ordering. Re- verify fixture voltage for fixture being served prior to installation of circuits. F Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access. Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during relamping and when secured in operating position. G Mounting Accessories. Coordinate light fixture locations and installation with ceiling types identified on Architectural Reflected Ceiling plans. Provide required light fixture mounting accessories, frames, supplementary support structures, hangers, spacers, stems, aligner canopies, auxiliary junction boxes and other hardware suitable for the specified ceiling types. Provide earthquake clips. H. Provide disconnecting means with luminaire. 2.2 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS A. Manufacturers: 1 Advance. 2. G E. 3 Howard. 4 Sylvania. 5. Triad. 6 Substitutions Not Permitted B. Product Description ANSI /NEMA C82 11 and UL 935 programmed start electronic ballast 1 Suitable for lamps specified. 2. Voltage to match luminaire voltage. 3 Current Total Harmonic Distortion. Less than 10 percent. 4 Ballast Factor Not Tess than 0.88 5 Power Factor Not less than 0.95 6 Sound Rating Class A. 7 Provide in -line fuse rated for the Toad 8 Provide in -line disconnecting means Interior Lighting 265100 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization C Provide in -line fuse rated for the load 2.3 FLUORESCENT LAMPS A. Manufacturers. 1 G E. 2. Osram /Sylvania. 3 Phillips. 4 Substitutions Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements. B Product Description 1 Standard lamps. a. Size F32T8 b Output: 2800 lumens. c. Color 3500° K. d. CRI z 80 2 Other lamps. As scheduled. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXISTING WORK A. Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaires, emergency lighting units, exit signs, poles, lamps, and accessories. B Extend existing luminaire installations using materials and methods as specified C Clean and repair existing luminaires to remain or to be reinstalled 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install suspended luminaires using pendants supported from swivel hangers Install pendant length required to suspend luminaire at indicated height. B Support luminaires larger than 2 x 4 foot size independent of ceiling framing C Locate recessed ceiling luminaires as indicated on Drawings. D Support Clips. Fasten to lighting fixtures and to ceiling grid members at or near each fixture corner with locking safety clips that are UL listed for the application E. Install surface mounted luminaires plumb square and level Adjust to align with building lines and with each other Secure to prevent movement. F Install surface mounted emergency lighting units plumb and adjust to align with building lines and with each other Secure to prevent movement. G Install suspended exit signs using pendants supported from swivel hangers Install pendant length required to suspend sign at indicated height. H Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below Install recessed luminaires using accessories and firestopping materials to meet regulatory requirements for fire rating Interior Lighting 265100 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization J Install wall- mounted luminaires, emergency lighting units and exit signs at height as indicated on Architectural Drawings K. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire, emergency lighting unit and exit sign L. Connect luminaires, emergency lighting units to branch circuit outlets provided under Section 26 05 30 using flexible conduit. M Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within luminaire. N Install fuses in the in -line fuse holders for all luminaires. O Install specified lamps in each luminaire. P Burn -in all lamps that require specific aging period to operate properly prior to occupancy by Owner Burn -in fluorescent and compact fluorescent lamps intended to be dimmed, for at least 100 hours at full voltage. Q. Interface with air handling accessories furnished and installed under Section 23 30 00 R. Ground and bond interior luminaires, emergency lighting unit in accordance with Section 26 00 50 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 4 00 Quality Requirements B Operate each luminaire after installation and connection Inspect for proper connection and operation C Measure illumination levels to verify conformance with performance requirements D Take outdoor measurements during night sky without moon or with heavy overcast clouds effectively obscuring moon 3 4 ADJUSTING A. Section 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements B Aim and adjust luminaries to provide illumination levels and distribution as indicated on Drawings C Position exit sign directional arrows as indicated on Drawings 3 5 CLEANING A. Section 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements B Remove dirt and debris from enclosures C Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer D Clean finishes and touch up damage. Interior Lighting 265100 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3 6 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Section 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements B Relamp luminaires, having failed lamps at Substantial Completion END OF SECTION 265100 Interior Lighting 265100 6 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART1 GENERAL 11 SUMMARY 1.2 REFERENCES 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION SECTION 27 15 01 COMMUNICATIONS CIRCUITS. A. Section includes 1 Backboards 2 Pathways 3 Termination devices 4 Outlets 5 Premises cabling A. ANSI /J- Std -607 -A (American National Standards Institute) Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications B EIA/TIA 455 -B (Electronic Industries Association/Telecommunications Industries Association) Test Procedure for Fiber Optic Fibers Cables, Transducers, Sensors, Connection and Terminating Devices, and Other Optical Fiber Components. C EIA/TIA 522 (Electronic Industries Association /Telecommunications Industries Association) Test Procedures for Fiber Optic Systems. D EIA/TIA 568 -B.2 (Electronic Industries Association/Telecommunications Industries Association) Balanced Twisted Pair Cabling Components. E. EIA/TIA 568 -B.3 (Electronic Industries Association /Telecommunications Industries Association) Optical Fiber Cabling Components F EIA/TIA 569 -B (Electronic Industries Association /Telecommunications Industries Association) Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces G EIA/TIA 606 (Electronic Industries Association/Telecommunications Industries Association) Administrative Standard for Commercial Telecommunications Infrastructure. H NETA ATS (International Electrical Testing Association) Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. A. Service entrance from Telecommunications Utility Company is existing modifications to the premise wiring will be by owner B Backbone Pathway existing, no changes or alterations planned C Horizontal Pathway Conform to EIA/TIA 569 -B, using conduit in accordance with Section 26 05 30 J- hooks, D- rings, sleeves and backboards and required by the owner D Entrance Wiring: Existing, no changes planned. E. Backbone Wiring: Existing, no changes planned Communications Circuits 271501 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization F Horizontal Wiring: By Owner Coordinate all pathway requirements with owner 14 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements. B Product Data For each item specified, submit manufacturers' technical data on 1 Dimensions 2. Features. 3 Performance. 4 Electrical characteristics. 5 Ratings 6 Accessories. C Shop Drawings For each item specified indicate. 1 Dimensioned outline drawings 2 Schematic drawings. 3 Wiring diagrams 4 Installation drawings. a. Plans. b Elevations. c. Sections d Details e. Attachments to other work. 5 Conduit entrance locations and requirements 1 5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals. Requirements for closeout documents. B Project Record Documents Record actual locations and sizes of pathways and outlets. C Field Quality Control Reports. 1 Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3 Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. D Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit the following 1 Product Data and Shop Drawings per above. 2. Spare parts data listing: a. Source. b Current prices of replacement parts and supplies. 3 Manufacturer's recommended operating instructions. 4 Manufacturer's recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. 16 QUALIFICATIONS A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements. B Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience Communications Circuits 271501 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization C Installer Company specializing in installing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience, and with service facilities within 100 miles of project. D Testing Agency Company member of International Electrical Testing Association and specializing in testing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1 7 PRE- INSTALLATION MEETING A. Coordinate all telecom work with the owner or with the owner selected sub contractor for low voltage systems including access control and infant abduction systems B Convene minimum one week prior to commencing Work of this section 1.8 COORDINATION A. Section 01 3 00 Administrative Requirements. B Coordinate with owner regarding horizontal pathways and related infrastructure related to telecommunications installations. C Coordinate with owner selected sub contractor for specific requirements related to low voltage systems including access control and infant abduction systems PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BACKBOARDS A. Material: Type AC fire retardant plywood B Size: 4 x 8 314 inch thick (or as indicated) C Finish White or gray intumescent paint. 2.2 CROSS CONNECT A. By owner 2.3 DATA CABLE PATCH PANEL A. By owner 2.4 OPTICAL FIBER PATCH PANEL A. By owner 2.5 TELEPHONE OUTLET JACKS A. By owner 2.6 DATA OUTLET JACKS A. By owner Communications Circuits 271501 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2.7 FACEPLATES A. By Owner 2.8 UNSHIELDED BACKBONE CABLE A. By Owner 2.9 SHIELDED BACKBONE CABLE A. By Owner 2.10 UNSHIELDED HORIZONTAL CABLE A. By owner or owner selected sub contractor B. Manufacturers: 1 Berk -tek. 2. CommScope. 3 General Cable 4 Superior Essex. 5 Systimax Solutions. 6 Substitutions. Not Permitted. C Product Description EIA/TIA 568 -B.2, Category 5e or 6 100 -ohm unshielded twisted pair cable with 4 pairs, 22 AWG copper conductor 2.11 SHIELDED HORIZONTAL CABLE A. By Owner B. Product Description EIA/TIA 568, 150 -ohm shielded twisted -pair plenum rated cable with 2 pairs, 22 AWG copper conductor 2.12 GROUND WIRE A. Product Description 1 Solid bare copper wire, #6 AWG (or as indicated) PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXISTING WORK A. Remove exposed abandoned telecommunications cables and pathways, including abandoned cables and pathways above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. B Disconnect and remove abandoned telecommunications equipment. C Identify existing telecommunications equipment, cabling and terminations remaining in service and protect from damage during demolition and construction Repair all damage from demolition and construction activities at no additional cost to the Owner Provide supports for remaining telecommunications equipment, raceway and boxes for which supports were removed by demolition activity Communications Circuits 271501 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization D Provide supports for existing remaining telecommunications cabling which was previously unsupported or draped on ceiling t -bar Acceptable methods are cable tray conduit, j- hooks and d- rings. E. Maintain access to existing telecommunications equipment, cabling and terminations and other installations remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel F Extend existing telecommunications installations using materials and methods as specified G Clean and repair existing telecommunications equipment remaining or is to be reinstalled 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install pathways in accordance with EIA/TIA 569 B Provide listed fire -rated assemblies for penetration of fire walls. C Install wire and cable in accordance with EIA/TIA 568 D Finish paint termination backboards with durable white intumescent enamel in accordance with Section 09 90 00 prior to installation of telephone equipment. E. Install termination backboards plumb and attach securely to building wall at each corner F Install recessed cabinets flush with wall finishes, and stub 5 empty 1 inch conduits to accessible location above ceiling below floor at each location G Install polyethylene pulling string in each empty telephone conduit over 10 feet in length or containing bends. H Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 26 00 50 Mark backboards and cabinets with legend 'TELEPHONE." I Ground and bond pathways, cable shields, and equipment in accordance with Section 26 00 50 Provide ground wire from building electrical ground to telephone backboard and items requiring bonding J Pathway 1 Conduit as indicated, comply with 26 05 30 2. Provide bushings on the ends of all raceways and sleeves bonded on at least one end. 3. No more than (2) 90- degree bends permitted in any conduit run. Provide a pull box in any run exceeding 100' in length 4 90 degree elbows shall be as follows a. Conduits 2 inches in diameter and smaller• bending radius shall be not less than 6 times the diameter of the conduit. b Conduits larger than 2 inches in diameter bending radius shall be not less than 10 times the diameter of the conduit. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements. Communications Circuits 271501 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization B Inspect and test optical fiber cables in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4 Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.25 C Inspect and test copper cables and terminations in accordance with EIA/TIA 568 D Prepare and submit report of findings under Article 'Closeout Submittals' END OF SECTION 271501 Communications Circuits 271501 6 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization SECTION 28 13 02 SECURITY ACCESS SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 11 SUMMARY A. Section includes security access devices and control panel, and signal and control wiring. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Security Access System Design /Build modifications of the existing security access control system by the owner's selected vendor 1 Vendor Contact information Josh Brook, Allied Fire Security 3051 East Valley Road Renton WA, 98057 3328 (425) 988 -6481 jbrook @allied- security com a. Extend control /signal wiring to the elevator controller to support card readers in each elevator cab and to provide go /no go' signals to the elevator controller based on user defined access control parameters. Modify access control system and associated programming to do the following: Provide time clock (date /time) based access to all floors via the elevator such that the elevators are fully accessible during normal business hours as selected by the owner (day of week and time of day). ii Provide means to verify the identity of an elevator user via prox card so that select floors can be accessed by selected individuals during time /days when access via the elevator is limited (Parameters shall be selectable and programmable by the owner) B Infant Abduction system Design /build modifications of the existing system by the owner's selected vendor 1 Extend the infant abduction system wiring to the new controllers for elevators 1 2 and 3 and include the following functionality' a. Elevators shall lock down upon activation of the infant abduction system b Elevators shall unlock upon command from the infant abduction system Coordinate exact requirements with the owner 2. Owner selected vendor contact is as follows. Tara Coffland McRoberts Security Technologies, (425) 765 2777 e-mail tcoffland @gmail.com 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements B Product Data. For each item specified, submit manufacturers' technical data on 1 Dimensions. 2. Features. 3 Performance 4 Electrical characteristics. 5. Connection requirements. 6 Ratings. 7 Accessories C Shop Drawings. For each item specified, indicate: 1 Dimensioned outline drawings. 2. Lifting and support points. Security Access System 281302 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 3 Schematic drawings 4 Wiring diagrams. 5 Block and system diagrams. 6 Installation drawings showing: a. Weights. b Conduit entrance locations and requirements. 1 4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals B Project Record Documents Record actual locations of security access equipment. C Field Quality Control Reports: 1 Test procedures used. 2 Test results that comply with requirements. 3 Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. 4 Manufacturer's Field Reports. Indicate activities on site, adverse findings, and recommendations. D Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit the following: 1 Product Data and Shop Drawings per above. 2. Spare parts data listing: a. Source. b Current prices of replacement parts and supplies. 3 Manufacturer's operating instructions. 4 Recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements. B Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience, and with service facilities within 100 miles of project. C Installer Certified security system installer with service facilities within 100 miles of Project. 1.6 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements. B Furnish service and maintenance of security access equipment for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CARD READERS A. Manufacturers. Match existing B Product Description Proximity card reader in cast aluminum housing suitable for installation in exterior locations subjected to weather Security Access System 281302 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2.2 CARD KEYS A. Product Description Plastic laminated card with access information encoded with radio frequency circuitry by same manufacturer and compatible with Card Readers in previous Article. 2.3 WIRE AND CABLE A. Manufacturers match existing B Product Description. Power limited cable, copper conductor 300 volts insulation rated 105 degrees C C Plenum Cable Power limited cable classified for fire and smoke characteristics, copper conductor 300 volts insulation rated 105 degrees C suitable for use in air handling ducts, hollow spaces used as ducts, and plenums. PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 7 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements 3.2 EXISTING WORK A. Remove exposed abandoned security access wiring, including abandoned wiring above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut cable flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces B Disconnect and remove abandoned security access equipment. C Maintain access to existing security access equipment and other installations remaining active and requiring access Modify installation or provide access panel D Extend existing security access installations using materials and methods compatible with existing installations, or as specified E. Clean and repair existing security access equipment to remain or to be reinstalled 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install 18 AWG minimum size conductors for circuit conductors. Install wiring in cable. B Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions C Install conduit and wiring connections to door hardware devices D Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 26 00 50 E. Ground and bond security access equipment and circuits in accordance with Section 26 00 50 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements Security Access System 281302 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization B Test in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3 5 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements B Furnish services of technician to supervise installation, adjustments, final connections, system testing, and Owner training. 3 6 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. Section 01 7 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements B Furnish 4 hours of instruction each for two persons, to be conducted at project site with manufacturer's representative. END OF SECTION 281302 Security Access System 281302 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART1 GENERAL 11 SUMMARY 1.2 REFERENCES SECTION 28 31 01 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A. Section includes fire alarm control panels, manual fire alarm stations, automatic smoke and heat detectors, fire alarm signaling appliances, and auxiliary fire alarm equipment. A. IBC (International Code Council) International Building Code, Washington amendments B IFC (International Code Council) International Fire Code with Washington amendments. C NFPA 70 (National Fire Protection Association) National Electrical Code D NFPA 72 (National Fire Protection Association) National Fire Alarm Code E. NFPA 90A (National Fire Protection Association) Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems F NFPA 101 (National Fire Protection Association) Life Safety Code G UL 38 (Underwriters Laboratories) Manual Signaling Boxes for Fire Alarm Systems H UL 521 (Underwriters Laboratories) Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Fire Alarm System Design and provide modifications to the existing fire alarm system in accordance with IBC IFC NFPA 70 NFPA 72 and NFPA 101 B Alarm Sequence of Operation Actuation of initiating device causes the following system operations 1 Local fire alarm signaling devices sound and display with signal 2. Location of alarm zone indicates on fire alarm control panel and on remote annunciator panel. 3. Signal transmits by zone to building smoke removal system 4 Signal transmits to building elevator control panel initiating return to main floor or alternate floor and lockout for fire service. 5 Signal transmits to building mechanical controls, shutting down fans and operating dampers 6 Signal transmits by zone to release door hold -open devices. 7 Signal releases magnetic door hold opens 8 Signal releases electric door locks. C Drill Sequence of Operation. Manual drill function causes alarm mode sequence of operation D Trouble Sequence of Operation System or circuit trouble causes the following system operations 1 Visual and audible trouble alarm indicates at fire alarm control panel. Fire Alarm System 283101 1 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 15 SUBMITTALS 2. Visual and audible trouble alarm indicates at remote annunciator panel 3 Trouble signal transmits to central station E. Zoning* Provide new zones with zone signal extended to each elevator controller The new zones will be specific to the elevators in each bank. Zones include: 1 Smoke in elevator lobbies other than the 1 floor lobby (Recall zone 1) 2. Smoke in the elevator lobbies on the 1 floor lobby (Recall zone 2) 3 Heat/Smoke in elevator shaft or machine room (Recall zone 3) 1 4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Detail installation drawings shall be prepared and signed by a Registered Professional Engineer or a National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) Level III or Level IV Fire Alarm Technician acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction 1 The Contract Documents show the location of the fire alarm control panel and Its associated power connection. They may show the location of an annunciator a master fire alarm box, an external connection, etc. and suggested locations for alarm initiation and notification devices as well as auxiliary devices. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to design and construct the fire alarm system to meet the requirements of applicable codes and the Authority Having Jurisdiction 2. Design the layout based on the actual detectors to be installed. The detail drawings shall contain complete wiring and schematic diagrams for the equipment furnished, equipment layout, and any other details required to demonstrate that the system has been coordinated and will properly function as a unit. 3 Provide a complete list of equipment and material, including manufacturer's descriptive and technical literature, catalog cuts, and installation instructions 4 Prepare a detailed point -to -point wiring diagram showing points of connection. Include connections between system devices, appliances, control panels, supervised devices, and equipment that is activated or controlled by the panel 5 Submit the design to and receive approval from the Authority Having Jurisdiction A. Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures. Requirements for submittals B Product Data. For each item specified, submit manufacturers' technical data on 1 Dimensions 2. Features. 3 Performance. 4 Electrical characteristics 5. Ratings. 6 Accessories C Shop Drawings: For each item specified, indicate. 1 Dimensioned outline drawings. 2. Fire Marshal approval 3 Schematic drawings. 4 Wiring diagrams. 5. Annunciator layout. 6 Design calculations. 7 Installation drawings showing: a. Weights b Conduit entrance locations and requirements Fire Alarm System 283101 2 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization c. Interconnection requirements. D Test Reports Indicate procedures and results for specified field testing and inspection E. Manufacturer's Field Reports Indicate activities on site, adverse findings, and recommendations 1 6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals. Requirements for record documents. B. Project Record Documents. Provide plan drawings showing actual locations of fire alarm equipment, including initiation and notification appliances. C Operation and Maintenance Data. Submit the following: 1 Product Data and Shop Drawings per above 2. Spare parts data listing a. Source. b Current prices of replacement parts and supplies. 3 Submit manufacturer's standard operating and maintenance instructions. 4 Submit recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. D Field Quality- Control Reports. 1 Test procedures used 2. Submit completed NFPA 72 Inspection and Testing Form test reports 3 Test results that comply with requirements. 4 Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. 5 Certificates Submit completed NFPA 72 Certificate of Completion. 17 QUALIFICATIONS A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements* Requirements for manufacturer qualifications. B Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum ten years documented experience, and with service facilities within 100 miles of project. C Installer* Certified fire alarm installer with service facilities within 100 miles of Project. 1 8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals. Requirements for maintenance service. B. Furnish service and maintenance of fire alarm equipment for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. 1.9 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals Requirements for maintenance materials. B Furnish three of each type of automatic smoke detector without base. Fire Alarm System 283101 3 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EXISTING SYSTEMS MODIFIED A. Modify and extend the existing Edwards Signal Technology fire alarm system Contact the hospitals selected fire alarm system vendor Contact information is as follows. 1 Walt Hafer Performance Systems (360) 681 -8971 2.2 CONTROL PANEL A. Modify the Existing Fire Alarm Control Panel and associated programming to accommodate the new devices and to support the elevator recall functions B Auxiliary Relays. Sufficient SPDT auxiliary relay contacts for each detection zone to provide accessory functions specified 2.3 SPOT HEAT DETECTOR A. Product Description UL 521 Combination rate -of -rise and fixed temperature, spot heat detector B Temperature Rating. 135 degrees F C Rate -of -Rise: 15 degrees F /minute. 2.4 CEILING SMOKE DETECTOR A. Product Description NFPA 72, ionization type ceiling smoke detector with the following features 1 Adjustable sensitivity 2. Plug -in base 3 Auxiliary relay contact. 4 Integral thermal element rated 135 degrees F 5. Visual indication of detector actuation B Mounting: 4 inch outlet box. 2.5 ALARM LIGHTS A. Product Description NFPA 72, strobe lamp and flasher with red lettered 'FIRE' on white lens. 2.6 ALARM HORN A. Product Description. NFPA 72, surface or flush type fire alarm horn with the following features. 1 Sound Rating. 87 dB at 10 feet. 2 Integral strobe lamp and flasher with red lettered 'FIRE' on white lens. B Product Description Exterior mounted siren with the following features 1 Sound Rating 96 dB at 10 feet. Fire Alarm System 283101 4 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2 7 TAMPER SWITCH A. Product Description Listed switch which transmits a trouble condition to the control panel when the switch is in an abnormal condition 2.8 FLOW SWITCH A. Product Description Listed switch which, when inserted into a sprinkler pipe, detect the flow of water through the pipe and transmit an alarm to the control panel PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout requirements. B. Verify products and systems receiving devices are ready for installation 3.2 EXISTING WORK A. Remove exposed abandoned fire alarm wiring, including abandoned wiring above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut cable flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces B Disconnect and remove abandoned fire alarm equipment. C Maintain access to existing fire alarm equipment and other installations remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel D Extend existing fire alarm installations using materials and methods compatible with existing installations, or as specified E. Clean and repair existing fire alarm equipment to remain or to be reinstalled 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install manual station with operating handle 4 feet 6 inches AFF B. Install audible and visual signal devices 7 feet 6 inches C Install wiring conforming to NFPA 70 and NFPA 72. Install 14 AWG minimum size conductors for fire alarm signal circuit conductors in conduit. Install 16 AWG minimum size conductors for fire alarm detection circuit conductors in conduit. D Mount end -of -line device in box with last device or separate box adjacent to last device in circuit. E. Mount outlet box for electric door holder to withstand 80 pounds pulling force. F Connect conduit and wire to door release devices, sprinkler flow switches, sprinkler valve tamper switches, smoke detectors. G Automatic Detector Installation. Conform to NFPA 72. H Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 26 00 50 Fire Alarm System 283101 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization 2.7 TAMPER SWITCH A. Product Description Listed switch which transmits a trouble condition to the control panel when the switch is in an abnormal condition 2.8 FLOW SWITCH A. Product Description Listed switch which, when inserted into a sprinkler pipe, detect the flow of water through the pipe and transmit an alarm to the control panel. PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Section 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout requirements B Verify products and systems receiving devices are ready for installation 3.2 EXISTING WORK A. Remove exposed abandoned fire alarm wiring, including abandoned wiring above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut cable flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces B Disconnect and remove abandoned fire alarm equipment. C Maintain access to existing fire alarm equipment and other installations remaining active and requiring access Modify installation or provide access panel D Extend existing fire alarm installations using materials and methods compatible with existing installations, or as specified E. Clean and repair existing fire alarm equipment to remain or to be reinstalled 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install manual station with operating handle 4 feet 6 inches AFF B Install audible and visual signal devices 7 feet 6 inches. C Install wiring conforming to NFPA 70 and NFPA 72. Install 14 AWG minimum size conductors for fire alarm signal circuit conductors in conduit. Install 16 AWG minimum size conductors for fire alarm detection circuit conductors in conduit. D Mount end -of -line device in box with last device or separate box adjacent to last device in circuit. E. Mount outlet box for electric door holder to withstand 80 pounds pulling force. F Connect conduit and wire to door release devices, sprinkler flow switches, sprinkler valve tamper switches, smoke detectors G. Automatic Detector Installation: Conform to NFPA 72. H Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Section 26 00 50 Fire Alarm System 283101 5 OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER Elevator Modernization Ground and bond fire alarm equipment and circuits in accordance with Section 26 00 50 3 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements B Test in accordance with NFPA 72 and local fire department requirements. C Complete NFPA 72 Inspection and Testing Form test report. 3 5 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements B Include services of certified technician to supervise installation adjustments, final connections, and system testing. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. Section 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout requirements. B. Furnish 4 hours of instruction each for two persons, to be conducted at project site with manufacturer's representative. END OF SECTION 283101 Fire Alarm System 283101 6